Powered by AWS Cloud Computing


Kubernetes-native declarative infrastructure for AWS.

What is the Cluster API Provider AWS

The Cluster API brings declarative, Kubernetes-style APIs to cluster creation, configuration and management.

The API itself is shared across multiple cloud providers allowing for true AWS hybrid deployments of Kubernetes. It is built atop the lessons learned from previous cluster managers such as kops and kubicorn.

Documentation

Please see our book for in-depth documentation.

Launching a Kubernetes cluster on AWS

Check out the Cluster API Quick Start for launching a cluster on AWS.

Features

  • Native Kubernetes manifests and API
  • Manages the bootstrapping of VPCs, gateways, security groups and instances.
  • Choice of Linux distribution using pre-baked AMIs.
  • Deploys Kubernetes control planes into private subnets with a separate bastion server.
  • Doesn’t use SSH for bootstrapping nodes.
  • Installs only the minimal components to bootstrap a control plane and workers.
  • Supports control planes on EC2 instances.
  • EKS support

Compatibility with Cluster API and Kubernetes Versions

This provider’s versions are compatible with the following versions of Cluster API and support all Kubernetes versions that is supported by its compatible Cluster API version:

Cluster API v1alpha4 (v0.4)Cluster API v1beta1 (v1.x)
CAPA v1alpha4 (v0.7)
CAPA v1beta1 (v1.x)
CAPA v1beta2 (v2.x, main)

(See Kubernetes support matrix of Cluster API versions).


Kubernetes versions with published AMIs

See amis for the list of most recently published AMIs.


clusterawsadm

clusterawsadm CLI tool provides bootstrapping, AMI, EKS, and controller related helpers.

clusterawsadm binaries are released with each release, can be found under assets section.

clusterawsadm could also be installed via Homebrew on macOS and linux OS. Install the latest release using homebrew:

brew install clusterawsadm

Test to ensure the version you installed is up-to-date:

clusterawsadm version

Getting involved and contributing

Are you interested in contributing to cluster-api-provider-aws? We, the maintainers and community, would love your suggestions, contributions, and help! Also, the maintainers can be contacted at any time to learn more about how to get involved.

In the interest of getting more new people involved we tag issues with good first issue. These are typically issues that have smaller scope but are good ways to start to get acquainted with the codebase.

We also encourage ALL active community participants to act as if they are maintainers, even if you don’t have “official” write permissions. This is a community effort, we are here to serve the Kubernetes community. If you have an active interest and you want to get involved, you have real power! Don’t assume that the only people who can get things done around here are the “maintainers”.

We also would love to add more “official” maintainers, so show us what you can do!

This repository uses the Kubernetes bots. See a full list of the commands here.

Build the images locally

If you want to just build the CAPA containers locally, run

  REGISTRY=docker.io/my-reg make docker-build

Tilt-based development environment

See development section for details.

Implementer office hours

Maintainers hold office hours every two weeks, with sessions open to all developers working on this project.

Office hours are hosted on a zoom video chat every other Monday at 09:00 (Pacific) / 12:00 (Eastern) / 17:00 (Europe/London), and are published on the Kubernetes community meetings calendar.

Other ways to communicate with the contributors

Please check in with us in the #cluster-api-aws channel on Slack.

Github issues

Bugs

If you think you have found a bug please follow the instructions below.

  • Please spend a small amount of time giving due diligence to the issue tracker. Your issue might be a duplicate.
  • Get the logs from the cluster controllers. Please paste this into your issue.
  • Open a new issue.
  • Remember that users might be searching for your issue in the future, so please give it a meaningful title to help others.
  • Feel free to reach out to the cluster-api community on the kubernetes slack.

Tracking new features

We also use the issue tracker to track features. If you have an idea for a feature, or think you can help kops become even more awesome follow the steps below.

  • Open a new issue.
  • Remember that users might be searching for your issue in the future, so please give it a meaningful title to help others.
  • Clearly define the use case, using concrete examples. EG: I type this and cluster-api-provider-aws does that.
  • Some of our larger features will require some design. If you would like to include a technical design for your feature please include it in the issue.
  • After the new feature is well understood, and the design agreed upon, we can start coding the feature. We would love for you to code it. So please open up a WIP (work in progress) pull request, and happy coding.

“Amazon Web Services, AWS, and the “Powered by AWS” logo materials are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries.”

Our Contributors

Thank you to all contributors and a special thanks to our current maintainers & reviewers:

MaintainersReviewers
@richardcase (from 2020-12-04)@cnmcavoy (from 2023-10-16)
@Ankitasw (from 2022-10-19)@AverageMarcus (from 2022-10-19)
@dlipovetsky (from 2021-10-31)@luthermonson (from 2023-03-08)
@nrb (from 2024-05-24)@faiq (from 2023-10-16)
@AndiDog (from 2023-12-13)@fiunchinho (from 2023-11-6)
@damdo (from 2023-03-01)

and the previous/emeritus maintainers & reviewers:

Emeritus MaintainersEmeritus Reviewers
@chuckha@ashish-amarnath
@detiber@davidewatson
@ncdc@enxebre
@randomvariable@ingvagabund
@rudoi@michaelbeaumont
@sedefsavas@sethp-nr
@Skarlso@shivi28
@vincepri@dthorsen
@pydctw

All the CAPA contributors:

Getting Started

Quick Start

In this tutorial we’ll cover the basics of how to use Cluster API to create one or more Kubernetes clusters.

Installation

There are two major quickstart paths: Using clusterctl or the Cluster API Operator.

This article describes a path that uses the clusterctl CLI tool to handle the lifecycle of a Cluster API management cluster.

The clusterctl command line interface is specifically designed for providing a simple “day 1 experience” and a quick start with Cluster API. It automates fetching the YAML files defining provider components and installing them.

Additionally it encodes a set of best practices in managing providers, that helps the user in avoiding mis-configurations or in managing day 2 operations such as upgrades.

The Cluster API Operator is a Kubernetes Operator built on top of clusterctl and designed to empower cluster administrators to handle the lifecycle of Cluster API providers within a management cluster using a declarative approach. It aims to improve user experience in deploying and managing Cluster API, making it easier to handle day-to-day tasks and automate workflows with GitOps. Visit the CAPI Operator quickstart if you want to experiment with this tool.

Common Prerequisites

Install and/or configure a Kubernetes cluster

Cluster API requires an existing Kubernetes cluster accessible via kubectl. During the installation process the Kubernetes cluster will be transformed into a management cluster by installing the Cluster API provider components, so it is recommended to keep it separated from any application workload.

It is a common practice to create a temporary, local bootstrap cluster which is then used to provision a target management cluster on the selected infrastructure provider.

Choose one of the options below:

  1. Existing Management Cluster

    For production use-cases a “real” Kubernetes cluster should be used with appropriate backup and disaster recovery policies and procedures in place. The Kubernetes cluster must be at least v1.20.0.

    export KUBECONFIG=<...>
    

OR

  1. Kind

    kind can be used for creating a local Kubernetes cluster for development environments or for the creation of a temporary bootstrap cluster used to provision a target management cluster on the selected infrastructure provider.

    The installation procedure depends on the version of kind; if you are planning to use the Docker infrastructure provider, please follow the additional instructions in the dedicated tab:

    Create the kind cluster:

    kind create cluster
    

    Test to ensure the local kind cluster is ready:

    kubectl cluster-info
    

    Run the following command to create a kind config file for allowing the Docker provider to access Docker on the host:

    cat > kind-cluster-with-extramounts.yaml <<EOF
    kind: Cluster
    apiVersion: kind.x-k8s.io/v1alpha4
    networking:
      ipFamily: dual
    nodes:
    - role: control-plane
      extraMounts:
        - hostPath: /var/run/docker.sock
          containerPath: /var/run/docker.sock
    EOF
    

    Then follow the instruction for your kind version using kind create cluster --config kind-cluster-with-extramounts.yaml to create the management cluster using the above file.

    Create the Kind Cluster

    KubeVirt is a cloud native virtualization solution. The virtual machines we’re going to create and use for the workload cluster’s nodes, are actually running within pods in the management cluster. In order to communicate with the workload cluster’s API server, we’ll need to expose it. We are using Kind which is a limited environment. The easiest way to expose the workload cluster’s API server (a pod within a node running in a VM that is itself running within a pod in the management cluster, that is running inside a Docker container), is to use a LoadBalancer service.

    To allow using a LoadBalancer service, we can’t use the kind’s default CNI (kindnet), but we’ll need to install another CNI, like Calico. In order to do that, we’ll need first to initiate the kind cluster with two modifications:

    1. Disable the default CNI
    2. Add the Docker credentials to the cluster, to avoid the Docker Hub pull rate limit of the calico images; read more about it in the docker documentation, and in the kind documentation.

    Create a configuration file for kind. Please notice the Docker config file path, and adjust it to your local setting:

    cat <<EOF > kind-config.yaml
    kind: Cluster
    apiVersion: kind.x-k8s.io/v1alpha4
    networking:
    # the default CNI will not be installed
      disableDefaultCNI: true
    nodes:
    - role: control-plane
      extraMounts:
       - containerPath: /var/lib/kubelet/config.json
         hostPath: <YOUR DOCKER CONFIG FILE PATH>
    EOF
    

    Now, create the kind cluster with the configuration file:

    kind create cluster --config=kind-config.yaml
    

    Test to ensure the local kind cluster is ready:

    kubectl cluster-info
    

    Install the Calico CNI

    Now we’ll need to install a CNI. In this example, we’re using calico, but other CNIs should work as well. Please see calico installation guide for more details (use the “Manifest” tab). Below is an example of how to install calico version v3.24.4.

    Use the Calico manifest to create the required resources; e.g.:

    kubectl create -f  https://raw.githubusercontent.com/projectcalico/calico/v3.24.4/manifests/calico.yaml
    

Install clusterctl

The clusterctl CLI tool handles the lifecycle of a Cluster API management cluster.

Install clusterctl binary with curl on Linux

If you are unsure you can determine your computers architecture by running uname -a

Download for AMD64:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-linux-amd64 -o clusterctl

Download for ARM64:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-linux-arm64 -o clusterctl

Download for PPC64LE:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-linux-ppc64le -o clusterctl

Install clusterctl:

sudo install -o root -g root -m 0755 clusterctl /usr/local/bin/clusterctl

Test to ensure the version you installed is up-to-date:

clusterctl version

Install clusterctl binary with curl on macOS

If you are unsure you can determine your computers architecture by running uname -a

Download for AMD64:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-darwin-amd64 -o clusterctl

Download for M1 CPU (”Apple Silicon”) / ARM64:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-darwin-arm64 -o clusterctl

Make the clusterctl binary executable.

chmod +x ./clusterctl

Move the binary in to your PATH.

sudo mv ./clusterctl /usr/local/bin/clusterctl

Test to ensure the version you installed is up-to-date:

clusterctl version

Install clusterctl with homebrew on macOS and Linux

Install the latest release using homebrew:

brew install clusterctl

Test to ensure the version you installed is up-to-date:

clusterctl version

Install clusterctl binary with curl on Windows using PowerShell

Go to the working directory where you want clusterctl downloaded.

Download the latest release; on Windows, type:

curl.exe -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/releases/download/v1.8.4/clusterctl-windows-amd64.exe -o clusterctl.exe

Append or prepend the path of that directory to the PATH environment variable.

Test to ensure the version you installed is up-to-date:

clusterctl.exe version

Initialize the management cluster

Now that we’ve got clusterctl installed and all the prerequisites in place, let’s transform the Kubernetes cluster into a management cluster by using clusterctl init.

The command accepts as input a list of providers to install; when executed for the first time, clusterctl init automatically adds to the list the cluster-api core provider, and if unspecified, it also adds the kubeadm bootstrap and kubeadm control-plane providers.

Enabling Feature Gates

Feature gates can be enabled by exporting environment variables before executing clusterctl init. For example, the ClusterTopology feature, which is required to enable support for managed topologies and ClusterClass, can be enabled via:

export CLUSTER_TOPOLOGY=true

Additional documentation about experimental features can be found in Experimental Features.

Initialization for common providers

Depending on the infrastructure provider you are planning to use, some additional prerequisites should be satisfied before getting started with Cluster API. See below for the expected settings for common providers.

export LINODE_TOKEN=<your-access-token>

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure linode-linode

Download the latest binary of clusterawsadm from the AWS provider releases. The clusterawsadm command line utility assists with identity and access management (IAM) for Cluster API Provider AWS.

Download the latest release; on Linux, type:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws/releases/download/v0.0.0/clusterawsadm-linux-amd64 -o clusterawsadm

Make it executable

chmod +x clusterawsadm

Move the binary to a directory present in your PATH

sudo mv clusterawsadm /usr/local/bin

Check version to confirm installation

clusterawsadm version

Example Usage

export AWS_REGION=us-east-1 # This is used to help encode your environment variables
export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=<your-access-key>
export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=<your-secret-access-key>
export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=<session-token> # If you are using Multi-Factor Auth.

# The clusterawsadm utility takes the credentials that you set as environment
# variables and uses them to create a CloudFormation stack in your AWS account
# with the correct IAM resources.
clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

# Create the base64 encoded credentials using clusterawsadm.
# This command uses your environment variables and encodes
# them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.
export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Download the latest release; on macOs, type:

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws/releases/download/v0.0.0/clusterawsadm-darwin-amd64 -o clusterawsadm

Or if your Mac has an M1 CPU (”Apple Silicon”):

curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws/releases/download/v0.0.0/clusterawsadm-darwin-arm64 -o clusterawsadm

Make it executable

chmod +x clusterawsadm

Move the binary to a directory present in your PATH

sudo mv clusterawsadm /usr/local/bin

Check version to confirm installation

clusterawsadm version

Example Usage

export AWS_REGION=us-east-1 # This is used to help encode your environment variables
export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=<your-access-key>
export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=<your-secret-access-key>
export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=<session-token> # If you are using Multi-Factor Auth.

# The clusterawsadm utility takes the credentials that you set as environment
# variables and uses them to create a CloudFormation stack in your AWS account
# with the correct IAM resources.
clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

# Create the base64 encoded credentials using clusterawsadm.
# This command uses your environment variables and encodes
# them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.
export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Install the latest release using homebrew:

brew install clusterawsadm

Check version to confirm installation

clusterawsadm version

Example Usage

export AWS_REGION=us-east-1 # This is used to help encode your environment variables
export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=<your-access-key>
export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=<your-secret-access-key>
export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=<session-token> # If you are using Multi-Factor Auth.

# The clusterawsadm utility takes the credentials that you set as environment
# variables and uses them to create a CloudFormation stack in your AWS account
# with the correct IAM resources.
clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

# Create the base64 encoded credentials using clusterawsadm.
# This command uses your environment variables and encodes
# them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.
export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Download the latest release; on Windows, type:

curl.exe -L https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws/releases/download/v0.0.0/clusterawsadm-windows-amd64.exe -o clusterawsadm.exe

Append or prepend the path of that directory to the PATH environment variable. Check version to confirm installation

clusterawsadm.exe version

Example Usage in Powershell

$Env:AWS_REGION="us-east-1" # This is used to help encode your environment variables
$Env:AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID="<your-access-key>"
$Env:AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY="<your-secret-access-key>"
$Env:AWS_SESSION_TOKEN="<session-token>" # If you are using Multi-Factor Auth.

# The clusterawsadm utility takes the credentials that you set as environment
# variables and uses them to create a CloudFormation stack in your AWS account
# with the correct IAM resources.
clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

# Create the base64 encoded credentials using clusterawsadm.
# This command uses your environment variables and encodes
# them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.
$Env:AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

See the AWS provider prerequisites document for more details.

For more information about authorization, AAD, or requirements for Azure, visit the Azure provider prerequisites document.

export AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID="<SubscriptionId>"

# Create an Azure Service Principal and paste the output here
export AZURE_TENANT_ID="<Tenant>"
export AZURE_CLIENT_ID="<AppId>"
export AZURE_CLIENT_ID_USER_ASSIGNED_IDENTITY=$AZURE_CLIENT_ID # for compatibility with CAPZ v1.16 templates
export AZURE_CLIENT_SECRET="<Password>"

# Settings needed for AzureClusterIdentity used by the AzureCluster
export AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAME="cluster-identity-secret"
export CLUSTER_IDENTITY_NAME="cluster-identity"
export AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAMESPACE="default"

# Create a secret to include the password of the Service Principal identity created in Azure
# This secret will be referenced by the AzureClusterIdentity used by the AzureCluster
kubectl create secret generic "${AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAME}" --from-literal=clientSecret="${AZURE_CLIENT_SECRET}" --namespace "${AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAMESPACE}"

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure azure

Create a file named cloud-config in the repo’s root directory, substituting in your own environment’s values

[Global]
api-url = <cloudstackApiUrl>
api-key = <cloudstackApiKey>
secret-key = <cloudstackSecretKey>

Create the base64 encoded credentials by catting your credentials file. This command uses your environment variables and encodes them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.

export CLOUDSTACK_B64ENCODED_SECRET=`cat cloud-config | base64 | tr -d '\n'`

Finally, initialize the management cluster

clusterctl init --infrastructure cloudstack
export DIGITALOCEAN_ACCESS_TOKEN=<your-access-token>
export DO_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS="$(echo -n "${DIGITALOCEAN_ACCESS_TOKEN}" | base64 | tr -d '\n')"

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure digitalocean

The Docker provider requires the ClusterTopology and MachinePool features to deploy ClusterClass-based clusters. We are only supporting ClusterClass-based cluster-templates in this quickstart as ClusterClass makes it possible to adapt configuration based on Kubernetes version. This is required to install Kubernetes clusters < v1.24 and for the upgrade from v1.23 to v1.24 as we have to use different cgroupDrivers depending on Kubernetes version.

# Enable the experimental Cluster topology feature.
export CLUSTER_TOPOLOGY=true

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure docker

In order to initialize the Equinix Metal Provider (formerly Packet) you have to expose the environment variable PACKET_API_KEY. This variable is used to authorize the infrastructure provider manager against the Equinix Metal API. You can retrieve your token directly from the Equinix Metal Console.

export PACKET_API_KEY="34ts3g4s5g45gd45dhdh"

clusterctl init --infrastructure packet
# Create the base64 encoded credentials by catting your credentials json.
# This command uses your environment variables and encodes
# them in a value to be stored in a Kubernetes Secret.
export GCP_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$( cat /path/to/gcp-credentials.json | base64 | tr -d '\n' )

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure gcp

Please visit the Hetzner project.

Please visit the Hivelocity project.

In order to initialize the IBM Cloud Provider you have to expose the environment variable IBMCLOUD_API_KEY. This variable is used to authorize the infrastructure provider manager against the IBM Cloud API. To create one from the UI, refer here.

export IBMCLOUD_API_KEY=<you_api_key>

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure ibmcloud

The IONOS Cloud credentials are configured in the IONOSCloudCluster. Therefore, there is no need to specify them during the provider initialization.

clusterctl init --infrastructure ionoscloud-ionoscloud

For more information, please visit the IONOS Cloud project.

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure k0sproject-k0smotron
# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure kubekey

Please visit the KubeVirt project for more information.

As described above, we want to use a LoadBalancer service in order to expose the workload cluster’s API server. In the example below, we will use MetalLB solution to implement load balancing to our kind cluster. Other solution should work as well.

Install MetalLB for load balancing

Install MetalLB, as described here; for example:

METALLB_VER=$(curl "https://api.github.com/repos/metallb/metallb/releases/latest" | jq -r ".tag_name")
kubectl apply -f "https://raw.githubusercontent.com/metallb/metallb/${METALLB_VER}/config/manifests/metallb-native.yaml"
kubectl wait pods -n metallb-system -l app=metallb,component=controller --for=condition=Ready --timeout=10m
kubectl wait pods -n metallb-system -l app=metallb,component=speaker --for=condition=Ready --timeout=2m

Now, we’ll create the IPAddressPool and the L2Advertisement custom resources. The script below creates the CRs with the right addresses, that match to the kind cluster addresses:

GW_IP=$(docker network inspect -f '{{range .IPAM.Config}}{{.Gateway}}{{end}}' kind)
NET_IP=$(echo ${GW_IP} | sed -E 's|^([0-9]+\.[0-9]+)\..*$|\1|g')
cat <<EOF | sed -E "s|172.19|${NET_IP}|g" | kubectl apply -f -
apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  name: capi-ip-pool
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  addresses:
  - 172.19.255.200-172.19.255.250
---
apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: L2Advertisement
metadata:
  name: empty
  namespace: metallb-system
EOF

Install KubeVirt on the kind cluster

# get KubeVirt version
KV_VER=$(curl "https://api.github.com/repos/kubevirt/kubevirt/releases/latest" | jq -r ".tag_name")
# deploy required CRDs
kubectl apply -f "https://github.com/kubevirt/kubevirt/releases/download/${KV_VER}/kubevirt-operator.yaml"
# deploy the KubeVirt custom resource
kubectl apply -f "https://github.com/kubevirt/kubevirt/releases/download/${KV_VER}/kubevirt-cr.yaml"
kubectl wait -n kubevirt kv kubevirt --for=condition=Available --timeout=10m

Initialize the management cluster with the KubeVirt Provider

clusterctl init --infrastructure kubevirt

Please visit the Metal3 project.

Please follow the Cluster API Provider for Nutanix Getting Started Guide

Please follow the Cluster API Provider for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI) Getting Started Guide

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure openstack
export OSC_SECRET_KEY=<your-secret-key>
export OSC_ACCESS_KEY=<your-access-key>
export OSC_REGION=<you-region>
# Create namespace
kubectl create namespace cluster-api-provider-outscale-system
# Create secret
kubectl create secret generic cluster-api-provider-outscale --from-literal=access_key=${OSC_ACCESS_KEY} --from-literal=secret_key=${OSC_SECRET_KEY} --from-literal=region=${OSC_REGION}  -n cluster-api-provider-outscale-system
# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure outscale

The Proxmox credentials are optional, when creating a cluster they can be set in the ProxmoxCluster resource, if you do not set them here.

# The host for the Proxmox cluster
export PROXMOX_URL="https://pve.example:8006"
# The Proxmox token ID to access the remote Proxmox endpoint
export PROXMOX_TOKEN='root@pam!capi'
# The secret associated with the token ID
# You may want to set this in `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/cluster-api/clusterctl.yaml` so your password is not in
# bash history
export PROXMOX_SECRET="1234-1234-1234-1234"


# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure proxmox --ipam in-cluster

For more information about the CAPI provider for Proxmox, see the Proxmox project.

Please follow the Cluster API Provider for Cloud Director Getting Started Guide

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure vcd
clusterctl init --infrastructure vcluster

Please follow the Cluster API Provider for vcluster Quick Start Guide

# Initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure virtink
# The username used to access the remote vSphere endpoint
export VSPHERE_USERNAME="vi-admin@vsphere.local"
# The password used to access the remote vSphere endpoint
# You may want to set this in `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/cluster-api/clusterctl.yaml` so your password is not in
# bash history
export VSPHERE_PASSWORD="admin!23"

# Finally, initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure vsphere

For more information about prerequisites, credentials management, or permissions for vSphere, see the vSphere project.

export VULTR_API_KEY=<your_api_key>

# initialize the management cluster
clusterctl init --infrastructure vultr

The output of clusterctl init is similar to this:

Fetching providers
Installing cert-manager Version="v1.11.0"
Waiting for cert-manager to be available...
Installing Provider="cluster-api" Version="v1.0.0" TargetNamespace="capi-system"
Installing Provider="bootstrap-kubeadm" Version="v1.0.0" TargetNamespace="capi-kubeadm-bootstrap-system"
Installing Provider="control-plane-kubeadm" Version="v1.0.0" TargetNamespace="capi-kubeadm-control-plane-system"
Installing Provider="infrastructure-docker" Version="v1.0.0" TargetNamespace="capd-system"

Your management cluster has been initialized successfully!

You can now create your first workload cluster by running the following:

  clusterctl generate cluster [name] --kubernetes-version [version] | kubectl apply -f -

Create your first workload cluster

Once the management cluster is ready, you can create your first workload cluster.

Preparing the workload cluster configuration

The clusterctl generate cluster command returns a YAML template for creating a workload cluster.

Required configuration for common providers

Depending on the infrastructure provider you are planning to use, some additional prerequisites should be satisfied before configuring a cluster with Cluster API. Instructions are provided for common providers below.

Otherwise, you can look at the clusterctl generate cluster command documentation for details about how to discover the list of variables required by a cluster templates.

export LINODE_REGION=us-ord
export LINODE_TOKEN=<your linode PAT>
export LINODE_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE=g6-standard-2
export LINODE_MACHINE_TYPE=g6-standard-2

See the Akamai (Linode) provider for more information.

export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
export AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME=default
# Select instance types
export AWS_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE=t3.large
export AWS_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE=t3.large

See the AWS provider prerequisites document for more details.

# Name of the Azure datacenter location. Change this value to your desired location.
export AZURE_LOCATION="centralus"

# Select VM types.
export AZURE_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE="Standard_D2s_v3"
export AZURE_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE="Standard_D2s_v3"

# [Optional] Select resource group. The default value is ${CLUSTER_NAME}.
export AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP="<ResourceGroupName>"

A Cluster API compatible image must be available in your CloudStack installation. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder (CloudStack)

Prebuilt images can be found here

To see all required CloudStack environment variables execute:

clusterctl generate cluster --infrastructure cloudstack --list-variables capi-quickstart

Apart from the script, the following CloudStack environment variables are required.

# Set this to the name of the zone in which to deploy the cluster
export CLOUDSTACK_ZONE_NAME=<zone name>
# The name of the network on which the VMs will reside
export CLOUDSTACK_NETWORK_NAME=<network name>
# The endpoint of the workload cluster
export CLUSTER_ENDPOINT_IP=<cluster endpoint address>
export CLUSTER_ENDPOINT_PORT=<cluster endpoint port>
# The service offering of the control plane nodes
export CLOUDSTACK_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_OFFERING=<control plane service offering name>
# The service offering of the worker nodes
export CLOUDSTACK_WORKER_MACHINE_OFFERING=<worker node service offering name>
# The capi compatible template to use
export CLOUDSTACK_TEMPLATE_NAME=<template name>
# The ssh key to use to log into the nodes
export CLOUDSTACK_SSH_KEY_NAME=<ssh key name>

A full configuration reference can be found in configuration.md.

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your DigitalOcean account. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder.

export DO_REGION=nyc1
export DO_SSH_KEY_FINGERPRINT=<your-ssh-key-fingerprint>
export DO_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE=s-2vcpu-2gb
export DO_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_IMAGE=<your-capi-image-id>
export DO_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE=s-2vcpu-2gb
export DO_NODE_MACHINE_IMAGE==<your-capi-image-id>

The Docker provider does not require additional configurations for cluster templates.

However, if you require special network settings you can set the following environment variables:

# The list of service CIDR, default ["10.128.0.0/12"]
export SERVICE_CIDR=["10.96.0.0/12"]

# The list of pod CIDR, default ["192.168.0.0/16"]
export POD_CIDR=["192.168.0.0/16"]

# The service domain, default "cluster.local"
export SERVICE_DOMAIN="k8s.test"

It is also possible but not recommended to disable the per-default enabled Pod Security Standard:

export POD_SECURITY_STANDARD_ENABLED="false"

There are several required variables you need to set to create a cluster. There are also a few optional tunables if you’d like to change the OS or CIDRs used.

# Required (made up examples shown)
# The project where your cluster will be placed to.
# You have to get one from the Equinix Metal Console if you don't have one already.
export PROJECT_ID="2b59569f-10d1-49a6-a000-c2fb95a959a1"
# This can help to take advantage of automated, interconnected bare metal across our global metros.
export METRO="da"
# What plan to use for your control plane nodes
export CONTROLPLANE_NODE_TYPE="m3.small.x86"
# What plan to use for your worker nodes
export WORKER_NODE_TYPE="m3.small.x86"
# The ssh key you would like to have access to the nodes
export SSH_KEY="ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAIDvMgVEubPLztrvVKgNPnRe9sZSjAqaYj9nmCkgr4PdK username@computer"
export CLUSTER_NAME="my-cluster"

# Optional (defaults shown)
export NODE_OS="ubuntu_18_04"
export POD_CIDR="192.168.0.0/16"
export SERVICE_CIDR="172.26.0.0/16"
# Only relevant if using the kube-vip flavor
export KUBE_VIP_VERSION="v0.5.0"
# Name of the GCP datacenter location. Change this value to your desired location
export GCP_REGION="<GCP_REGION>"
export GCP_PROJECT="<GCP_PROJECT>"
# Make sure to use same Kubernetes version here as building the GCE image
export KUBERNETES_VERSION=1.23.3
# This is the image you built. See https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/image-builder
export IMAGE_ID=projects/$GCP_PROJECT/global/images/<built image>
export GCP_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE=n1-standard-2
export GCP_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE=n1-standard-2
export GCP_NETWORK_NAME=<GCP_NETWORK_NAME or default>
export CLUSTER_NAME="<CLUSTER_NAME>"

See the GCP provider for more information.

# Required environment variables for VPC
# VPC region
export IBMVPC_REGION=us-south
# VPC zone within the region
export IBMVPC_ZONE=us-south-1
# ID of the resource group in which the VPC will be created
export IBMVPC_RESOURCEGROUP=<your-resource-group-id>
# Name of the VPC
export IBMVPC_NAME=ibm-vpc-0
export IBMVPC_IMAGE_ID=<you-image-id>
# Profile for the virtual server instances
export IBMVPC_PROFILE=bx2-4x16
export IBMVPC_SSHKEY_ID=<your-sshkey-id>

# Required environment variables for PowerVS
export IBMPOWERVS_SSHKEY_NAME=<your-ssh-key>
# Internal and external IP of the network
export IBMPOWERVS_VIP=<internal-ip>
export IBMPOWERVS_VIP_EXTERNAL=<external-ip>
export IBMPOWERVS_VIP_CIDR=29
export IBMPOWERVS_IMAGE_NAME=<your-capi-image-name>
# ID of the PowerVS service instance
export IBMPOWERVS_SERVICE_INSTANCE_ID=<service-instance-id>
export IBMPOWERVS_NETWORK_NAME=<your-capi-network-name>

Please visit the IBM Cloud provider for more information.

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your IONOS Cloud contract. For instructions on how to build a compatible Image, see our docs.

# The token which is used to authenticate against the IONOS Cloud API
export IONOS_TOKEN=<your-token>
# The datacenter ID where the cluster will be deployed
export IONOSCLOUD_DATACENTER_ID="<your-datacenter-id>"
# The IP of the control plane endpoint
export CONTROL_PLANE_ENDPOINT_IP=10.10.10.4
# The location of the data center where the cluster will be deployed
export CONTROL_PLANE_ENDPOINT_LOCATION=de/txl 
# The image ID of the custom image that will be used for the VMs
export IONOSCLOUD_MACHINE_IMAGE_ID="<your-image-id>"
# The SSH key that will be used to access the VMs
export IONOSCLOUD_MACHINE_SSH_KEYS="<your-ssh-key>"

For more configuration options check our list of available variables

Please visit the K0smotron provider for more information.

# Required environment variables
# The KKZONE is used to specify where to download the binaries. (e.g. "", "cn")
export KKZONE=""
# The ssh name of the all instance Linux user. (e.g. root, ubuntu)
export USER_NAME=<your-linux-user>
# The ssh password of the all instance Linux user.
export PASSWORD=<your-linux-user-password>
# The ssh IP address of the all instance. (e.g. "[{address: 192.168.100.3}, {address: 192.168.100.4}]")
export INSTANCES=<your-linux-ip-address>
# The cluster control plane VIP. (e.g. "192.168.100.100")
export CONTROL_PLANE_ENDPOINT_IP=<your-control-plane-virtual-ip>

Please visit the KubeKey provider for more information.

export CAPK_GUEST_K8S_VERSION="v1.23.10"
export CRI_PATH="/var/run/containerd/containerd.sock"
export NODE_VM_IMAGE_TEMPLATE="quay.io/capk/ubuntu-2004-container-disk:${CAPK_GUEST_K8S_VERSION}"

Please visit the KubeVirt project for more information.

Note: If you are running CAPM3 release prior to v0.5.0, make sure to export the following environment variables. However, you don’t need them to be exported if you use CAPM3 release v0.5.0 or higher.

# The URL of the kernel to deploy.
export DEPLOY_KERNEL_URL="http://172.22.0.1:6180/images/ironic-python-agent.kernel"
# The URL of the ramdisk to deploy.
export DEPLOY_RAMDISK_URL="http://172.22.0.1:6180/images/ironic-python-agent.initramfs"
# The URL of the Ironic endpoint.
export IRONIC_URL="http://172.22.0.1:6385/v1/"
# The URL of the Ironic inspector endpoint.
export IRONIC_INSPECTOR_URL="http://172.22.0.1:5050/v1/"
# Do not use a dedicated CA certificate for Ironic API. Any value provided in this variable disables additional CA certificate validation.
# To provide a CA certificate, leave this variable unset. If unset, then IRONIC_CA_CERT_B64 must be set.
export IRONIC_NO_CA_CERT=true
# Disables basic authentication for Ironic API. Any value provided in this variable disables authentication.
# To enable authentication, leave this variable unset. If unset, then IRONIC_USERNAME and IRONIC_PASSWORD must be set.
export IRONIC_NO_BASIC_AUTH=true
# Disables basic authentication for Ironic inspector API. Any value provided in this variable disables authentication.
# To enable authentication, leave this variable unset. If unset, then IRONIC_INSPECTOR_USERNAME and IRONIC_INSPECTOR_PASSWORD must be set.
export IRONIC_INSPECTOR_NO_BASIC_AUTH=true

Please visit the Metal3 getting started guide for more details.

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your Nutanix image library. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder.

To see all required Nutanix environment variables execute:

clusterctl generate cluster --infrastructure nutanix --list-variables capi-quickstart

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your OpenStack. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder. Depending on your OpenStack and underlying hypervisor the following options might be of interest:

To see all required OpenStack environment variables execute:

clusterctl generate cluster --infrastructure openstack --list-variables capi-quickstart

The following script can be used to export some of them:

wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-openstack/master/templates/env.rc -O /tmp/env.rc
source /tmp/env.rc <path/to/clouds.yaml> <cloud>

Apart from the script, the following OpenStack environment variables are required.

# The list of nameservers for OpenStack Subnet being created.
# Set this value when you need create a new network/subnet while the access through DNS is required.
export OPENSTACK_DNS_NAMESERVERS=<dns nameserver>
# FailureDomain is the failure domain the machine will be created in.
export OPENSTACK_FAILURE_DOMAIN=<availability zone name>
# The flavor reference for the flavor for your server instance.
export OPENSTACK_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_FLAVOR=<flavor>
# The flavor reference for the flavor for your server instance.
export OPENSTACK_NODE_MACHINE_FLAVOR=<flavor>
# The name of the image to use for your server instance. If the RootVolume is specified, this will be ignored and use rootVolume directly.
export OPENSTACK_IMAGE_NAME=<image name>
# The SSH key pair name
export OPENSTACK_SSH_KEY_NAME=<ssh key pair name>
# The external network
export OPENSTACK_EXTERNAL_NETWORK_ID=<external network ID>

A full configuration reference can be found in configuration.md.

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your Outscale account. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder.

# The outscale root disk iops
export OSC_IOPS="<IOPS>"
# The outscale root disk size
export OSC_VOLUME_SIZE="<VOLUME_SIZE>"
# The outscale root disk volumeType
export OSC_VOLUME_TYPE="<VOLUME_TYPE>"
# The outscale key pair
export OSC_KEYPAIR_NAME="<KEYPAIR_NAME>"
# The outscale subregion name
export OSC_SUBREGION_NAME="<SUBREGION_NAME>"
# The outscale vm type
export OSC_VM_TYPE="<VM_TYPE>"
# The outscale image name
export OSC_IMAGE_NAME="<IMAGE_NAME>"

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your Proxmox cluster. For instructions on how to build a compatible VM template see image-builder.

# The node that hosts the VM template to be used to provision VMs
export PROXMOX_SOURCENODE="pve"
# The template VM ID used for cloning VMs
export TEMPLATE_VMID=100
# The ssh authorized keys used to ssh to the machines.
export VM_SSH_KEYS="ssh-ed25519 ..., ssh-ed25519 ..."
# The IP address used for the control plane endpoint
export CONTROL_PLANE_ENDPOINT_IP=10.10.10.4
# The IP ranges for Cluster nodes
export NODE_IP_RANGES="[10.10.10.5-10.10.10.50, 10.10.10.55-10.10.10.70]"
# The gateway for the machines network-config.
export GATEWAY="10.10.10.1"
# Subnet Mask in CIDR notation for your node IP ranges
export IP_PREFIX=24
# The Proxmox network device for VMs
export BRIDGE="vmbr1"
# The dns nameservers for the machines network-config.
export DNS_SERVERS="[8.8.8.8,8.8.4.4]"
# The Proxmox nodes used for VM deployments
export ALLOWED_NODES="[pve1,pve2,pve3]"

For more information about prerequisites and advanced setups for Proxmox, see the Proxmox getting started guide.

export TINKERBELL_IP=<hegel ip>

For more information please visit Tinkerbell getting started guide.

A ClusterAPI compatible image must be available in your VCD catalog. For instructions on how to build and upload a compatible image see CAPVCD

To see all required VCD environment variables execute:

clusterctl generate cluster --infrastructure vcd --list-variables capi-quickstart
export CLUSTER_NAME=kind
export CLUSTER_NAMESPACE=vcluster
export KUBERNETES_VERSION=1.23.4
export HELM_VALUES="service:\n  type: NodePort"

Please see the vcluster installation instructions for more details.

To see all required Virtink environment variables execute:

clusterctl generate cluster --infrastructure virtink --list-variables capi-quickstart

See the Virtink provider document for more details.

It is required to use an official CAPV machine images for your vSphere VM templates. See uploading CAPV machine images for instructions on how to do this.

# The vCenter server IP or FQDN
export VSPHERE_SERVER="10.0.0.1"
# The vSphere datacenter to deploy the management cluster on
export VSPHERE_DATACENTER="SDDC-Datacenter"
# The vSphere datastore to deploy the management cluster on
export VSPHERE_DATASTORE="vsanDatastore"
# The VM network to deploy the management cluster on
export VSPHERE_NETWORK="VM Network"
# The vSphere resource pool for your VMs
export VSPHERE_RESOURCE_POOL="*/Resources"
# The VM folder for your VMs. Set to "" to use the root vSphere folder
export VSPHERE_FOLDER="vm"
# The VM template to use for your VMs
export VSPHERE_TEMPLATE="ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.17.3"
# The public ssh authorized key on all machines
export VSPHERE_SSH_AUTHORIZED_KEY="ssh-rsa AAAAB3N..."
# The certificate thumbprint for the vCenter server
export VSPHERE_TLS_THUMBPRINT="97:48:03:8D:78:A9..."
# The storage policy to be used (optional). Set to "" if not required
export VSPHERE_STORAGE_POLICY="policy-one"
# The IP address used for the control plane endpoint
export CONTROL_PLANE_ENDPOINT_IP="1.2.3.4"

For more information about prerequisites, credentials management, or permissions for vSphere, see the vSphere getting started guide.

A Cluster API compatible image must be available in your Vultr account. For instructions on how to build a compatible image see image-builder for Vultr

export CLUSTER_NAME=<clustername>
export KUBERNETES_VERSION=v1.28.9
export CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_COUNT=1
export CONTROL_PLANE_PLANID=<plan_id>
export WORKER_MACHINE_COUNT=1
export WORKER_PLANID=<plan_id>
export MACHINE_IMAGE=<snapshot_id>  
export REGION=<region>
export PLANID=<plan_id>
export VPCID=<vpc_id> 
export SSHKEY_ID=<sshKey_id>

Generating the cluster configuration

For the purpose of this tutorial, we’ll name our cluster capi-quickstart.

clusterctl generate cluster capi-quickstart --flavor development \
  --kubernetes-version v1.31.0 \
  --control-plane-machine-count=3 \
  --worker-machine-count=3 \
  > capi-quickstart.yaml
export CLUSTER_NAME=kind
export CLUSTER_NAMESPACE=vcluster
export KUBERNETES_VERSION=1.28.0
export HELM_VALUES="service:\n  type: NodePort"

kubectl create namespace ${CLUSTER_NAMESPACE}
clusterctl generate cluster ${CLUSTER_NAME} \
    --infrastructure vcluster \
    --kubernetes-version ${KUBERNETES_VERSION} \
    --target-namespace ${CLUSTER_NAMESPACE} | kubectl apply -f -

As we described above, in this tutorial, we will use a LoadBalancer service in order to expose the API server of the workload cluster, so we want to use the load balancer (lb) template (rather than the default one). We’ll use the clusterctl’s --flavor flag for that:

clusterctl generate cluster capi-quickstart \
  --infrastructure="kubevirt" \
  --flavor lb \
  --kubernetes-version ${CAPK_GUEST_K8S_VERSION} \
  --control-plane-machine-count=1 \
  --worker-machine-count=1 \
  > capi-quickstart.yaml
clusterctl generate cluster capi-quickstart \
  --infrastructure azure \
  --kubernetes-version v1.31.0 \
  --control-plane-machine-count=3 \
  --worker-machine-count=3 \
  > capi-quickstart.yaml

# Cluster templates authenticate with Workload Identity by default. Modify the AzureClusterIdentity for ServicePrincipal authentication.
# See https://capz.sigs.k8s.io/topics/identities for more details.
yq -i "with(. | select(.kind == \"AzureClusterIdentity\"); .spec.type |= \"ServicePrincipal\" | .spec.clientSecret.name |= \"${AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAME}\" | .spec.clientSecret.namespace |= \"${AZURE_CLUSTER_IDENTITY_SECRET_NAMESPACE}\")" capi-quickstart.yaml
clusterctl generate cluster capi-quickstart \
  --kubernetes-version v1.31.0 \
  --control-plane-machine-count=3 \
  --worker-machine-count=3 \
  > capi-quickstart.yaml

This creates a YAML file named capi-quickstart.yaml with a predefined list of Cluster API objects; Cluster, Machines, Machine Deployments, etc.

The file can be eventually modified using your editor of choice.

See clusterctl generate cluster for more details.

Apply the workload cluster

When ready, run the following command to apply the cluster manifest.

kubectl apply -f capi-quickstart.yaml

The output is similar to this:

cluster.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart created
dockercluster.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart created
kubeadmcontrolplane.controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart-control-plane created
dockermachinetemplate.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart-control-plane created
machinedeployment.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart-md-0 created
dockermachinetemplate.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart-md-0 created
kubeadmconfigtemplate.bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/capi-quickstart-md-0 created

Accessing the workload cluster

The cluster will now start provisioning. You can check status with:

kubectl get cluster

You can also get an “at glance” view of the cluster and its resources by running:

clusterctl describe cluster capi-quickstart

and see an output similar to this:

NAME              PHASE         AGE   VERSION
capi-quickstart   Provisioned   8s    v1.31.0

To verify the first control plane is up:

kubectl get kubeadmcontrolplane

You should see an output is similar to this:

NAME                    CLUSTER           INITIALIZED   API SERVER AVAILABLE   REPLICAS   READY   UPDATED   UNAVAILABLE   AGE    VERSION
capi-quickstart-g2trk   capi-quickstart   true                                 3                  3         3             4m7s   v1.31.0

After the first control plane node is up and running, we can retrieve the workload cluster Kubeconfig.

clusterctl get kubeconfig capi-quickstart > capi-quickstart.kubeconfig
For Docker Desktop on macOS, Linux or Windows use kind to retrieve the kubeconfig. Docker Engine for Linux works with the default clusterctl approach.
kind get kubeconfig --name capi-quickstart > capi-quickstart.kubeconfig

Install a Cloud Provider

The Kubernetes in-tree cloud provider implementations are being removed in favor of external cloud providers (also referred to as “out-of-tree”). This requires deploying a new component called the cloud-controller-manager which is responsible for running all the cloud specific controllers that were previously run in the kube-controller-manager. To learn more, see this blog post.

Install the official cloud-provider-azure Helm chart on the workload cluster:

helm install --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig --repo https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes-sigs/cloud-provider-azure/master/helm/repo cloud-provider-azure --generate-name --set infra.clusterName=capi-quickstart --set cloudControllerManager.clusterCIDR="192.168.0.0/16"

For more information, see the CAPZ book.

Before deploying the OpenStack external cloud provider, configure the cloud.conf file for integration with your OpenStack environment:

cat > cloud.conf <<EOF
[Global]
auth-url=<your_auth_url>
application-credential-id=<your_credential_id>
application-credential-secret=<your_credential_secret>
region=<your_region>
domain-name=<your_domain_name>
EOF

For more detailed information on configuring the cloud.conf file, see the OpenStack Cloud Controller Manager documentation.

Next, create a Kubernetes secret using this configuration to securely store your cloud environment details. You can create this secret for example with:

kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig -n kube-system create secret generic cloud-config --from-file=cloud.conf

Now, you are ready to deploy the external cloud provider!

kubectl apply --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes/cloud-provider-openstack/master/manifests/controller-manager/cloud-controller-manager-roles.yaml
kubectl apply --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes/cloud-provider-openstack/master/manifests/controller-manager/cloud-controller-manager-role-bindings.yaml
kubectl apply --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes/cloud-provider-openstack/master/manifests/controller-manager/openstack-cloud-controller-manager-ds.yaml

Alternatively, refer to the helm chart.

Deploy a CNI solution

Calico is used here as an example.

Install the official Calico Helm chart on the workload cluster:

helm repo add projectcalico https://docs.tigera.io/calico/charts --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig && \
helm install calico projectcalico/tigera-operator --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-azure/main/templates/addons/calico/values.yaml --namespace tigera-operator --create-namespace

After a short while, our nodes should be running and in Ready state, let’s check the status using kubectl get nodes:

kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig get nodes

Calico not required for vcluster.

Before deploying the Calico CNI, make sure the VMs are running:

kubectl get vm

If our new VMs are running, we should see a response similar to this:

NAME                                  AGE    STATUS    READY
capi-quickstart-control-plane-7s945   167m   Running   True
capi-quickstart-md-0-zht5j            164m   Running   True

We can also read the virtual machine instances:

kubectl get vmi

The output will be similar to:

NAME                                  AGE    PHASE     IP             NODENAME             READY
capi-quickstart-control-plane-7s945   167m   Running   10.244.82.16   kind-control-plane   True
capi-quickstart-md-0-zht5j            164m   Running   10.244.82.17   kind-control-plane   True

Since our workload cluster is running within the kind cluster, we need to prevent conflicts between the kind (management) cluster’s CNI, and the workload cluster CNI. The following modifications in the default Calico settings are enough for these two CNI to work on (actually) the same environment.

  • Change the CIDR to a non-conflicting range
  • Change the value of the CLUSTER_TYPE environment variable to k8s
  • Change the value of the CALICO_IPV4POOL_IPIP environment variable to Never
  • Change the value of the CALICO_IPV4POOL_VXLAN environment variable to Always
  • Add the FELIX_VXLANPORT environment variable with the value of a non-conflicting port, e.g. "6789".

The following script downloads the Calico manifest and modifies the required field. The CIDR and the port values are examples.

curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/projectcalico/calico/v3.24.4/manifests/calico.yaml -o calico-workload.yaml

sed -i -E 's|^( +)# (- name: CALICO_IPV4POOL_CIDR)$|\1\2|g;'\
's|^( +)# (  value: )"192.168.0.0/16"|\1\2"10.243.0.0/16"|g;'\
'/- name: CLUSTER_TYPE/{ n; s/( +value: ").+/\1k8s"/g };'\
'/- name: CALICO_IPV4POOL_IPIP/{ n; s/value: "Always"/value: "Never"/ };'\
'/- name: CALICO_IPV4POOL_VXLAN/{ n; s/value: "Never"/value: "Always"/};'\
'/# Set Felix endpoint to host default action to ACCEPT./a\            - name: FELIX_VXLANPORT\n              value: "6789"' \
calico-workload.yaml

Now, deploy the Calico CNI on the workload cluster:

kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig create -f calico-workload.yaml

After a short while, our nodes should be running and in Ready state, let’s check the status using kubectl get nodes:

kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig get nodes
kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig \
  apply -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/projectcalico/calico/v3.26.1/manifests/calico.yaml

After a short while, our nodes should be running and in Ready state, let’s check the status using kubectl get nodes:

kubectl --kubeconfig=./capi-quickstart.kubeconfig get nodes
NAME                                          STATUS   ROLES           AGE    VERSION
capi-quickstart-vs89t-gmbld                   Ready    control-plane   5m33s  v1.31.0
capi-quickstart-vs89t-kf9l5                   Ready    control-plane   6m20s  v1.31.0
capi-quickstart-vs89t-t8cfn                   Ready    control-plane   7m10s  v1.31.0
capi-quickstart-md-0-55x6t-5649968bd7-8tq9v   Ready    <none>          6m5s   v1.31.0
capi-quickstart-md-0-55x6t-5649968bd7-glnjd   Ready    <none>          6m9s   v1.31.0
capi-quickstart-md-0-55x6t-5649968bd7-sfzp6   Ready    <none>          6m9s   v1.31.0

Clean Up

Delete workload cluster.

kubectl delete cluster capi-quickstart

Delete management cluster

kind delete cluster

Next steps

  • Create a second workload cluster. Simply follow the steps outlined above, but remember to provide a different name for your second workload cluster.
  • Deploy applications to your workload cluster. Use the CNI deployment steps for pointers.
  • See the clusterctl documentation for more detail about clusterctl supported actions.

AWS Machine Images for CAPA Clusters

CAPA requires a “machine image” containing pre-installed, matching versions of kubeadm and kubelet.

EKS Clusters

For an EKS cluster the default behaviour is to retieve the AMI to use from SSM. This is so the recommended Amazon Linux AMI is used (see here).

Instead of using the auto resolved AMIs an appropriate custom image ID for the Kubernetes version can be set in AWSMachineTemplate spec.

Non-EKS Clusters

By default the machine image is auto-resolved by CAPA to a public AMI that matches the Kubernetes version in KubeadmControlPlane or MachineDeployment spec. These AMIs are published in a community owned AWS account. See pre-built public AMIs for details of the CAPA project published images.

IMPORTANT: The project doesn’t recommend using the public AMIs for production use. Instead its recommended that you build your own AMIs for the Kubernetes versions you want to use. The AMI can then be specified in the AWSMachineTemplate spec. Custom images can be created using image-builder project.

Pre-built Kubernetes AMIs

New AMIs are built on a best effort basis when a new Kubernetes version is released for each supported OS distribution and then published to supported regions.

AMI Publication Policy

  • AMIs should only be used for non-production usage. For production environments we recommend that you build and maintain your own AMIs using the image-builder project.
  • AMIs will only be published for the latest release series and 2 previous release series. For example, if the current release series is v1.30 then AMIs will only be published for v1.30, v1.29, v1.28.
  • When there is a new k8s release series then any AMIs no longer covered by the previous point will be deleted. For example, when v1.31.0 is published then any AMIs for the v1.28 release series will be deleted.
  • Existing AMIs are not updated for security fixes and it is recommended to always use the latest patch version for the Kubernetes version you want to run.

NOTE: As the old community images were located in an AWS account that the project no longer has access to and because those AMIs have been automatically deleted, we have started publishing images again starting from Kubernetes v1.29.9.

Finding AMIs

clusterawsadm ami list command lists pre-built reference AMIs by Kubernetes version, OS, or AWS region. See clusterawsadm ami list for details.

If you are using a version of clusterawsadm prior to v2.6.2 then you will need to explicitly specify the owner-id for the community account: clusterawsadm ami list --owner-id 819546954734.

Supported OS Distributions

  • Ubuntu (ubuntu-22.04, ubuntu-24.04)
  • Flatcar (flatcar-stable)

Note: Centos (centos-7) and Amazon Linux 2 (amazon-2) where supported but there are some issues with the AMI build that need fixing. See this issue for details.

Supported AWS Regions

  • ap-northeast-1
  • ap-northeast-2
  • ap-south-1
  • ap-southeast-1
  • ap-southeast-2
  • ca-central-1
  • eu-central-1
  • eu-west-1
  • eu-west-2
  • eu-west-3
  • sa-east-1
  • us-east-1
  • us-east-2
  • us-west-1
  • us-west-2

Custom Kubernetes AMIs

Cluster API uses the Kubernetes Image Builder tools. You should use the AWS images from that project as a starting point for your custom image.

The Image Builder Book explains how to build the images defined in that repository, with instructions for AWS CAPI Images in particular.

Operating system requirements

For custom images to work with Cluster API, it must meet the operating system requirements of the bootstrap provider. For example, the default kubeadm bootstrap provider has a set of [preflight checks][kubeadm-preflight-checks] that a VM is expected to pass before it can join the cluster.

Kubernetes version requirements

The pre-built public images are each built to support a specific version of Kubernetes. When using custom images, make sure to match the image to the version: field of the KubeadmControlPlane and MachineDeployment in the YAML template for your workload cluster.

To upgrade to a new Kubernetes release with custom images requires this preparation:

  • create a new custom image which supports the Kubernetes release version
  • copy the existing AWSMachineTemplate and change its ami: section to reference the new custom image
  • create the new AWSMachineTemplate on the management cluster
  • modify the existing KubeadmControlPlane and MachineDeployment to reference the new AWSMachineTemplate and update the version: field to match

See Upgrading workload clusters for more details.

Creating a cluster from a custom image

To use a custom image, it needs to be referenced in an ami: section of your AWSMachineTemplate.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachineTemplate
metadata:
  name: capa-image-id-example
  namespace: default
spec:
  template:
    spec:
      ami:
        id: ami-09709369c53539c11
      iamInstanceProfile: control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io
      instanceType: m5.xlarge
      sshKeyName: default

Topics

Using clusterawsadm to fulfill prerequisites

Requirements

  • Linux or MacOS (Windows isn’t supported at the moment).
  • AWS credentials.
  • AWS CLI
  • jq

IAM resources

With clusterawsadm

Get the latest clusterawsadm and place it in your path.

Cluster API Provider AWS ships with clusterawsadm, a utility to help you manage IAM objects for this project.

In order to use clusterawsadm you must have an administrative user in an AWS account. Once you have that administrator user you need to set your environment variables:

  • AWS_REGION
  • AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID
  • AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
  • AWS_SESSION_TOKEN (if you are using Multi-factor authentication)

After these are set run this command to get you up and running:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

Additional policies can be added by creating a configuration file

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  controlPlane:
    extraPolicyAttachments:
      - arn:aws:iam::<AWS_ACCOUNT>:policy/my-policy
      - arn:aws:iam::aws:policy/AmazonEC2FullAccess
  nodes:
    extraPolicyAttachments:
      - arn:aws:iam::<AWS_ACCOUNT>:policy/my-other-policy

and passing it to clusterawsadm as follows

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config bootstrap-config.yaml

These will be added to the control plane and node roles respectively when they are created.

Note: If you used the now deprecated clusterawsadm alpha bootstrap 0.5.4 or earlier to create IAM objects for the Cluster API Provider for AWS, using clusterawsadm bootstrap iam 0.5.5 or later will, by default, remove the bootstrap user and group. Anything using those credentials to authenticate will start experiencing authentication failures. If you rely on the bootstrap user and group credentials, specify bootstrapUser.enable = true in the configuration file, like this:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  bootstrapUser:
    enable: true

With EKS Support

The pre-requisities for EKS are enabled by default. However, if you want to use some of the optional features of EKS (see here for more information on what these are) then you will need to enable these features via the configuration file. For example:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  eks:
    iamRoleCreation: false # Set to true if you plan to use the EKSEnableIAM feature flag to enable automatic creation of IAM roles
    managedMachinePool:
      disable: false # Set to false to enable creation of the default node role for managed machine pools
    fargate:
      disable: false # Set to false to enable creation of the default role for the fargate profiles

and then use that configuration file:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config bootstrap-config.yaml

Enabling EventBridge Events

To enable EventBridge instance state events, additional permissions must be granted along with enabling the feature-flag. Additional permissions for events and queue management can be enabled through the configuration file as follows:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  ...
  eventBridge:
    enable: true
  ...

Cross Account Role Assumption

CAPA, by default, does not provide the necessary permissions to allow cross-account role assumption, which can be used to manage clusters in other environments. This is documented here. The ‘sts:AssumeRole’ permissions can be added via the following configuration on the manager account configuration:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  ...
  allowAssumeRole: true
  ...

The above will give the controller to have the necessary permissions needed in order for it to manage clusters in other accounts using the AWSClusterRoleIdentity. Please note, the above should only be applied to the account where CAPA is running. To allow CAPA to assume the roles in the managed/target accounts, the following configuration needs to be used:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  ...
  clusterAPIControllers:
    disabled: false
    trustStatements:
    - Action:
      - "sts:AssumeRole"
      Effect: "Allow"
      Principal:
        AWS:
        - "arn:aws:iam::<manager account>:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
  ...

Without clusterawsadm

This is not a recommended route as the policies are very specific and will change with new features.

If you do not wish to use the clusteradwsadm tool then you will need to understand exactly which IAM policies and groups we are expecting. There are several policies, roles and users that need to be created. Please see our controller policy file to understand the permissions that are necessary.

You can use clusteradwadm to print out the needed IAM policies, e.g.

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllers --config bootstrap-config.yaml

SSH Key pair

If you plan to use SSH to access the instances created by Cluster API Provider AWS then you will need to specify the name of an existing SSH key pair within the region you plan on using. If you don’t have one yet, a new one needs to be created.

Create a new key pair

# Save the output to a secure location
aws ec2 create-key-pair --key-name default --output json | jq .KeyMaterial -r
-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
[... contents omitted ...]
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----

If you want to save the private key directly into AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store with KMS encryption for security, you can use the following command:

aws ssm put-parameter --name "/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/ssh-key" \
  --type SecureString \
  --value "$(aws ec2 create-key-pair --key-name default --output json | jq .KeyMaterial -r)"

Adding an existing public key to AWS

# Replace with your own public key
aws ec2 import-key-pair \
  --key-name default \
  --public-key-material "$(cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub)"

NB: Only RSA keys are supported by AWS.

Setting up the environment

The current iteration of the Cluster API Provider AWS relies on credentials being present in your environment. These then get written into the cluster manifests for use by the controllers.

E.g.

export AWS_REGION=us-east-1 # This is used to help encode your environment variables
export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=<your-access-key>
export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=<your-secret-access-key>
export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=<session-token> # If you are using Multi-Factor Auth.

Note: The credentials used must have the appropriate permissions for use by the controllers. You can get the required policy statement by using the following command:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllers --config bootstrap-config.yaml

To save credentials securely in your environment, aws-vault uses the OS keystore as permanent storage, and offers shell features to securely expose and setup local AWS environments.

Accessing cluster instances

Overview

After running clusterctl generate cluster to generate the configuration for a new workload cluster (and then redirecting that output to a file for use with kubectl apply, or piping it directly to kubectl apply), the new workload cluster will be deployed. This document explains how to access the new workload cluster’s nodes.

Prerequisites

  1. clusterctl generate cluster was successfully executed to generate the configuration for a new workload cluster
  2. The configuration for the new workload cluster was applied to the management cluster using kubectl apply and the cluster is up and running in an AWS environment.
  3. The SSH key referenced by clusterctl in step 1 exists in AWS and is stored in the correct location locally for use by SSH (on macOS/Linux systems, this is typically $HOME/.ssh). This document will refer to this key as cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io.
  4. (If using AWS Session Manager) The AWS CLI and the Session Manager plugin have been installed and configured.

Methods for accessing nodes

There are two ways to access cluster nodes once the workload cluster is up and running:

  • via SSH
  • via AWS Session Manager

Accessing nodes via SSH

By default, workload clusters created in AWS will not support access via SSH apart from AWS Session Manager (see the section titled “Accessing nodes via AWS Session Manager”). However, the manifest for a workload cluster can be modified to include an SSH bastion host, created and managed by the management cluster, to enable SSH access to cluster nodes. The bastion node is created in a public subnet and provides SSH access from the world. It runs the official Ubuntu Linux image.

Enabling the bastion host

To configure the Cluster API Provider for AWS to create an SSH bastion host, add this line to the AWSCluster spec:

spec:
  bastion:
    enabled: true

If this field is set and a specific AMI ID is not provided for the bastion (by setting spec.bastion.ami) then by default the latest AMI(Ubuntu 20.04 LTS OS) is looked up from Ubuntu cloud images by CAPA controller and used in bastion host creation.

Obtain public IP address of the bastion node

Once the workload cluster is up and running after being configured for an SSH bastion host, you can use the kubectl get awscluster command to look up the public IP address of the bastion host (make sure the kubectl context is set to the management cluster). The output will look something like this:

NAME   CLUSTER   READY   VPC                     BASTION IP
test   test      true    vpc-1739285ed052be7ad   1.2.3.4

Setting up the SSH key path

Assumming that the cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io SSH key is stored in $HOME/.ssh/cluster-api-provider-aws, use this command to set up an environment variable for use in a later command:

export CLUSTER_SSH_KEY=$HOME/.ssh/cluster-api-provider-aws

Get private IP addresses of nodes in the cluster

To get the private IP addresses of nodes in the cluster (nodes may be control plane nodes or worker nodes), use this kubectl command with the context set to the management cluster:

kubectl get nodes -o custom-columns=NAME:.metadata.name,\
IP:"{.status.addresses[?(@.type=='InternalIP')].address}"

This will produce output that looks like this:

NAME                                         IP
ip-10-0-0-16.us-west-2.compute.internal   10.0.0.16
ip-10-0-0-68.us-west-2.compute.internal   10.0.0.68

The above command returns IP addresses of the nodes in the cluster. In this case, the values returned are 10.0.0.16 and 10.0.0.68.

Connecting to the nodes via SSH

To access one of the nodes (either a control plane node or a worker node) via the SSH bastion host, use this command if you are using a non-EKS cluster:

ssh -i ${CLUSTER_SSH_KEY} ubuntu@<NODE_IP> \
	-o "ProxyCommand ssh -W %h:%p -i ${CLUSTER_SSH_KEY} ubuntu@${BASTION_HOST}"

And use this command if you are using a EKS based cluster:

ssh -i ${CLUSTER_SSH_KEY} ec2-user@<NODE_IP> \
	-o "ProxyCommand ssh -W %h:%p -i ${CLUSTER_SSH_KEY} ubuntu@${BASTION_HOST}"

If the whole document is followed, the value of <NODE_IP> will be either 10.0.0.16 or 10.0.0.68.

Alternately, users can add a configuration stanza to their SSH configuration file (typically found on macOS/Linux systems as $HOME/.ssh/config):

Host 10.0.*
  User ubuntu
  IdentityFile <CLUSTER_SSH_KEY>
  ProxyCommand ssh -W %h:%p ubuntu@<BASTION_HOST>

Accessing nodes via AWS Session Manager

All CAPA-published AMIs based on Ubuntu have the AWS SSM Agent pre-installed (as a Snap package; this was added in June 2018 to the base Ubuntu Server image for all 16.04 and later AMIs). This allows users to access cluster nodes directly, without the need for an SSH bastion host, using the AWS CLI and the Session Manager plugin.

To access a cluster node (control plane node or worker node), you’ll need the instance ID. You can retrieve the instance ID using this kubectl command with the context set to the management cluster:

kubectl get awsmachines -o custom-columns=NAME:.metadata.name,INSTANCEID:.spec.providerID

This will produce output similar to this:

NAME                      INSTANCEID
test-controlplane-52fhh   aws:////i-112bac41a19da1819
test-controlplane-lc5xz   aws:////i-99aaef2381ada9228

Users can then use the instance ID (everything after the aws://// prefix) to connect to the cluster node with this command:

aws ssm start-session --target <INSTANCE_ID>

This will log you into the cluster node as the ssm-user user ID.

Additional Notes

Using the AWS CLI instead of kubectl

It is also possible to use AWS CLI commands instead of kubectl to gather information about the cluster nodes.

For example, to use the AWS CLI to get the public IP address of the SSH bastion host, use this AWS CLI command:

export BASTION_HOST=$(aws ec2 describe-instances --filter='Name=tag:Name,Values=<CLUSTER_NAME>-bastion' \
	| jq '.Reservations[].Instances[].PublicIpAddress' -r)

You should substitute the correct cluster name for <CLUSTER_NAME> in the above command. (NOTE: If make manifests was used to generate manifests, by default the <CLUSTER_NAME> is set to test1.)

Similarly, to obtain the list of private IP addresses of the cluster nodes, use this AWS CLI command:

for type in control-plane node
do
	aws ec2 describe-instances \
    --filter="Name=tag:sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/role,\
    Values=${type}" \
		| jq '.Reservations[].Instances[].PrivateIpAddress' -r
done
10.0.0.16
10.0.0.68

Finally, to obtain AWS instance IDs for cluster nodes, you can use this AWS CLI command:

for type in control-plane node
do
	aws ec2 describe-instances \
    --filter="Name=tag:sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/role,\
    Values=${type}" \
		| jq '.Reservations[].Instances[].InstanceId' -r
done
i-112bac41a19da1819
i-99aaef2381ada9228

Note that your AWS CLI must be configured with credentials that enable you to query the AWS EC2 API.

Spot Instances

AWS Spot Instances allows user to reduce the costs of their compute resources by utilising AWS spare capacity for a lower price.

Because Spot Instances are tightly integrated with AWS services such as Auto Scaling, ECS and CloudFormation, users can choose how to launch and maintain their applications running on Spot Instances.

Although, with this lower cost, comes the risk of preemption. When capacity within a particular Availability Zone is increased, AWS may need to reclaim Spot instances to satisfy the demand on their data centres.

When to use spot instances?

Spot instances are ideal for workloads that can be interrupted. For example, short jobs or stateless services that can be rescheduled quickly, without data loss, and resume operation with limited degradation to a service.

Using Spot Instances with AWSMachine

To enable AWS Machine to be backed by a Spot Instance, users need to add spotMarketOptions to AWSMachineTemplate:

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachineTemplate
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-0
spec:
  template:
    spec:
      iamInstanceProfile: nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io
      instanceType: ${AWS_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE}
      spotMarketOptions:
        maxPrice: ""
      sshKeyName: ${AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME}

Users may also add a maxPrice to the options to limit the maximum spend for the instance. It is however, recommended not to set a maxPrice as AWS will cap your spending at the on-demand price if this field is left empty, and you will experience fewer interruptions.

spec:
  template:
    spotMarketOptions:
      maxPrice: 0.02 # Price in USD per hour (up to 5 decimal places)

Using Spot Instances with AWSManagedMachinePool

To use spot instance in EKS managed node groups for a EKS cluster, set capacityType to spot in AWSManagedMachinePool.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSManagedMachinePool
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-pool-0
spec:
  capacityType: spot
  ...

See AWS doc for more details.

Using Spot Instances with AWSMachinePool

To enable AWSMachinePool to be backed by a Spot Instance, users need to add spotMarketOptions to AWSLaunchTemplate:

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachinePool
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-mp-0
spec:
  minSize: 1
  maxSize: 4
  awsLaunchTemplate:
    instanceType: "${AWS_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE}"
    iamInstanceProfile: "nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
    sshKeyName: "${AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME}"
    spotMarketOptions:
       maxPrice: ""

IMPORTANT WARNING: The experimental feature AWSMachinePool supports using spot instances, but the graceful shutdown of machines in AWSMachinePool is not supported and has to be handled externally by users.

MachinePools

  • Feature status: Experimental
  • Feature gate: MachinePool=true

MachinePool allows users to manage many machines as a single entity. Infrastructure providers implement a separate CRD that handles infrastructure side of the feature.

AWSMachinePool

Cluster API Provider AWS (CAPA) has experimental support for MachinePool though the infrastructure type AWSMachinePool. An AWSMachinePool corresponds to an AWS AutoScaling Groups, which provides the cloud provider specific resource for orchestrating a group of EC2 machines.

The AWSMachinePool controller creates and manages an AWS AutoScaling Group using launch templates so users don’t have to manage individual machines. You can use Autoscaling health checks for replacing instances and it will maintain the number of instances specified.

Using clusterctl to deploy

To deploy a MachinePool / AWSMachinePool via clusterctl generate there’s a flavor for that.

Make sure to set up your AWS environment as described here.

export EXP_MACHINE_POOL=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws
clusterctl generate cluster my-cluster --kubernetes-version v1.25.0 --flavor machinepool > my-cluster.yaml

The template used for this flavor is located here.

AWSManagedMachinePool

Cluster API Provider AWS (CAPA) has experimental support for EKS Managed Node Groups using MachinePool through the infrastructure type AWSManagedMachinePool. An AWSManagedMachinePool corresponds to an AWS AutoScaling Groups that is used for an EKS managed node group. .

The AWSManagedMachinePool controller creates and manages an EKS managed node group which in turn manages an AWS AutoScaling Group of managed EC2 instance types.

To use the managed machine pools certain IAM permissions are needed. The easiest way to ensure the required IAM permissions are in place is to use clusterawsadm to create them. To do this, follow the EKS instructions in using clusterawsadm to fulfill prerequisites.

Using clusterctl to deploy

To deploy an EKS managed node group using AWSManagedMachinePool via clusterctl generate you can use a flavor.

Make sure to set up your AWS environment as described here.

export EXP_MACHINE_POOL=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws
clusterctl generate cluster my-cluster --kubernetes-version v1.22.0 --flavor eks-managedmachinepool > my-cluster.yaml

The template used for this flavor is located here.

Examples

Example: MachinePool, AWSMachinePool and KubeadmConfig Resources

Below is an example of the resources needed to create a pool of EC2 machines orchestrated with an AWS Auto Scaling Group.

---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachinePool
metadata:
  name: capa-mp-0
spec:
  clusterName: capa
  replicas: 2
  template:
    spec:
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfig
          name: capa-mp-0
      clusterName: capa
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachinePool
        name: capa-mp-0
      version: v1.25.0
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachinePool
metadata:
  name: capa-mp-0
spec:
  minSize: 1
  maxSize: 10
  availabilityZones:
    - "${AWS_AVAILABILITY_ZONE}"
  awsLaunchTemplate:
    instanceType: "${AWS_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE}"
    sshKeyName: "${AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME}"
  subnets:
    - id : "${AWS_SUBNET_ID}"
---
apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: KubeadmConfig
metadata:
  name: capa-mp-0
  namespace: default
spec:
  joinConfiguration:
    nodeRegistration:
      name: '{{ ds.meta_data.local_hostname }}'
      kubeletExtraArgs:
        cloud-provider: aws

Autoscaling

cluster-autoscaler can be used to scale MachinePools up and down. Two providers are possible to use with CAPA MachinePools: clusterapi, or aws.

If the AWS autoscaler provider is used, each MachinePool needs to have an annotation set to prevent scale up/down races between cluster-autoscaler and cluster-api. Example:

apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachinePool
metadata:
  name: capa-mp-0
  annotations:
    cluster.x-k8s.io/replicas-managed-by: "external-autoscaler"
spec:
  clusterName: capa
  replicas: 2
  template:
    spec:
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfig
          name: capa-mp-0
      clusterName: capa
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachinePool
        name: capa-mp-0
      version: v1.25.0

When using GitOps, make sure to ignore differences in spec.replicas on MachinePools. Example when using ArgoCD:

  ignoreDifferences:
    - group: cluster.x-k8s.io
      kind: MachinePool
      jsonPointers:
        - /spec/replicas

Multi-tenancy

Starting from v0.6.5, single controller multi-tenancy is supported that allows using a different AWS Identity for each workload cluster. For details, see the multi-tenancy proposal.

For multi-tenancy support, a reference field (identityRef) is added to AWSCluster, which informs the controller of which identity to be used when reconciling the cluster. If the identity provided exists in a different AWS account, this is the mechanism which informs the controller to provision a cluster in a different account. Identities should have adequate permissions for CAPA to reconcile clusters.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test"
  namespace: "test"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-1"
  identityRef:
    kind: <IdentityType>
    name: <IdentityName>

Identity resources are used to describe IAM identities that will be used during reconciliation. There are three identity types: AWSClusterControllerIdentity, AWSClusterStaticIdentity, and AWSClusterRoleIdentity. Once an IAM identity is created in AWS, the corresponding values should be used to create a identity resource.

AWSClusterControllerIdentity

Before multi-tenancy support, all AWSClusters were being reconciled using the credentials that are used by Cluster API Provider AWS Controllers. AWSClusterControllerIdentity is used to restrict the usage of controller credentials only to AWSClusters that are in allowedNamespaces. Since CAPA controllers use a single set of credentials, AWSClusterControllerIdentity is a singleton, and can only be created with name: default.

For backward compatibility, AutoControllerIdentityCreator experimental feature is added, which is responsible to create the AWSClusterControllerIdentity singleton if it does not exist.

  • Feature status: Experimental
  • Feature gate: AutoControllerIdentityCreator=true AutoControllerIdentityCreator creates AWSClusterControllerIdentity singleton with empty allowedNamespaces (allowedNamespaces: {}) to grant access to the AWSClusterControllerIdentity from all namespaces.

Example:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test"
  namespace: "test"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-1"
  identityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
    name: default
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
metadata:
  name: "default"
spec:
  allowedNamespaces: {}  # matches all namespaces

AWSClusterControllerIdentity is immutable to avoid any unwanted overrides to the allowed namespaces, especially during upgrading clusters.

AWSClusterStaticIdentity

AWSClusterStaticIdentity represents static AWS credentials, which are stored in a Secret.

Example: Below, an AWSClusterStaticIdentity is created that allows access to the AWSClusters that are in “test” namespace. The identity credentials that will be used by “test” AWSCluster are stored in “test-account-creds” secret.

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test"
  namespace: "test"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-1"
  identityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterStaticIdentity
    name: test-account
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterStaticIdentity
metadata:
  name: "test-account"
spec:
  secretRef: test-account-creds
  allowedNamespaces:
    selector:
      matchLabels:
        cluster.x-k8s.io/ns: "testlabel"
---
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  labels:
    cluster.x-k8s.io/ns: "testlabel"
  name: "test"
---
apiVersion: v1
kind: Secret
metadata:
  name: "test-account-creds"
  namespace: capa-system
stringData:
 AccessKeyID: AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE
 SecretAccessKey: wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY

AWSClusterRoleIdentity

AWSClusterRoleIdentity allows CAPA to assume a role either in the same or another AWS account, using the STS::AssumeRole API. The assumed role could be used by the AWSClusters that is in the allowedNamespaces.

Example: Below, an AWSClusterRoleIdentity instance, which will be used by AWSCluster “test”, is created. This role will be assumed by the source identity at runtime. Source identity can be of any identity type. Role is assumed in the beginning once and after, whenever the assumed role’s credentials are expired.

This snippet illustrates the connection between AWSClusterand the AWSClusterRoleIdentity, however this is not a working example. Please view a full example below.

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test"
  namespace: "test"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-1"
  identityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
    name: test-account-role
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
metadata:
  name: "test-account-role"
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:
  - "test" # allows only "test" namespace to use this identity
  roleARN: "arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/CAPARole"
  sourceIdentityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity # use the singleton for root auth
    name: default

Nested role assumption is also supported. Example: Below, “multi-tenancy-nested-role” will be assumed by “multi-tenancy-role”, which will be assumed by the “default” AWSClusterControllerIdentity

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
metadata:
  name: multi-tenancy-role
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:
    list: []
  durationSeconds: 900 # default and min value is 900 seconds
  roleARN: arn:aws:iam::11122233344:role/multi-tenancy-role
  sessionName: multi-tenancy-role-session
  sourceIdentityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
    name: default
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
metadata:
  name: multi-tenancy-nested-role
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:
    list: []
  roleARN: arn:aws:iam::11122233355:role/multi-tenancy-nested-role
  sessionName: multi-tenancy-nested-role-session
  sourceIdentityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
    name: multi-tenancy-role

Necessary permissions for assuming a role:

There are multiple AWS assume role permissions that need to be configured in order for the assume role to work:

  • The source identity (user/role specified in the source identity field) should have IAM policy permissions that enable it to perform sts:AssumeRole operation.

    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": "sts:AssumeRole",
                "Resource": "*"
            }
        ]
    }
    
  • The target role (can be in a different AWS account) must be configured to allow the source user/role (or all users in an AWS account) to assume into it by setting a trust policy:

    {
    "Version": "2012-10-17",
    "Statement": [
      {
        "Effect": "Allow",
        "Principal": {
          "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::111111111111:root"
            // "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::111111111111:role/role-used-during-cluster-bootstrap"
        },
        "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
      }
    ]
    }
    

Both of these permissions can be enabled via clusterawsadm as documented here.

Examples

This is a deployable example which uses the AWSClusterRoleIdentity “test-account-role” to assume into the arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/CAPARole role in the target account. This example assumes that the CAPARole has already been configured in the target account.

Finally, we inform the Cluster to use our AWSClustertype to provision a cluster in the target account specified by the identityRef section.

Note

By default the AutoControllerIdentityCreator=true feature gate is set to true here. If this is not enabled for your cluster, you will need to enable the flag, or create your own default AWSClusterControllerIdentity.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
metadata:
  name: "default"
spec:
  allowedNamespaces: {}  # matches all namespaces
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
metadata:
  name: "test-account-role"
spec:
  allowedNamespaces: {} # matches all namespaces
  roleARN: "arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/CAPARole"
  sourceIdentityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity # use the singleton for root auth
    name: default
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test-multi-tenant-workload"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-1"
  identityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
    name: test-account-role
---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: Cluster
metadata:
  name: "test-multi-tenant-workload"
spec:
  infrastructureRef:
    apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
    kind: AWSCluster
    name: "test-multi-tenant-workload"

More specific examples can be referenced from the existing templates directory.

In order to use the EC2 template with identity type, you can add the identityRef section to kind: AWSCluster spec section in the template. If you do not, CAPA will automatically add the default identity provider (which is usually your local account credentials).

Similarly, to use the EKS template with identity type, you can add the identityRef section to kind: AWSManagedControlPlane spec section in the template. If you do not, CAPA will automatically add the default identity provider (which is usually your local account credentials).

Secure Access to Identities

allowedNamespaces field is used to grant access to the namespaces to use Identities. Only AWSClusters that are created in one of the Identity’s allowed namespaces can use that Identity. allowedNamespaces are defined by providing either a list of namespaces or label selector to select namespaces.

Examples

An empty allowedNamespaces indicates that the Identity can be used by all namespaces.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:{}  # matches all namespaces

Having a nil list and a nil selector is the same with having an empty allowedNamespaces (Identity can be used by all namespaces).

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:
    list: nil
    selector: nil

A nil allowedNamespaces indicates that the Identity cannot be used from any namespace.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:  # this is same with not providing the field at all or allowedNamespaces: null

The union of namespaces that are matched by selector and the namespaces that are in the list is granted access to the identity. The namespaces that are not in the list and not matching the selector will not have access.

Nil or empty list matches no namespaces. Nil or empty selector matches no namespaces. If list is nil and selector is empty OR list is empty and selector is nil, Identity cannot be used from any namespace. Because in this case, allowedNamespaces is not empty or nil, and neither list nor selector allows any namespaces, so the union is empty.

# Matches no namespaces
allowedNamespaces:
  list: []
# Matches no namespaces
allowedNamespaces:
  selector: {}
# Matches no namespaces
allowedNamespaces:
  list: null
  selector: {}
# Matches no namespaces
allowedNamespaces:
  list: []
  selector: {}

Important The default behaviour of an empty label selector is to match all objects, however here we do not follow that behavior to avoid unintended access to the identities. This is consistent with core cluster API selectors, e.g., Machine and ClusterResourceSet selectors. The result of matchLabels and matchExpressions are ANDed.

In Kubernetes selectors, matchLabels and matchExpressions are ANDed. In the example below, list is empty/nil, so does not allow any namespaces and selector matches with only default namespace. Since list and selector results are ORed, default namespace can use this identity.

kind: namespace
metadata:
  name: default
  labels:
    environment: dev
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
spec:
  allowedNamespaces:
    list: null # or []
    selector:
      matchLabels:
        namespace: default
      matchExpressions:
        - {key: environment, operator: In, values: [dev]}

Multitenancy setup with EKS and Service Account

See multitenancy for more details on enabling the functionality and the various options you can use.

In this example, we are going to see how to create the following architecture with cluster API:

                                  AWS Account 1
                                 +--------------------+
                                 |                    |
                 +---------------+->EKS - (Managed)   |
                 |               |                    |
                 |               +--------------------+
 AWS Account 0   |                AWS Account 2
+----------------+---+           +--------------------+
|                |   |           |                    |
|  EKS - (Manager)---+-----------+->EKS - (Managed)   |
|                |   |           |                    |
+----------------+---+           +--------------------+
                 |                AWS Account 3
                 |               +--------------------+
                 |               |                    |
                 +---------------+->EKS - (Managed)   |
                                 |                    |
                                 +--------------------+

And specifically, we will only include:

  • AWS Account 0 (aka Manager account used by management cluster where cluster API controllers reside)
  • AWS Account 1 (aka Managed account used for EKS-managed workload clusters)

Prerequisites

Set variables

Note: the credentials below are the ones of the manager account

Export the following environment variables:

  • AWS_REGION
  • AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID
  • AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
  • AWS_SESSION_TOKEN (if you are using Multi-factor authentication)
  • AWS_MANAGER_ACCOUNT_ID
  • AWS_MANAGED_ACCOUNT_ID
  • OIDC_PROVIDER_ID=”WeWillReplaceThisLater”

Prepare the manager account

As explained in the EKS prerequisites page, we need a couple of roles in the account to build the cluster, clusterawsadm CLI can take care of it.

We know that the CAPA provider in the Manager account should be able to assume roles in the Managed account (AWS Account 1).

We can create a clusterawsadm configuration that adds an inline policy to the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io role.

envsubst > bootstrap-manager-account.yaml << EOL
apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  eks: # This section should be changed accordingly to your requirements
    iamRoleCreation: false
    managedMachinePool:
      disable: true
    fargate:
      disable: false
  clusterAPIControllers: # This is the section that really matter
    disabled: false
    extraStatements:
    - Action:
      - "sts:AssumeRole"
      Effect: "Allow"
      Resource: ["arn:aws:iam::${AWS_MANAGED_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"]
    trustStatements:
    - Action:
      - "sts:AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity"
      Effect: "Allow"
      Principal:
        Federated:
        - "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_MANAGER_ACCOUNT_ID}:oidc-provider/oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}"
      Condition:
        "ForAnyValue:StringEquals":
          "oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}:sub":
            - system:serviceaccount:capi-providers:capa-controller-manager
            - system:serviceaccount:capa-eks-control-plane-system:capa-eks-control-plane-controller-manager # Include if also using EKS
EOL

Let’s provision the Manager role with:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config bootstrap-manager-account.yaml

Manager cluster

The following commands assume you have the AWS credentials for the Manager account exposed, and your kube context is pointing to the bootstrap cluster.

Install cluster API provider in the bootstrap cluster

export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
export EKS=true
export EXP_MACHINE_POOL=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws --target-namespace capi-providers

Generate the cluster configuration

NOTE: You might want to update the Kubernetes and VPC addon versions to one of the available versions when running this command.

export AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME=default
export VPC_ADDON_VERSION="v1.10.2-eksbuild.1"
clusterctl generate cluster manager --flavor eks-managedmachinepool-vpccni --kubernetes-version v1.20.2 --worker-machine-count=3 > manager-cluster.yaml

Apply the cluster configuration

kubectl apply -f manager-cluster.yaml

WAIT: time to have a drink, the cluster is creating and we will have to wait for it to be there before continuing.

IAM OIDC Identity provider

Follow AWS documentation to create an OIDC provider https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/enable-iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html

Update the TrustStatement above

export OIDC_PROVIDER_ID=<OIDC_ID_OF_THE_CLUSTER>

run the Prepare the manager account step again

Get manager cluster credentials

kubectl --namespace=default get secret manager-user-kubeconfig \
   -o jsonpath={.data.value} | base64 --decode \
   > manager.kubeconfig

Install the CAPA provider in the manager cluster

Here we install the Cluster API providers into the manager cluster and create a service account to use the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io role for the Management Components.

export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
export EKS=true
export EXP_MACHINE_POOL=true
export AWS_CONTROLLER_IAM_ROLE=arn:aws:iam::${AWS_MANAGER_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io
clusterctl init --kubeconfig manager.kubeconfig --infrastructure aws --target-namespace capi-providers

Managed cluster

Time to build the managed cluster for pivoting the bootstrap cluster.

Generate the cluster configuration

NOTE: As for the manager cluster you might want to update the Kubernetes and VPC addon versions.

export AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME=default
export VPC_ADDON_VERSION="v1.10.2-eksbuild.1"
clusterctl generate cluster managed --flavor eks-managedmachinepool-vpccni --kubernetes-version v1.20.2 --worker-machine-count=3 > managed-cluster.yaml

Edit the file and add the following to the AWSManagedControlPlane resource spec to point the controller to the manager account when creating the cluster.

identityRef:
  kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
  name: managed-account

Create the identities

envsubst > cluster-role-identity.yaml << EOL
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterRoleIdentity
metadata:
  name: managed-account
spec:
  allowedNamespaces: {} # This is unsafe since every namespace is allowed to use the role identity
  roleARN: arn:aws:iam::${AWS_MANAGED_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io
  sourceIdentityRef:
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
    name: default
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  allowedNamespaces: {}
EOL

Prepare the managed account

NOTE: Expose the managed account credentials before running the following commands.

This configuration is adding the trustStatement in the cluster api controller role to allow the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io in the manager account to assume it.

envsubst > bootstrap-managed-account.yaml << EOL
apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  eks:
    iamRoleCreation: false # Set to true if you plan to use the EKSEnableIAM feature flag to enable automatic creation of IAM roles
    managedMachinePool:
      disable: true # Set to false to enable creation of the default node role for managed machine pools
    fargate:
      disable: false # Set to false to enable creation of the default role for the fargate profiles
  clusterAPIControllers:
    disabled: false
    trustStatements:
    - Action:
      - "sts:AssumeRole"
      Effect: "Allow"
      Principal:
        AWS:
        - "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_MANAGER_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
EOL

Let’s provision the Managed account with:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config bootstrap-managed-account.yaml

Apply the cluster configuration

Note: Back to the manager account credentials

kubectl --kubeconfig manager.kubeconfig apply -f cluster-role-identity.yaml
kubectl --kubeconfig manager.kubeconfig apply -f managed-cluster.yaml

Time for another drink, enjoy your multi-tenancy setup.

EKS Support in the AWS Provider

  • Feature status: Stable
  • Feature gate (required): EKS=true
  • Feature gate (optional): EKSEnableIAM=true,EKSAllowAddRoles=true

Overview

The AWS provider supports creating EKS based cluster. Currently the following features are supported:

  • Provisioning/managing an Amazon EKS Cluster
  • Upgrading the Kubernetes version of the EKS Cluster
  • Attaching a self-managed machines as nodes to the EKS cluster
  • Creating a machine pool and attaching it to the EKS cluster. See machine pool docs for details.
  • Creating a managed machine pool and attaching it to the EKS cluster. See machine pool docs for details
  • Managing “EKS Addons”. See addons for further details
  • Creating an EKS fargate profile
  • Managing aws-iam-authenticator configuration

Note: machine pools and fargate profiles are still classed as experimental.

The implementation introduces the following CRD kinds:

  • AWSManagedControlPlane - specifies the EKS Cluster in AWS and used by the Cluster API AWS Managed Control plane (MACP)
  • AWSManagedMachinePool - defines the managed node pool for the cluster
  • EKSConfig - used by Cluster API bootstrap provider EKS (CABPE)

And a number of new templates are available in the templates folder for creating a managed workload cluster.

SEE ALSO

Prerequisites

To use EKS you must give the controller the required permissions. The easiest way to do this is by using clusterawsadm. For instructions on how to do this see the prerequisites.

When using clusterawsadm and enabling EKS support a new IAM role will be created for you called eks-controlplane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io. This role is the IAM role that will be used for the EKS control plane if you don’t specify your own role and if EKSEnableIAM isn’t enabled (see the enabling docs for further information).

Additionally using clusterawsadm will add permissions to the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io policy for EKS to function properly.

Enabling EKS Support

Support for EKS is enabled by default when you use the AWS infrastructure provider. For example:

clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Enabling optional EKS features

There are additional EKS experimental features that are disabled by default. The sections below cover how to enable these features.

Machine Pools

To enable support for machine pools the MachinePool feature flag must be set to to true. This can be done using the EXP_MACHINE_POOL environment variable:

export EXP_MACHINE_POOL=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

See the machine pool documentation for further information.

NOTE: you will need to enable the creation of the default IAM role. The easiest way is using clusterawsadm, for instructions see the prerequisites.

IAM Roles Per Cluster

By default EKS clusters will use the same IAM roles (i.e. control plane, node group roles). There is a feature that allows each cluster to have its own IAM roles. This is done by enabling the EKSEnableIAM feature flag. This can be done before running clusterctl init by using the the CAPA_EKS_IAM environment variable:

export CAPA_EKS_IAM=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

NOTE: you will need the correct prerequisities for this. The easiest way is using clusterawsadm and setting iamRoleCreation to true, for instructions see the prerequisites.

Additional Control Plane Roles

You can add additional roles to the control plane role that is created for an EKS cluster. To use this you must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag. This can be done before running clusterctl init by using the CAPA_EKS_ADD_ROLES environment variable:

export CAPA_EKS_IAM=true
export CAPA_EKS_ADD_ROLES=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

NOTE: to use this feature you must also enable the CAPA_EKS_IAM feature.

EKS Fargate Profiles

You can use Fargate Profiles with EKS. To use this you must enable the EKSFargate feature flag. This can be done before running clusterctl init by using the EXP_EKS_FARGATE environmnet variable:

export EXP_EKS_FARGATE=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

NOTE: you will need to enable the creation of the default Fargate IAM role. The easiest way is using clusterawsadm and using the fargate configuration option, for instructions see the prerequisites.

Pod Networking

When creating a EKS cluster the Amazon VPC CNI will be used by default for Pod Networking.

When using the AWS Console to create an EKS cluster with a Kubernetes version of v1.18 or greater you are required to select a specific version of the VPC CNI to use.

Using the VPC CNI Addon

You can use an explicit version of the Amazon VPC CNI by using the vpc-cni EKS addon. See the addons documentation for further details of how to use addons.

Using Custom VPC CNI Configuration

If your use case demands custom networking VPC CNI configuration you might already be familiar with the helm chart which helps with the process. This gives you access to ENI Configs and you can set Environment Variables on the aws-node DaemonSet where the VPC CNI runs. CAPA is able to tune the same DaemonSet through Kubernetes.

The following example shows how to turn on custom network config and set a label definition.

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  vpcCni:
    env:
    - name: AWS_VPC_K8S_CNI_CUSTOM_NETWORK_CFG
      value: "true" 
    - name: ENABLE_PREFIX_DELEGATION
      value: "true"

Increase node pod limit

You can increase the pod limit per-node as per the upstream AWS documentation. You’ll need to enable the vpc-cni plugin addon on your EKS cluster as well as enable prefix assignment mode through the ENABLE_PREFIX_DELEGATION environment variable.

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  vpcCni:
    env:
    - name: AWS_VPC_K8S_CNI_CUSTOM_NETWORK_CFG
      value: "true" 
    - name: ENABLE_PREFIX_DELEGATION
      value: "true"
  addons:
  - name: vpc-cni
    version: <replace_with_version>
    conflictResolution: overwrite
  associateOIDCProvider: true
  disableVPCCNI: false

Using Secondary CIDRs

EKS allows users to assign a secondary CIDR range for pods to be assigned. Below are how to get CAPA to generate ENIConfigs in both the managed and unmanaged VPC configurations.

Secondary CIDR functionality will not work unless you enable custom network config too.

Managed (dynamic) VPC

Default configuration for CAPA is to manage the VPC and all the subnets for you dynamically. It will create and delete them along with your cluster. In this method all you need to do is set a SecondaryCidrBlock to one of the allowed two IPv4 CIDR blocks: 100.64.0.0/10 and 198.19.0.0/16. CAPA will automatically generate subnets and ENIConfigs for you and the VPC CNI will do the rest.

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  secondaryCidrBlock: 100.64.0.0/10
  vpcCni:
    env:
    - name: AWS_VPC_K8S_CNI_CUSTOM_NETWORK_CFG
      value: "true" 
  

Unmanaged (static) VPC

In an unmanaged VPC configuration CAPA will create no VPC or subnets and will instead assign the cluster pieces to the IDs you pass. In order to get ENIConfigs to generate you will need to add tags to the subnet you created and want to use as the secondary subnets for your pods. This is done through tagging the subnets with the following tag: sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/association=secondary.

Setting SecondaryCidrBlock in this configuration will be ignored and no subnets are created.

Using an alternative CNI

There may be scenarios where you do not want to use the Amazon VPC CNI. EKS supports a number of alternative CNIs such as Calico, Cilium, and Weave Net (see docs for full list).

There are a number of ways to install an alternative CNI into the cluster. One option is to use a ClusterResourceSet to apply the required artifacts to a newly provisioned cluster.

When using an alternative CNI you will want to delete the Amazon VPC CNI, especially for a cluster using v1.17 or less. This can be done via the disableVPCCNI property of the AWSManagedControlPlane:

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-2"
  sshKeyName: "capi-management"
  version: "v1.18.0"
  disableVPCCNI: true

If you are replacing Amazon VPC CNI with your own helm managed instance, you will need to set AWSManagedControlPlane.spec.disableVPCCNI to true and add "aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/prevent-deletion": "true" label on the Daemonset. This label is needed so aws-node daemonset is not reaped during CNI reconciliation.

The following example shows how to label your aws-node Daemonset.

apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: DaemonSet
metadata:
  annotations:
    ...
  generation: 1
  labels:
    app.kubernetes.io/instance: aws-vpc-cni
    app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm
    app.kubernetes.io/name: aws-node
    app.kubernetes.io/version: v1.15.1
    helm.sh/chart: aws-vpc-cni-1.15.1
    aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/prevent-deletion: true

You cannot set disableVPCCNI to true if you are using the VPC CNI addon.

Some alternative CNIs provide for the replacement of kube-proxy, such as in Calico and Cilium. When enabling the kube-proxy alternative, the kube-proxy installed by EKS must be deleted. This can be done via the disable property of kubeProxy in AWSManagedControlPlane:

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-2"
  sshKeyName: "capi-management"
  version: "v1.18.0"
  disableVPCCNI: true
  kubeProxy:
    disable: true

You cannot set disable to true in kubeProxy if you are using the kube-proxy addon.

Additional Information

See the AWS documentation for further details of EKS pod networking.

Creating a EKS cluster

New “eks” cluster templates have been created that you can use with clusterctl to create a EKS cluster. To create a EKS cluster with self-managed nodes (a.k.a machines):

clusterctl generate cluster capi-eks-quickstart --flavor eks --kubernetes-version v1.22.9 --worker-machine-count=3 > capi-eks-quickstart.yaml

To create a EKS cluster with a managed node group (a.k.a managed machine pool):

clusterctl generate cluster capi-eks-quickstart --flavor eks-managedmachinepool --kubernetes-version v1.22.9 --worker-machine-count=3 > capi-eks-quickstart.yaml

NOTE: When creating an EKS cluster only the MAJOR.MINOR of the -kubernetes-version is taken into consideration.

Kubeconfig

When creating an EKS cluster 2 kubeconfigs are generated and stored as secrets in the management cluster. This is different to when you create a non-managed cluster using the AWS provider.

User kubeconfig

This should be used by users that want to connect to the newly created EKS cluster. The name of the secret that contains the kubeconfig will be [cluster-name]-user-kubeconfig where you need to replace [cluster-name] with the name of your cluster. The -user-kubeconfig in the name indicates that the kubeconfig is for the user use.

To get the user kubeconfig for a cluster named managed-test you can run a command similar to:

kubectl --namespace=default get secret managed-test-user-kubeconfig \
   -o jsonpath={.data.value} | base64 --decode \
   > managed-test.kubeconfig

Cluster API (CAPI) kubeconfig

This kubeconfig is used internally by CAPI and shouldn’t be used outside of the management server. It is used by CAPI to perform operations, such as draining a node. The name of the secret that contains the kubeconfig will be [cluster-name]-kubeconfig where you need to replace [cluster-name] with the name of your cluster. Note that there is NO -user in the name.

There are three keys in the CAPI kubeconfig for eks clusters:

keyspurpose
valuecontains a complete kubeconfig with the cluster admin user and token embedded
relativecontains a kubeconfig with the cluster admin user, referencing the token file in a relative path - assumes you are mounting all the secret keys in the same dir
single-filecontains the same token embedded in the complete kubeconfig, it is separated into a single file so that existing APIMachinery can reload the token file when the secret is updated

The secret contents are regenerated every sync-period as the token that is embedded in the kubeconfig and token file is only valid for a short period of time. When EKS support is enabled the maximum sync period is 10 minutes. If you try to set --sync-period to greater than 10 minutes then an error will be raised.

EKS Console

To use the Amazon EKS Console to view workloads running in an EKS cluster created using the AWS provider (CAPA) you can do the following:

  1. Create a new policy with the required IAM permissions for the console. This example can be used. For example, a policy called EKSViewNodesAndWorkloads.

  2. Assign the policy created in step 1) to a IAM user or role for the users of your EKS cluster

  3. Map the IAM user or role from step 2) to a Kubernetes user that has the RBAC permissions to view the Kubernetes resources. This needs to be done via the aws-auth configmap (used by aws-iam-authenticator) which is generated by the AWS provider. This mapping can be specified using in the AWSManagedControlPlane, for example:

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-2"
  sshKeyName: "capi-management"
  version: "v1.18.0"
  iamAuthenticatorConfig:
    mapRoles:
    - username: "kubernetes-admin"
      rolearn: "arn:aws:iam::1234567890:role/AdministratorAccess"
      groups:
      - "system:masters"

In the sample above the arn:aws:iam::1234567890:role/AdministratorAccess IAM role has the EKSViewNodesAndWorkloads policy attached (created in step 1.)

EKS Addons

EKS Addons can be used with EKS clusters created using Cluster API Provider AWS.

Addons are supported in EKS clusters using Kubernetes v1.18 or greater.

Installing addons

To install an addon you need to declare them by specifying the name, version and optionally how conflicts should be resolved in the AWSManagedControlPlane. For example:

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  region: "eu-west-2"
  sshKeyName: "capi-management"
  version: "v1.18.0"
  addons:
    - name: "vpc-cni"
      version: "v1.6.3-eksbuild.1"
      conflictResolution: "overwrite"

Note: For conflictResolution overwrite is the default behaviour. That means, if not otherwise specified, it’s set to overwrite.

Additionally, there is a cluster flavor called eks-managedmachinepool-vpccni that you can use with clusterctl:

clusterctl generate cluster my-cluster --kubernetes-version v1.18.0 --flavor eks-managedmachinepool-vpccni > my-cluster.yaml

Updating Addons

To update the version of an addon you need to edit the AWSManagedControlPlane instance and update the version of the addon you want to update. Using the example from the previous section we would do:

...
  addons:
    - name: "vpc-cni"
      version: "v1.7.5-eksbuild.1"
      conflictResolution: "overwrite"
...

Deleting Addons

To delete an addon from a cluster you need to edit the AWSManagedControlPlane instance and remove the entry for the addon you want to delete.

Viewing installed addons

You can see what addons are installed on your EKS cluster by looking in the Status of the AWSManagedControlPlane instance.

Additionally you can run the following command:

clusterawsadm eks addons list-installed -n <<eksclustername>>

Viewing available addons

You can see what addons are available to your EKS cluster by running the following command:

clusterawsadm eks addons list-available -n <<eksclustername>>

Enabling Encryption

To enable encryption when creating a cluster you need to create a new KMS key that has an alias name starting with cluster-api-provider-aws-.

For example, arn:aws:kms:eu-north-1:12345678901:alias/cluster-api-provider-aws-key1.

You then need to specify the key ARN in the encryptionConfig of the AWSManagedControlPlane:

kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
metadata:
  name: "capi-managed-test-control-plane"
spec:
  ...
  encryptionConfig:
    provider: "arn:aws:kms:eu-north-1:12345678901:key/351f5544-6130-42e4-8786-2c85e546fc2d"
    resources:
    - "secrets"

You must use the ARN of the key and not the ARN of the alias.

Custom KMS Alias Prefix

If you would like to use a different alias prefix then you can use the kmsAliasPrefix in the optional configuration file for clusterawsadm:

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-stack --config custom-prefix.yaml

And the contents of the configuration file:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  eks:
    enable: true
    kmsAliasPrefix: "my-prefix-*

EKS Cluster Upgrades

Control Plane Upgrade

Upgrading the Kubernetes version of the control plane is supported by the provider. To perform an upgrade you need to update the version in the spec of the AWSManagedControlPlane. Once the version has changed the provider will handle the upgrade for you.

You can only upgrade a EKS cluster by 1 minor version at a time. If you attempt to upgrade the version by more then 1 minor version the provider will ensure the upgrade is done in multiple steps of 1 minor version. For example upgrading from v1.15 to v1.17 would result in your cluster being upgraded v1.15 -> v1.16 first and then v1.16 to v1.17.

ROSA Support in the AWS Provider

  • Feature status: Experimental
  • Feature gate (required): ROSA=true

Overview

The AWS provider supports creating Red Hat OpenShift Service on AWS (ROSA) based cluster. Currently the following features are supported:

  • Provisioning/Deleting a ROSA cluster with hosted control planes (HCP)

The implementation introduces the following CRD kinds:

  • ROSAControlPlane - specifies the ROSA Cluster in AWS
  • ROSACluster - needed only to satisfy cluster-api contract

A new template is available in the templates folder for creating a managed ROSA workload cluster.

SEE ALSO

Enabling ROSA Support

To enable support for ROSA clusters, the ROSA feature flag must be set to true. This can be done using the EXP_ROSA environment variable.

Make sure to set up your AWS environment first as described here.

export EXP_ROSA="true"
export EXP_MACHINE_POOL="true"
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Troubleshooting

To check the feature-gates for the Cluster API controller run the following command:

$ kubectl get deploy capi-controller-manager -n capi-system -o yaml

the feature gate container arg should have MachinePool=true as shown below.

spec:
  containers:
  - args:
    - --feature-gates=MachinePool=true,ClusterTopology=true,...

To check the feature-gates for the Cluster API AWS controller run the following command:

$ kubectl get deploy capa-controller-manager -n capa-system -o yaml

the feature gate arg should have ROSA=true as shown below.

spec:
  containers:
  - args:
    - --feature-gates=ROSA=true,...

Creating a ROSA cluster

Permissions

CAPA controller requires an API token in order to be able to provision ROSA clusters:

  1. Visit https://console.redhat.com/openshift/token to retrieve your API authentication token

  2. Create a credentials secret within the target namespace with the token to be referenced later by ROSAControlePlane

    kubectl create secret generic rosa-creds-secret \
      --from-literal=ocmToken='eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiIsI....' \
      --from-literal=ocmApiUrl='https://api.openshift.com' 
    

    Alternatively, you can edit CAPA controller deployment to provide the credentials:

    kubectl edit deployment -n capa-system capa-controller-manager
    

    and add the following environment variables to the manager container:

      env:
      - name: OCM_TOKEN
        value: "<token>"
      - name: OCM_API_URL
        value: "https://api.openshift.com" # or https://api.stage.openshift.com
    

Prerequisites

Follow the guide here up until Step 3 to install the required tools and setup the prerequisite infrastructure. Once Step 3 is done, you will be ready to proceed with creating a ROSA cluster using cluster-api.

Creating the cluster

  1. Prepare the environment:

    export OPENSHIFT_VERSION="4.14.5"
    export AWS_REGION="us-west-2"
    export AWS_AVAILABILITY_ZONE="us-west-2a"
    export AWS_ACCOUNT_ID="<account_id>"
    export AWS_CREATOR_ARN="<user_arn>" # can be retrieved e.g. using `aws sts get-caller-identity`
    
    export OIDC_CONFIG_ID="<oidc_id>" # OIDC config id creating previously with `rosa create oidc-config`
    export ACCOUNT_ROLES_PREFIX="ManagedOpenShift-HCP" # prefix used to create account IAM roles with `rosa create account-roles`
    export OPERATOR_ROLES_PREFIX="capi-rosa-quickstart"  # prefix used to create operator roles with `rosa create operator-roles --prefix <PREFIX_NAME>`
    
    # subnet IDs created earlier
    export PUBLIC_SUBNET_ID="subnet-0b54a1111111111111"   
    export PRIVATE_SUBNET_ID="subnet-05e72222222222222"
    
  2. Render the cluster manifest using the ROSA cluster template:

    clusterctl generate cluster <cluster-name> --from templates/cluster-template-rosa.yaml > rosa-capi-cluster.yaml
    

Note: The AWS role name must be no more than 64 characters in length. Otherwise an error will be returned. Truncate values exceeding 64 characters.

  1. If a credentials secret was created earlier, edit ROSAControlPlane to reference it:

    apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
    kind: ROSAControlPlane
    metadata:
      name: "capi-rosa-quickstart-control-plane"
    spec:
      credentialsSecretRef:
        name: rosa-creds-secret
    ...
    
  2. Provide an AWS identity reference

    apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
    kind: ROSAControlPlane
    metadata:
      name: "capi-rosa-quickstart-control-plane"
    spec:
      identityRef:
        kind: <IdentityType>
        name: <IdentityName>
    ...
    

    Otherwise, make sure the following AWSClusterControllerIdentity singleton exists in your management cluster:

    apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
    kind: AWSClusterControllerIdentity
    metadata:
      name: "default"
    spec:
      allowedNamespaces: {}  # matches all namespaces
    

    see Multi-tenancy for more details

  3. Finally apply the manifest to create your Rosa cluster:

    kubectl apply -f rosa-capi-cluster.yaml
    

see ROSAControlPlane CRD Reference for all possible configurations.

Creating MachinePools

Cluster API Provider AWS (CAPA) has experimental support for managed ROSA MachinePools through the infrastructure type ROSAMachinePool. A ROSAMachinePool is responsible for orchestrating and bootstraping a group of EC2 machines into kubernetes nodes.

Using clusterctl to deploy

To deploy a MachinePool / ROSAMachinePool via clusterctl generate use the template located here.

Make sure to set up your environment as described here.

clusterctl generate cluster my-cluster --from templates/cluster-template-rosa-machinepool > my-cluster.yaml

Example

Below is an example of the resources needed to create a ROSA MachinePool.

---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachinePool
metadata:
  name: "${CLUSTER_NAME}-pool-0"
spec:
  clusterName: "${CLUSTER_NAME}"
  replicas: 1
  template:
    spec:
      clusterName: "${CLUSTER_NAME}"
      bootstrap:
        dataSecretName: ""
      infrastructureRef:
        name: "${CLUSTER_NAME}-pool-0"
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
        kind: ROSAMachinePool
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: ROSAMachinePool
metadata:
  name: "${CLUSTER_NAME}-pool-0"
spec:
  nodePoolName: "nodepool-0"
  instanceType: "m5.xlarge"
  subnet: "${PRIVATE_SUBNET_ID}"
  version: "${OPENSHIFT_VERSION}"

see ROSAMachinePool CRD Reference for all possible configurations.

Upgrades

Control Plane Upgrade

Upgrading the OpenShift version of the control plane is supported by the provider. To perform an upgrade you need to update the version in the spec of the ROSAControlPlane. Once the version has changed the provider will handle the upgrade for you.

The Upgrade state can be checked in the conditions under ROSAControlPlane.status.

MachinePool Upgrade

Upgrading the OpenShift version of the MachinePools is supported by the provider and can be performed independetly from the Control Plane upgrades. To perform an upgrade you need to update the version in the spec of the ROSAMachinePool. Once the version has changed the provider will handle the upgrade for you.

The Upgrade state can be checked in the conditions under ROSAMachinePool.status.

The version of the MachinePool can’t be greater than Control Plane version.

External Auth Providers (BYOI)

ROSA allows you to Bring Your Own Identity (BYOI) to manage and authenticate cluster users.

Enabling

To enable this feature, enableExternalAuthProviders field should be set to true on cluster creation. Changing this field afterwards will have no effect:

---
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: ROSAControlPlane
metadata:
  name: "capi-rosa-quickstart-control-plane"
spec:
  enableExternalAuthProviders: true
  ....

Note: This feauture requires OpenShift version 4.15.5 or newer.

Usage

After creating and configuring your OIDC provider of choice, the next step is to configure ROSAControlPlane externalAuthProviders as follows:

---
apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: ROSAControlPlane
metadata:
  name: "capi-rosa-quickstart-control-plane"
spec:
  enableExternalAuthProviders: true
  externalAuthProviders:
  - name: my-oidc-provider
    issuer:
      issuerURL: https://login.microsoftonline.com/<tenant-id>/v2.0 # e.g. if using Microsoft Entra ID
      audiences:  # audiences that will be trusted by the kube-apiserver
      - "audience1" # usually the client ID
    claimMappings:
      username:
        claim: email
        prefixPolicy: ""
      groups:
        claim: groups
  ....

Note: oidcProviders only accepts one entry at the moment.

Accessing the cluster

Setting up RBAC

When enableExternalAuthProviders is set to true, ROSA provider will generate a temporary admin kubeconfig secret in the same namespace named <cluster-name>-bootstrap-kubeconfig. This kubeconfig can be used to access the cluster to setup RBAC for OIDC users/groups.

The following example binds the cluster-admin role to an OIDC group, giving all users in that group admin permissions.

kubectl get secret <cluster-name>-bootstrap-kubeconfig -o jsonpath='{.data.value}' | base64 -d > /tmp/capi-admin-kubeconfig
export KUBECONFIG=/tmp/capi-admin-kubeconfig

kubectl create clusterrolebinding oidc-cluster-admins --clusterrole cluster-admin --group <group-id>

Note: The generated bootstrap kubeconfig is only valid for 24h, and will not be usable afterwards. However, users can opt to manually delete the secret object to trigger the generation of a new one which will be valid for another 24h.

Login using the cli

The kubelogin kubectl plugin can be used to login with OIDC credentials using the cli.

Configuring OpenShift Console

The OpenShift Console needs to be configured before it can be used to authenticate and login to the cluster.

  1. Setup a new client in your OIDC provider with the following Redirect URL: <console-url>/auth/callback. You can find the console URL in the status field of the ROSAControlPlane once the cluster is ready:

    kubectl get rosacontrolplane <control-plane-name> -o jsonpath='{.status.consoleURL}'
    
  2. Create a new client secret in your OIDC provider and store the value in a kubernetes secret in the same namespace as your cluster:

    kubectl create secret generic console-client-secret --from-literal=clientSecret='<client-secret-value>' 
    
  3. Configure ROSAControlPlane external auth provider with the created client:

    ---
    apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
    kind: ROSAControlPlane
    metadata:
      name: "capi-rosa-quickstart-control-plane"
    spec:
      enableExternalAuthProviders: true
      externalAuthProviders:
      - name: my-oidc-provider
        issuer:
          issuerURL: https://login.microsoftonline.com/<tenant-id>/v2.0 # e.g. if using Microsoft Entra ID
          audiences:  # audiences that will be trusted by the kube-apiserver
          - "audience1"
          - <console-client-id> # <----New
        claimMappings:
          username:
            claim: email
            prefixPolicy: ""
          groups:
            claim: groups
        oidcClients:  # <----New
          - componentName: console
            componentNamespace: openshift-console
            clientID: <console-client-id>
            clientSecret:
              name: console-client-secret # secret name created in step 2
      ....
    

see ROSAControlPlane CRD Reference for all possible configurations.

Create issue for ROSA

When creating issue for ROSA-HCP cluster, include the logs for the capa-controller-manager and capi-controller-manager deployment pods. The logs can be saved to text file using the commands below. Also include the yaml files for all the resources used to create the ROSA cluster:

  • Cluster
  • ROSAControlPlane
  • MachinePool
  • ROSAMachinePool
$ kubectl get pod -n capa-system 
NAME                                      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
capa-controller-manager-77f5b946b-sddcg   1/1     Running   1          3d3h

$ kubectl logs -n capa-system capa-controller-manager-77f5b946b-sddcg > capa-controller-manager-logs.txt

$ kubectl get pod -n capi-system 
NAME                                       READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
capi-controller-manager-78dc897784-f8gpn   1/1     Running   18         26d

$ kubectl logs -n capi-system capi-controller-manager-78dc897784-f8gpn > capi-controller-manager-logs.txt

Bring Your Own AWS Infrastructure

Normally, Cluster API will create infrastructure on AWS when standing up a new workload cluster. However, it is possible to have Cluster API re-use external AWS infrastructure instead of creating its own infrastructure.

There are two possible ways to do this:

  • By consuming existing AWS infrastructure
  • By using externally managed AWS infrastructure

IMPORTANT NOTE: This externally managed AWS infrastructure should not be confused with EKS-managed clusters.

Follow the instructions below to configure Cluster API to consume existing AWS infrastructure.

Consuming Existing AWS Infrastructure

Overview

CAPA supports using existing AWS resources while creating AWS Clusters which gives flexibility to the users to bring their own existing resources into the cluster instead of creating new resources again.

Follow the instructions below to configure Cluster API to consume existing AWS infrastructure.

Prerequisites

In order to have Cluster API consume existing AWS infrastructure, you will need to have already created the following resources:

  • A VPC
  • One or more private subnets (subnets that do not have a route to an Internet gateway)
  • A NAT gateway for each private subnet, along with associated Elastic IP addresses (only needed if the nodes require access to the Internet, i.e. pulling public images)
    • A public subnet in the same Availability Zone (AZ) for each private subnet (this is required for NAT gateways to function properly)
  • An Internet gateway for all public subnets (only required if the workload cluster is set to use an Internet facing load balancer or one or more NAT gateways exist in the VPC)
  • Route table associations that provide connectivity to the Internet through a NAT gateway (for private subnets) or the Internet gateway (for public subnets)
  • VPC endpoints for ec2, elasticloadbalancing, secretsmanager an autoscaling (if using MachinePools) when the private Subnets do not have a NAT gateway

You will need the ID of the VPC and subnet IDs that Cluster API should use. This information is available via the AWS Management Console or the AWS CLI.

Note that there is no need to create an Elastic Load Balancer (ELB), security groups, or EC2 instances; Cluster API will take care of these items.

If you want to use existing security groups, these can be specified and new ones will not be created.

If you want to use an existing control load load balancer, specify its name.

Tagging AWS Resources

Cluster API itself does tag AWS resources it creates. The sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/cluster/<cluster-name> (where <cluster-name> matches the metadata.name field of the Cluster object) tag, with a value of owned, tells Cluster API that it has ownership of the resource. In this case, Cluster API will modify and manage the lifecycle of the resource.

When consuming existing AWS infrastructure, the Cluster API AWS provider does not require any tags to be present. The absence of the tags on an AWS resource indicates to Cluster API that it should not modify the resource or attempt to manage the lifecycle of the resource.

However, the built-in Kubernetes AWS cloud provider does require certain tags in order to function properly. Specifically, all subnets where Kubernetes nodes reside should have the kubernetes.io/cluster/<cluster-name> tag present. Private subnets should also have the kubernetes.io/role/internal-elb tag with a value of 1, and public subnets should have the kubernetes.io/role/elb tag with a value of 1. These latter two tags help the cloud provider understand which subnets to use when creating load balancers.

Finally, if the controller manager isn’t started with the --configure-cloud-routes: "false" parameter, the route table(s) will also need the kubernetes.io/cluster/<cluster-name> tag. (This parameter can be added by customizing the KubeadmConfigSpec object of the KubeadmControlPlane object.)

Note: All the tagging of resources should be the responsibility of the users and are not managed by CAPA controllers.

Configuring the AWSCluster Specification

Specifying existing infrastructure for Cluster API to use takes place in the specification for the AWSCluster object. Specifically, you will need to add an entry with the VPC ID and the IDs of all applicable subnets into the network field. Here is an example:

For EC2

apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster

For EKS

apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
spec:
  network:
    vpc:
      id: vpc-0425c335226437144
    subnets:
    - id: subnet-0261219d564bb0dc5
    - id: subnet-0fdcccba78668e013

When you use kubectl apply to apply the Cluster and AWSCluster specifications to the management cluster, Cluster API will use the specified VPC ID and subnet IDs, and will not create a new VPC, new subnets, or other associated resources. It will, however, create a new ELB and new security groups.

Placing EC2 Instances in Specific AZs

To distribute EC2 instances across multiple AZs, you can add information to the Machine specification. This is optional and only necessary if control over AZ placement is desired.

To tell Cluster API that an EC2 instance should be placed in a particular AZ but allow Cluster API to select which subnet in that AZ can be used, add this to the Machine specification:

spec:
  failureDomain: "us-west-2a"

If using a MachineDeployment, specify AZ placement like so:

spec:
  template:
    spec:
      failureDomain: "us-west-2b"

Note that all replicas within a MachineDeployment will reside in the same AZ.

Placing EC2 Instances in Specific Subnets

To specify that an EC2 instance should be placed in a specific subnet, add this to the AWSMachine specification:

spec:
  subnet:
    id: subnet-0a3507a5ad2c5c8c3

When using MachineDeployments, users can control subnet selection by adding information to the AWSMachineTemplate associated with that MachineDeployment, like this:

spec:
  template:
    spec:
      subnet:
        id: subnet-0a3507a5ad2c5c8c3

Users may either specify failureDomain on the Machine or MachineDeployment objects, or users may explicitly specify subnet IDs on the AWSMachine or AWSMachineTemplate objects. If both are specified, the subnet ID is used and the failureDomain is ignored.

Placing EC2 Instances in Specific External VPCs

CAPA clusters are deployed within a single VPC, but it’s possible to place machines that live in external VPCs. For this kind of configuration, we assume that all the VPCs have the ability to communicate, either through external peering, a transit gateway, or some other mechanism already established outside of CAPA. CAPA will not create a tunnel or manage the network configuration for any secondary VPCs.

The AWSMachineTemplate subnet field allows specifying filters or specific subnet ids for worker machine placement. If the filters or subnet id is specified in a secondary VPC, CAPA will place the machine in that VPC and subnet.

spec:
  template:
    spec:
      subnet:
        filters:
          name: "vpc-id"
          values:
            - "secondary-vpc-id"
      securityGroupOverrides:
        node: sg-04e870a3507a5ad2c5c8c2
        node-eks-additional: sg-04e870a3507a5ad2c5c8c1

Caveats/Notes

CAPA helpfully creates security groups for various roles in the cluster and automatically attaches them to workers. However, security groups are tied to a specific VPC, so workers placed in a VPC outside of the cluster will need to have these security groups created by some external process first and set in the securityGroupOverrides field, otherwise the ec2 creation will fail.

Security Groups

To use existing security groups for instances for a cluster, add this to the AWSCluster specification:

spec:
  network:
    securityGroupOverrides:
      bastion: sg-0350a3507a5ad2c5c8c3
      controlplane: sg-0350a3507a5ad2c5c8c3
      apiserver-lb: sg-0200a3507a5ad2c5c8c3
      node: sg-04e870a3507a5ad2c5c8c3
      lb: sg-00a3507a5ad2c5c8c3

Any additional security groups specified in an AWSMachineTemplate will be applied in addition to these overriden security groups.

To specify additional security groups for the control plane load balancer for a cluster, add this to the AWSCluster specification:

spec:
  controlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    additionalSecurityGroups:
    - sg-0200a3507a5ad2c5c8c3
    - ...

It’s also possible to override the cluster security groups for an individual AWSMachine or AWSMachineTemplate:

spec:
  SecurityGroupOverrides:
    node: sg-04e870a3507a5ad2c5c8c2
    node-eks-additional: sg-04e870a3507a5ad2c5c8c1

Control Plane Load Balancer

The cluster control plane is accessed through a Classic ELB. By default, Cluster API creates the Classic ELB. To use an existing Classic ELB, add its name to the AWSCluster specification:

spec:
  controlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    name: my-classic-elb-name

As control plane instances are added or removed, Cluster API will register and deregister them, respectively, with the Classic ELB.

It’s also possible to specify custom ingress rules for the control plane load balancer. To do so, add this to the AWSCluster specification:

spec:
  controlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    ingressRules:
      - description: "example ingress rule"
        protocol: "-1" # all
        fromPort: 7777
        toPort: 7777

WARNING: Using an existing Classic ELB is an advanced feature. If you use an existing Classic ELB, you must correctly configure it, and attach subnets to it.

An incorrectly configured Classic ELB can easily lead to a non-functional cluster. We strongly recommend you let Cluster API create the Classic ELB.

Control Plane ingress rules

It’s possible to specify custom ingress rules for the control plane itself. To do so, add this to the AWSCluster specification:

spec:
  network:
    additionalControlPlaneIngressRules:
    - description: "example ingress rule"
      protocol: "-1" # all
      fromPort: 7777
      toPort: 7777

Caveats/Notes

  • When both public and private subnets are available in an AZ, CAPI will choose the private subnet in the AZ over the public subnet for placing EC2 instances.
  • If you configure CAPI to use existing infrastructure as outlined above, CAPI will not create an SSH bastion host. Combined with the previous bullet, this means you must make sure you have established some form of connectivity to the instances that CAPI will create.

Using Externally managed AWS Clusters

Overview

Alternatively, CAPA supports externally managed cluster infrastructure which is useful for scenarios where a different persona is managing the cluster infrastructure out-of-band(external system) while still wanting to use CAPI for automated machine management. Users can make use of existing AWSCluster CRDs in their externally managed clusters.

How to use externally managed clusters?

Users have to use cluster.x-k8s.io/managed-by: "<name-of-system>" annotation to depict that AWS resources are managed externally. If CAPA controllers come across this annotation in any of the AWS resources while reconciliation, then it will ignore the resource and not perform any reconciliation(including creating/modifying any of the AWS resources, or it’s status).

A predicate ResourceIsNotExternallyManaged is exposed by Cluster API which allows CAPA controllers to differentiate between externally managed vs CAPA managed resources. For example:

c, err := ctrl.NewControllerManagedBy(mgr).
        For(&providerv1.InfraCluster{}).
        Watches(...).
        WithOptions(options).
        WithEventFilter(predicates.ResourceIsNotExternallyManaged(logger.FromContext(ctx))).
        Build(r)
if err != nil {
	return errors.Wrap(err, "failed setting up with a controller manager")
}

The external system must provide all required fields within the spec of the AWSCluster and must adhere to the CAPI provider contract and set the AWSCluster status to be ready when it is appropriate to do so.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Users should take care of skipping reconciliation in external controllers within mapping function while enqueuing requests. For example:

err := c.Watch(
  	&source.Kind{Type: &infrav1.AWSCluster{}},
  	handler.EnqueueRequestsFromMapFunc(func(a client.Object) []reconcile.Request {
  	   if annotations.IsExternallyManaged(awsCluster) {
  		    log.Info("AWSCluster is externally managed, skipping mapping.")
  		    return nil
  	   }
           return []reconcile.Request{
             {
  	         NamespacedName: client.ObjectKey{Namespace: c.Namespace, Name: c.Spec.InfrastructureRef.Name},
             },
          }}))
if err != nil {
   // handle it
}

Caveats

Once the user has created externally managed AWSCluster, it is not allowed to convert it to CAPA managed cluster. However, converting from managed to externally managed is allowed.

User should only use this feature if their cluster infrastructure lifecycle management has constraints that the reference implementation does not support. See user stories for more details.

Bring your own (BYO) Public IPv4 addresses

Cluster API also provides a mechanism to allocate Elastic IP from the existing Public IPv4 Pool that you brought to AWS[1].

Bringing your own Public IPv4 Pool (BYOIPv4) can be used as an alternative to buying Public IPs from AWS, also considering the changes in charging for this since February 2024[2].

Supported resources to BYO Public IPv4 Pool (BYO Public IPv4):

  • NAT Gateways
  • Network Load Balancer for API server
  • Machines

Use BYO Public IPv4 when you have brought to AWS custom IPv4 CIDR blocks and want the cluster to automatically use IPs from the custom pool instead of Amazon-provided pools.

Prerequisites and limitations for BYO Public IPv4 Pool

  • BYOIPv4 is limited to AWS to selected regions. See more in AWS Documentation for Regional availability
  • The IPv4 address must be provisioned and advertised to the AWS account before the cluster is installed
  • The public IPv4 addresses is limited to the network border group that the CIDR block have been advertised[3][4], and the NetworkSpec.ElasticIpPool.PublicIpv4Pool must be the same of the cluster will be installed.
  • Only NAT Gateways and the Network Load Balancer for API server will consume from the IPv4 pool defined in the network scope.
  • The public IPv4 pool must be assigned to each machine to consume public IPv4 from a custom IPv4 pool.

Steps to set BYO Public IPv4 Pool to core infrastructure

Currently, CAPA supports BYO Public IPv4 to core components NAT Gateways and Network Load Balancer for the internet-facing API server.

To specify a Public IPv4 Pool for core components you must set the spec.elasticIpPool as follows:

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: aws-cluster-localzone
spec:
  region: us-east-1
  networkSpec:
    vpc:
      elasticIpPool:
        publicIpv4Pool: ipv4pool-ec2-0123456789abcdef0
        publicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder: amazon-pool

Then all the Elastic IPs will be created by consuming from the pool ipv4pool-ec2-0123456789abcdef0.

Steps to BYO Public IPv4 Pool to machines

To create a machine consuming from a custom Public IPv4 Pool you must set the pool ID to the AWSMachine spec, then set the PublicIP to true:

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSMachine
metadata:
  name: byoip-s55p4-bootstrap
spec:
  # placeholder for AWSMachine spec
  elasticIpPool:
    publicIpv4Pool: ipv4pool-ec2-0123456789abcdef0
    publicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder: amazon-pool
  publicIP: true

[1] https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html [2] https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/new-aws-public-ipv4-address-charge-public-ip-insights/ [3] https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html#byoip-onboard [4] https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/advertise-byoip-cidr.html

Specifying the IAM Role to use for Management Components

Prerequisites

To be able to specify the IAM role that the management components should run as your cluster must be set up with the ability to assume IAM roles using one of the following solutions:

Setting IAM Role

Set the AWS_CONTROLLER_IAM_ROLE environment variable to the ARN of the IAM role to use when performing the clusterctl init command.

For example:

export AWS_CONTROLLER_IAM_ROLE=arn:aws:iam::1234567890:role/capa-management-components
clusterctl init --infrastructure=aws

IAM Role Trust Policy

IAM Roles for Service Accounts

When creating the IAM role, the following trust policy will need to be used with the AWS_ACCOUNT_ID, AWS_REGION and OIDC_PROVIDER_ID environment variables replaced.

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Sid": "",
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Principal": {
        "Federated": "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:oidc-provider/oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}"
      },
      "Action": "sts:AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity",
      "Condition": {
        "ForAnyValue:StringEquals": {
          "oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}:sub": [
            "system:serviceaccount:capa-system:capa-controller-manager",
            "system:serviceaccount:capi-system:capi-controller-manager",
            "system:serviceaccount:capa-eks-control-plane-system:capa-eks-control-plane-controller-manager",
            "system:serviceaccount:capa-eks-bootstrap-system:capa-eks-bootstrap-controller-manager",
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}

If you plan to use the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io role created by clusterawsadm then you’ll need to add the following to your AWSIAMConfiguration:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  clusterAPIControllers:
    disabled: false
    trustStatements:
    - Action:
      - "sts:AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity"
      Effect: "Allow"
      Principal:
        Federated:
        - "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:oidc-provider/oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}"
      Condition:
        "ForAnyValue:StringEquals":
          "oidc.eks.${AWS_REGION}.amazonaws.com/id/${OIDC_PROVIDER_ID}:sub":
            - system:serviceaccount:capa-system:capa-controller-manager
            - system:serviceaccount:capa-eks-control-plane-system:capa-eks-control-plane-controller-manager # Include if also using EKS

With this you can then set AWS_CONTROLLER_IAM_ROLE to arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io

Kiam / kube2iam

When creating the IAM role, you will need to apply the kubernetes.io/cluster/${CLUSTER_NAME}/role": "enabled" tag to the role and use the following trust policy with the AWS_ACCOUNT_ID and CLUSTER_NAME environment variables correctly replaced.

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Sid": "",
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Principal": {
        "Service": "ec2.amazonaws.com"
      },
      "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
    },
    {
      "Sid": "",
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Principal": {
        "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/${CLUSTER_NAME}.worker-node-role"
      },
      "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
    }
  ]
}

If you plan to use the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io role created by clusterawsadm then you’ll need to add the following to your AWSIAMConfiguration:

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  clusterAPIControllers:
    disabled: false
    trustStatements:
      - Action:
        - "sts:AssumeRole"
        Effect: "Allow"
        Principal:
          Service:
          - "ec2.amazonaws.com"
      - Action:
        - "sts:AssumeRole"
        Effect: "Allow"
        Principal:
          AWS:
          - "arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/${CLUSTER_NAME}.worker-node-role"

With this you can then set AWS_CONTROLLER_IAM_ROLE to arn:aws:iam::${AWS_ACCOUNT_ID}:role/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io

External AWS Cloud Provider and AWS CSI Driver

Overview

The support for in-tree cloud providers and the CSI drivers is coming to an end and CAPA supports various upgrade paths to use external cloud provider (Cloud Controller Manager - CCM) and external CSI drivers. This document explains how to create a CAPA cluster with external CSI/CCM plugins and how to upgrade existing clusters that rely on in-tree providers.

Creating clusters with external CSI/CCM and validating

For clusters that will use external CCM, cloud-provider: external flag needs to be set in KubeadmConfig resources in both KubeadmControlPlane and MachineDeployment resources.

clusterConfiguration:
  apiServer:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
  controllerManager:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
initConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
joinConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external

External CCM and EBS CSI driver can be installed manually or using ClusterResourceSets (CRS) onto the CAPA workload cluster. To install them with CRS, create a CRS resource on the management cluster with labels, for example csi: external and ccm: external labels. Then, when creating Cluster objects for workload clusters that should have this CSR applied, create them with matching labels csi: external and ccm: external for CSI and CCM, respectively.

Manifests for installing the AWS CCM and the AWS EBS CSI driver are available from their respective GitHub repositories (see here for the AWS CCM and here for the AWS EBS CSI driver).

An example of a workload cluster manifest with labels assigned for matching to a CRS can be found here.

Verifying dynamically provisioned volumes with CSI driver

Once you have the cluster with external CCM and CSI controller running successfully, you can test the CSI driver functioning with following steps after switching to workload cluster:

  1. Create a service (say,nginx)
apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: nginx-svc
  namespace: default
spec:
  clusterIP: None
  ports:
    - name: nginx-web
      port: 80
  selector:
    app: nginx
  1. Create a storageclass and statefulset for the service created above with the persistent volume assigned to the storageclass:
kind: StorageClass
apiVersion: storage.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: aws-ebs-volumes
provisioner: ebs.csi.aws.com
volumeBindingMode: WaitForFirstConsumer
parameters:
  csi.storage.k8s.io/fstype: xfs
  type: io1
  iopsPerGB: "100"
allowedTopologies:
  - matchLabelExpressions:
      - key: topology.ebs.csi.aws.com/zone
        values:
          - us-east-1a
---
apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: StatefulSet
metadata:
  name: nginx-statefulset
spec:
  serviceName: "nginx-svc"
  replicas: 2
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      app: nginx
  template:
    metadata:
      labels:
        app: nginx
    spec:
      containers:
        - name: nginx
          image: registry.k8s.io/nginx-slim:0.8
          ports:
            - name: nginx-web
              containerPort: 80
          volumeMounts:
            - name: nginx-volumes
              mountPath: /usr/share/nginx/html
      volumes:
        - name: nginx-volumes
          persistentVolumeClaim:
            claimName: nginx-volumes
  volumeClaimTemplates:
    - metadata:
        name: nginx-volumes
      spec:
        storageClassName: "aws-ebs-volumes"
        accessModes: [ "ReadWriteOnce" ]
        resources:
          requests:
            storage: 4Gi
  1. Once you apply the above manifest, the EBS volumes will be created and attached to the worker nodes.

IMPORTANT WARNING: The CRDs from the AWS EBS CSI driver and AWS external cloud provider gives issue while installing the respective controllers on the AWS Cluster, it doesn’t allow statefulsets to create the volume on existing EC2 instance. We need the CSI controller deployment and CCM pinned to the control plane which has right permissions to create, attach and mount the volumes to EC2 instances. To achieve this, you should add the node affinity rules to the CSI driver controller deployment and CCM DaemonSet manifests.

tolerations:
- key: node-role.kubernetes.io/master
  effect: NoSchedule
- effect: NoSchedule
  key: node-role.kubernetes.io/control-plane
affinity:
  nodeAffinity:
  requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
    nodeSelectorTerms:
      - matchExpressions:
          - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/control-plane
            operator: Exists
      - matchExpressions:
          - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/master
            operator: Exists

Validated upgrade paths for existing clusters

From Kubernetes 1.23 onwards, CSIMigrationAWS flag is enabled by default, which requires the installation of external CSI driver, unless CSIMigrationAWS is disabled by the user. For installing external CSI/CCM in the upgraded cluster, CRS can be used, see the section above for details.

CCM and CSI do not need to be migrated to use external plugins at the same time, external CSI drivers works with in-tree CCM (Warning: using in-tree CSI with external CCM does not work).

Following 3 upgrade paths are validated:

  • Scenario 1: During upgrade to v1.23.x, disabling CSIMigrationAWS flag and keep using in-tree CCM and CSI.
  • Scenario 2: During upgrade to v1.23.x, enabling CSIMigrationAWS flag and using in-tree CCM with external CSI.
  • Scenario 3: During upgrade to v1.23.x, enabling CSIMigrationAWS flag and using external CCM and CSI.
CSICCMfeature-gate CSIMigrationAWSexternal-cloud-volume-plugin
Scenario 1
From Kubernetes < v1.23in-treein-treeoffNA
To Kubernetes >= v1.23in-treein-treeoffNA
Scenario 2
From Kubernetes < v1.23in-treein-treeoffNA
To Kubernetes >= v1.23externalin-treeonNA
Scenario 3
From Kubernetes < v1.23in-treein-treeoffNA
To Kubernetes >= v1.23externalexternalonaws

KubeadmConfig in the upgraded cluster for scenario 1:

clusterConfiguration:
  apiServer:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
  controllerManager:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=false
initConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=false
    name: '{{ ds.meta_data.local_hostname }}'
joinConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=false

KubeadmConfig in the upgraded cluster for scenario 2:

When CSIMigrationAWS=true, installed external CSI driver will be used while relying on in-tree CCM.

clusterConfiguration:
  apiServer:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=true   // Set only if Kubernetes version < 1.23.x, otherwise this flag is enabled by default.
  controllerManager:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=true   // Set only if Kubernetes version < 1.23.x, otherwise this flag is enabled by default.
initConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=true   // Set only if Kubernetes version < 1.23.x, otherwise this flag is enabled by default.
joinConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: aws
      feature-gates: CSIMigrationAWS=true   // Set only if Kubernetes version < 1.23.x, otherwise this flag is enabled by default.

KubeadmConfig in the upgraded cluster for scenario 3:

external-cloud-volume-plugin flag needs to be set for old Kubelets to keep talking to in-tree CCM and upgrade fails without this is set.

clusterConfiguration:
  apiServer:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
  controllerManager:
    extraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
      external-cloud-volume-plugin: aws
initConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external
joinConfiguration:
  nodeRegistration:
    kubeletExtraArgs:
      cloud-provider: external

Restricting Cluster API to certain namespaces

Cluster-api-provider-aws controllers by default, reconcile cluster-api objects across all namespaces in the cluster. However, it is possible to restrict reconciliation to a single namespace and this document tells you how.

Contents

Use cases

  • Grouping clusters into a namespace based on the AWS account will allow managing clusters across multiple AWS accounts. This will require each cluster-api-provider-aws controller to have credentials to their respective AWS accounts. These credentials can be created as kubernetes secret and be mounted in the pod at /home/.aws or as environment variables.
  • Grouping clusters into a namespace based on their environment, (test, qualification, canary, production) will allow a phased rolling out of cluster-api-provider-aws releases.
  • Grouping clusters into a namespace based on the infrastructure provider will allow running multiple cluster-api provider implementations side-by-side and manage clusters across infrastructure providers.

Configuring cluster-api-provider-aws controllers

  • Create the namespace that cluster-api-provider-aws controller will watch for cluster-api objects
cat <<EOF | kubectl apply -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: my-pet-clusters #edit if necessary
EOF
  • Deploy/edit aws-provider-controller-manager controller statefulset

Specifically, edit the container spec for cluster-api-aws-controller, in the aws-provider-controller-manager statefulset, to pass a value to the namespace CLI flag.

        - -namespace=my-pet-clusters # edit this if necessary

Once the aws-provider-controller-manager-0 pod restarts, cluster-api-provider-aws controllers will only reconcile the cluster-api objects in the my-pet-clusters namespace.

Using IAM roles in management cluster instead of AWS credentials

Overview

Sometimes users might want to use IAM roles to deploy management clusters. If the user already has a management cluster which was created using the AWS credentials, CAPA provides a way to use IAM roles instead of using these credentials.

Pre-requisites

User has a bootstrap cluster created with AWS credentials. These credentials can be temporary as well. To create temporary credentials, please follow this doc.

We can verify whether this bootstrap cluster is using AWS credentials by checking the capa-manager-bootstrap-credentials secret created in capa-system namespace:

kubectl get secret -n capa-system capa-manager-bootstrap-credentials -o=jsonpath='{.data.credentials}' | { base64 -d 2>/dev/null || base64 -D; }

which will give output similar to below:

[default]
aws_access_key_id = <your-access-key>
aws_secret_access_key = <your-secret-access-key>
region = us-east-1

aws_session_token = <session-token>

Goal

Create a management cluster which uses instance profiles (IAM roles) attached to EC2 instance.

Steps for CAPA-managed clusters

  1. Create a workload cluster on existing bootstrap cluster. Refer quick start guide for more details. Since only control-plane nodes have the required IAM roles attached, CAPA deployment should have the necessary tolerations for master (control-plane) node and node selector for master.

Note: A cluster with a single control plane node won’t be sufficient here due to the NoSchedule taint.

  1. Get the kubeconfig for the new target management cluster(created in previous step) once it is up and running.

  2. Zero the credentials CAPA controller started with, such that target management cluster uses empty credentials and not the previous credentials used to create bootstrap cluster using:

    clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials --namespace=capa-system
    

    For more details, please refer zero-credentials doc.

  3. Rollout and restart on capa-controller-manager deployment using:

    clusterawsadm controller rollout-controller --kubeconfig=kubeconfig --namespace=capa-system
    

    For more details, please refer rollout-controller doc.

  4. Use clusterctl init with the new cluster’s kubeconfig to install the provider components. For more details on preparing for init, please refer clusterctl init doc.

  5. Use clusterctl move to move the Cluster API resources from the bootstrap cluster to the target management cluster. For more details on preparing for move, please refer clusterctl move doc.

  6. Once the resources are moved to target management cluster successfully, capa-manager-bootstrap-credentials will be created as nil, and hence CAPA controllers will fall back to use the attached instance profiles.

  7. Delete the bootstrap cluster with the AWS credentials.

Failure Domains

A failure domain in the AWS provider corresponds to an availability zone within an AWS region.

In AWS, Availability Zones are distinct locations within an AWS Region that are engineered to be isolated from failures in other Availability Zones. They provide inexpensive, low-latency network connectivity to other Availability Zones in the same AWS Region, to ensure a cluster (or any application) is resilient to failure.

If a zone goes down, your cluster will continue to run as the other 2 zones are physically separated and can continue to run.

More details of availability zones and regions can be found in the AWS docs.

The usage of failure domains for control-plane and worker nodes can be found below in detail:

Failure domains in control-plane nodes

By default, the control plane of a workload cluster created by CAPA will span multiple availability zones (AZs) (also referred to as “failure domains”) when using multiple control plane nodes. This is because CAPA will, by default, create public and private subnets in all the AZs of a region (up to a maximum of 3 AZs by default). If a region has more than 3 AZs then CAPA will pick 3 AZs to use.

Configuring CAPA to Use Specific AZs

The Cluster API controller will look for the FailureDomain status field and will set the FailureDomain field in a Machine if a value hasn’t already been explicitly set. It will try to ensure that the machines are spread across all the failure domains.

The AWSMachine controller looks for a failure domain (i.e. Availability Zone) first in the Machine before checking in the network specification of AWSMachine. This failure domain is then used when provisioning the AWSMachine.

Using FailureDomain in Machine/MachineDeployment spec

To control the placement of AWSMachine into a failure domain (i.e. Availability Zones), we can explicitly state the failure domain in Machine. The best way is to specify this using the FailureDomain field within the Machine (or MachineDeployment) spec.

For example:

apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: Machine
metadata:
  labels:
    cluster.x-k8s.io/cluster-name: my-cluster
    cluster.x-k8s.io/control-plane: "true"
  name: controlplane-0
  namespace: default
spec:
  version: "v1.22.1"
  clusterName: my-cluster
  failureDomain: "1"
  bootstrap:
    configRef:
        apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: KubeadmConfigTemplate
        name: my-cluster-md-0
  infrastructureRef:
    apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
    kind: AWSMachineTemplate
    name: my-cluster-md-0

IMPORTANT WARNING: All the replicas within a MachineDeployment will reside in the same Availability Zone.

Using FailureDomain in network object of AWSMachine

Another way to explicitly instruct CAPA to create resources in specific AZs (and not by random), users can add a network object to the AWSCluster specification. Here is an example network that creates resources across three AZs in the “us-west-2” region:

spec:
  network:
    vpc:
      cidrBlock: 10.50.0.0/16
    subnets:
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2a
      cidrBlock: 10.50.0.0/20
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2a
      cidrBlock: 10.50.16.0/20
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2b
      cidrBlock: 10.50.32.0/20
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2b
      cidrBlock: 10.50.48.0/20
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2c
      cidrBlock: 10.50.64.0/20
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-west-2c
      cidrBlock: 10.50.80.0/20

Note: This method can also be used with worker nodes as well.

Specifying the CIDR block alone for the VPC is not enough; users must also supply a list of subnets that provides the desired AZ, the CIDR for the subnet, and whether the subnet is public (has a route to an Internet gateway) or is private (does not have a route to an Internet gateway).

Note that CAPA insists that there must be a public subnet (and associated Internet gateway), even if no public load balancer is requested for the control plane. Therefore, for every AZ where a control plane node should be placed, the network object must define both a public and private subnet.

Once CAPA is provided with a network that spans multiple AZs, the KubeadmControlPlane controller will automatically distribute control plane nodes across multiple AZs. No further configuration from the user is required.

Note: This method can also be used if you do not want to split your EC2 instances across multiple AZs.

Changing AZ defaults

When creating default subnets by default a maximum of 3 AZs will be used. If you are creating a cluster in a region that has more than 3 AZs then 3 AZs will be picked based on alphabetical from that region.

If this default behavior for maximum number of AZs and ordered selection method doesn’t suit your requirements you can use the following to change the behaviour:

  • availabilityZoneUsageLimit - specifies the maximum number of availability zones (AZ) that should be used in a region when automatically creating subnets.
  • availabilityZoneSelection - specifies how AZs should be selected if there are more AZs in a region than specified by availabilityZoneUsageLimit. There are 2 selection schemes:
    • Ordered - selects based on alphabetical order
    • Random - selects AZs randomly in a region

For example if you wanted have a maximum of 2 AZs using a random selection scheme:

spec:
  network:
    vpc:
      availabilityZoneUsageLimit: 2
      availabilityZoneSelection: Random

Caveats

Deploying control plane nodes across multiple AZs is not a panacea to cure all availability concerns. The sizing and overall utilization of the cluster will greatly affect the behavior of the cluster and the workloads hosted there in the event of an AZ failure. Careful planning is needed to maximize the availability of the cluster even in the face of an AZ failure. There are also other considerations, like cross-AZ traffic charges, that should be taken into account.

Failure domains in worker nodes

To ensure that the worker machines are spread across failure domains, we need to create N MachineDeployment for your N failure domains, scaling them independently. Resiliency to failures comes from having multiple MachineDeployment. For example:

apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachineDeployment
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-0
  namespace: default
spec:
  clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
  replicas: ${WORKER_MACHINE_COUNT}
  selector:
    matchLabels: null
  template:
    spec:
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfigTemplate
          name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-0
      clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachineTemplate
        name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-0
      version: ${KUBERNETES_VERSION}
      failureDomain: "1"
---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachineDeployment
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-1
  namespace: default
spec:
  clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
  replicas: ${WORKER_MACHINE_COUNT}
  selector:
    matchLabels: null
  template:
    spec:
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfigTemplate
          name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-1
      clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachineTemplate
        name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-1
      version: ${KUBERNETES_VERSION}
      failureDomain: "2"
---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachineDeployment
metadata:
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-2
  namespace: default
spec:
  clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
  replicas: ${WORKER_MACHINE_COUNT}
  selector:
    matchLabels: null
  template:
    spec:
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfigTemplate
          name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-2
      clusterName: ${CLUSTER_NAME}
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachineTemplate
        name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-md-2
      version: ${KUBERNETES_VERSION}
      failureDomain: "3"

IMPORTANT WARNING: All the replicas within a MachineDeployment will reside in the same Availability Zone.

Using AWSMachinePool

You can use an AWSMachinePool object which automatically distributes worker machines across the configured availability zones. Set the FailureDomains field to the list of availability zones that you want to use. Be aware that not all regions have the same availability zones.

apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachinePool
metadata:
  labels:
    cluster.x-k8s.io/cluster-name: my-cluster
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-mp-0
  namespace: default
spec:
  clusterName: my-cluster
  failureDomains:
    - "1"
    - "3"
  replicas: 3
  template:
    spec:
      clusterName: my-cluster
      bootstrap:
        configRef:
          apiVersion: bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
          kind: KubeadmConfigTemplate
          name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-mp-0
      infrastructureRef:
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
        kind: AWSMachinePool
        name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-mp-0
      version: ${KUBERNETES_VERSION}
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachinePool
metadata:
  labels:
    cluster.x-k8s.io/cluster-name: my-cluster
  name: ${CLUSTER_NAME}-mp-0
  namespace: default
spec:
  minSize: 1
  maxSize: 4
  awsLaunchTemplate:
    instanceType: ${AWS_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE}
    iamInstanceProfile: "nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
    sshKeyName: ${AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME}

Userdata Privacy

Cluster API Provider AWS bootstraps EC2 instances to create and join Kubernetes clusters using instance user data. Because Kubernetes clusters are secured using TLS using multiple Certificate Authorities, these are generated by Cluster API and injected into the user data. It is important to note that without the configuring of host firewalls, processes can retrieve instance userdata from http://169.254.169.254/latest/api/token

Requirements

  • An AMI that includes the AWS CLI
  • AMIs using CloudInit
  • A working /bin/bash shell
  • LFS directory layout (i.e. /etc exists and is readable by CloudInit)

Listed AMIs on 1.16 and up should include the AWS CLI.

How Cluster API secures TLS secrets

Since v0.5.x, Cluster API Provider AWS has used AWS Secrets Manager as a limited-time secret store, storing the userdata using KMS encryption at rest in AWS. The EC2 IMDS userdata will contain a boot script to download the encrypted userdata secret using instance profile permissions, then immediately delete it from AWS Secrets Manager, and then execute it.

To avoid guessing keys in the AWS Secrets Manager key-value store and to prevent collisions, the key is an encoding the Kubernetes namespace, cluster name and instance name, with a random string appended, providing ~256-bits of entropy.

Cluster API Provider AWS also stores the secret ARN in the AWSMachine spec, and will delete the secret if it isn’t already deleted and the machine has registered successfully against the workload cluster API server as a node. Cluster API Provider AWS will also attempt deletion of the secret if the AWSMachine is otherwise deleted or the EC2 instance is terminated or failed.

This method is only compatible with operating systems and distributions using cloud-init. If you are using a different bootstrap process, you will need to co-ordinate this externally and set the following in the specification of the AWSMachine types to disable the use of a cloud-init boothook:

cloudInit:
  insecureSkipSecretsManager: true

Troubleshooting

Script errors

cloud-init does not print boothook script errors to the systemd journal. Logs for the script, if it errored can be found in /var/log/cloud-init-output.log

Warning messages

Because cloud-init will attempt to read the final file at start, cloud-init will always print a /etc/secret-userdata.txt cannot be found message. This can be safely ignored.

Secrets manager console

The AWS secrets manager console should show secrets being created and deleted, with a lifetime of around a minute. No plaintext secret data will appear in the console as Cluster API Provider AWS stores the userdata as fragments of a gzipped data stream.

Troubleshooting

Resources aren’t being created

TODO

Target cluster’s control plane machine is up but target cluster’s apiserver not working as expected

If aws-provider-controller-manager-0 logs did not help, you might want to look into cloud-init logs, /var/log/cloud-init-output.log, on the controller host. Verifying kubelet status and logs may also provide hints:

journalctl -u kubelet.service
systemctl status kubelet

For reaching controller host from your local machine:

 ssh -i <private-key> -o "ProxyCommand ssh -W %h:%p -i <private-key> ubuntu@<bastion-IP>" ubuntu@<controller-host-IP>

private-key is the private key from the key-pair discussed in the ssh key pair section above.

kubelet on the control plane host failing with error: NoCredentialProviders

failed to run Kubelet: could not init cloud provider "aws": error finding instance i-0c276f2a1f1c617b2: "error listing AWS instances: \"NoCredentialProviders: no valid providers in chain. Deprecated.\\n\\tFor verbose messaging see aws.Config.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors\""

This error can occur if CloudFormation stack is not created properly and IAM instance profile is missing appropriate roles. Run following command to inspect IAM instance profile:

$ aws iam get-instance-profile --instance-profile-name control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io --output json
{
    "InstanceProfile": {
        "InstanceProfileId": "AIPAJQABLZS4A3QDU576Q",
        "Roles": [
            {
                "AssumeRolePolicyDocument": {
                    "Version": "2012-10-17",
                    "Statement": [
                        {
                            "Action": "sts:AssumeRole",
                            "Effect": "Allow",
                            "Principal": {
                                "Service": "ec2.amazonaws.com"
                            }
                        }
                    ]
                },
                "RoleId": "AROAJQABLZS4A3QDU576Q",
                "CreateDate": "2019-05-13T16:45:12Z",
                "RoleName": "control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io",
                "Path": "/",
                "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
            }
        ],
        "CreateDate": "2019-05-13T16:45:28Z",
        "InstanceProfileName": "control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io",
        "Path": "/",
        "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:instance-profile/control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
    }
}

If instance profile does not look as expected, you may try recreating the CloudFormation stack using clusterawsadm as explained in the above sections.

Recover a management cluster after losing the api server load balancer

These steps outline the process for recovering a management cluster after losing the load balancer for the api server. These steps are needed because AWS load balancers have dynamically generated DNS names. This means that when a load balancer is deleted CAPA will recreate the load balancer but it will have a different DNS name that does not match the original, so we need to update some resources as well as the certs to match the new name to make the cluster healthy again. There are a few different scenarios which this could happen.

  • The load balancer gets deleted by some external process or user.
  • If a cluster is created with the same name as the management cluster in a different namespace and then deleted it will delete the existing load balancer. This is due to ownership of AWS resources being managed by tags. See this issue for reference.

Access the api server locally

  1. ssh to a control plane node and modify the /etc/kubernetes/admin.conf

    • Replace the server with server: https://localhost:6443

    • Add insecure-skip-tls-verify: true

    • Comment out certificate-authority-data:

  2. Export the kubeconfig and ensure you can connect

    export KUBECONFIG=/etc/kubernetes/admin.conf
    kubectl get nodes
    

Get rid of the lingering duplicate cluster

This step is only needed in the scenario that duplicate cluster was created and deleted which caused the API server load balancer to be deleted.

  1. since there is a duplicate cluster that is trying to be deleted and can’t due to some resources being unable to cleanup since they are in use we need to stop the conflicting reconciliation process. Edit the duplicate aws cluster object and remove the finalizers

    kubectl edit awscluster <clustername>
    
  2. next run kubectl describe awscluster <clustername> to validate that the finalizers have been removed

  3. kubectl get clusters to verify the cluster is gone

Make at least one node Ready

  1. Right now all endpoints are down due to nodes not being ready. this is problematic for coredns adn cni pods in particular. let’s get one control plane node back healthy. on the control plane node we logged into edit the /etc/kubernetes/kubelet.conf

    • Replace the server with server: https://localhost:6443

    • Add insecure-skip-tls-verify: true

    • Comment out certificate-authority-data:

    • Restart the kubelet systemctl restart kubelet

  2. kubectl get nodes and validate that the node is in a ready state.

  3. After a few minutes most things should start scheduling themselves on the new node. The pods that did not restart on their own that were causing issues were core-dns,kube-proxy, and cni pods.Those should be restart manually.

  4. (optional) tail the capa logs to see the load balancer start to reconcile

    kubectl logs -f -n capa-system deployments.apps/capa-controller-manager`
    

Update the control plane nodes with new LB settings

  1. To be safe we will do this on all CP nodes rather than having them recreate to avoid potential data loss issues. Follow the following steps for each CP node.

  2. Regenrate the certs for the api server using the new name. Make sure to update your service cidr and endpoint in the below command.

    rm /etc/kubernetes/pki/apiserver.crt
    rm /etc/kubernetes/pki/apiserver.key
    
    kubeadm init phase certs apiserver --control-plane-endpoint="mynewendpoint.com" --service-cidr=100.64.0.0/13 -v10
    
  3. Update settings in /etc/kubernetes/admin.conf

    • Replace the server with server: https://<your-new-lb.com>:6443

    • Remove insecure-skip-tls-verify: true

    • Uncomment certificate-authority-data:

    • Export the kubeconfig and ensure you can connect

      export KUBECONFIG=/etc/kubernetes/admin.conf
      kubectl get nodes
      
  4. Update the settings in /etc/kubernetes/kubelet.conf

    • Replace the server with server: https://your-new-lb.com:6443

    • Remove insecure-skip-tls-verify: true

    • Uncomment certificate-authority-data:

    • restart the kubelet systemctl restart kubelet

  5. Just as we did before we need new pods to pick up api server cache changes so you will want to force restart pods like cni pods, kube-proxy, core-dns , etc.

Update capi settings for new LB DNS name

  1. Update the control plane endpoint on the awscluster and cluster objects. To do this we need to disable the validatingwebhooks. We will back them up and then delete so we can apply later.

    kubectl get validatingwebhookconfigurations capa-validating-webhook-configuration -o yaml > capa-webhook && kubectl delete validatingwebhookconfigurations capa-validating-webhook-configuration
    
    kubectl get validatingwebhookconfigurations capi-validating-webhook-configuration -o yaml > capi-webhook && kubectl delete validatingwebhookconfigurations capi-validating-webhook-configuration
    
  2. Edit the spec.controlPlaneEndpoint.host field on both awscluster and cluster to have the new endpoint

  3. Re-apply your webhooks

    kubectl apply -f capi-webhook
    kubectl apply -f capa-webhook
    
  4. Update the following config maps and replace the old control plane name with the new one.

    kubectl edit cm -n kube-system kubeadm-config
    kubectl edit cm -n kube-system kube-proxy
    kubectl edit cm -n kube-public cluster-info
    
  5. Edit the cluster kubeconfig secret that capi uses to talk to the management cluster. You will need to decode teh secret, replace the endpoint and re-encode and save.

    kubectl edit secret -n <namespace> <cluster-name>-kubeconfig`
    
  6. At this point things should start to reconcile on their own, but we can use the commands in the next step to force it.

Roll all of the nodes to make sure everything is fresh

  1. kubectl patch kcp <clusternamekcp> -n namespace --type merge -p "{\"spec\":{\"rolloutAfter\":\"`date +'%Y-%m-%dT%TZ'`\"}}"
    
  2.  kubectl patch machinedeployment CLUSTER_NAME-md-0 -n namespace --type merge -p "{\"spec\":{\"template\":{\"metadata\":{\"annotations\":{\"date\":\"`date +'%s'`\"}}}}}"
    

IAM Permissions

Required to use clusterawsadm to provision IAM roles via CloudFormation

If using clusterawsadm to automate deployment of IAM roles via CloudFormation, you must have IAM administrative access as clusterawsadm will provision IAM roles and policies.

Required by Cluster API Provider AWS controllers

The Cluster API Provider AWS controller requires permissions to use EC2, ELB Autoscaling and optionally EKS. If provisioning IAM roles using clusterawsadm, these will be set up as the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM Policy, and attached to the controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io and control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM roles.

EC2 Provisioned Kubernetes Clusters

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "ec2:DescribeIpamPools",
        "ec2:AllocateIpamPoolCidr",
        "ec2:AttachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:DetachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:AllocateAddress",
        "ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses",
        "ec2:AssignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:UnassignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:AssociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:AssociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:AttachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:CreateCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:CreateInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNatGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:CreateRoute",
        "ec2:CreateRouteTable",
        "ec2:CreateSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:CreateSubnet",
        "ec2:CreateTags",
        "ec2:CreateVpc",
        "ec2:CreateVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DisassociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DeleteCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteNatGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteRouteTable",
        "ec2:ReplaceRoute",
        "ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:DeleteSubnet",
        "ec2:DeleteTags",
        "ec2:DeleteVpc",
        "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeAccountAttributes",
        "ec2:DescribeAddresses",
        "ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
        "ec2:DescribeCarrierGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstances",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeImages",
        "ec2:DescribeNatGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeRouteTables",
        "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups",
        "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcs",
        "ec2:DescribeDhcpOptions",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeVolumes",
        "ec2:DescribeTags",
        "ec2:DetachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DisassociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:DisassociateAddress",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifySubnetAttribute",
        "ec2:ReleaseAddress",
        "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:RunInstances",
        "ec2:TerminateInstances",
        "tag:GetResources",
        "elasticloadbalancing:AddTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ConfigureHealthCheck",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSecurityGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RemoveTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSubnets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyTargetGroupAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetHealth",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterTargets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteListener",
        "autoscaling:DescribeAutoScalingGroups",
        "autoscaling:DescribeInstanceRefreshes",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplates",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DescribeKeyPairs",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "autoscaling:CreateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:UpdateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:CreateOrUpdateTags",
        "autoscaling:StartInstanceRefresh",
        "autoscaling:DeleteAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:DeleteTags"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:autoscaling:*:*:autoScalingGroup:*:autoScalingGroupName/*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/autoscaling.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "autoscaling.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForElasticLoadBalancing"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/spot.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "spot.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:PassRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/*.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "secretsmanager:CreateSecret",
        "secretsmanager:DeleteSecret",
        "secretsmanager:TagResource"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:secretsmanager:*:*:secret:aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/*"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

With EKS Support

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "ec2:DescribeIpamPools",
        "ec2:AllocateIpamPoolCidr",
        "ec2:AttachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:DetachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:AllocateAddress",
        "ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses",
        "ec2:AssignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:UnassignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:AssociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:AssociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:AttachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:CreateCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:CreateInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNatGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:CreateRoute",
        "ec2:CreateRouteTable",
        "ec2:CreateSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:CreateSubnet",
        "ec2:CreateTags",
        "ec2:CreateVpc",
        "ec2:CreateVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DisassociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DeleteCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteNatGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteRouteTable",
        "ec2:ReplaceRoute",
        "ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:DeleteSubnet",
        "ec2:DeleteTags",
        "ec2:DeleteVpc",
        "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeAccountAttributes",
        "ec2:DescribeAddresses",
        "ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
        "ec2:DescribeCarrierGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstances",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeImages",
        "ec2:DescribeNatGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeRouteTables",
        "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups",
        "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcs",
        "ec2:DescribeDhcpOptions",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeVolumes",
        "ec2:DescribeTags",
        "ec2:DetachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DisassociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:DisassociateAddress",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifySubnetAttribute",
        "ec2:ReleaseAddress",
        "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:RunInstances",
        "ec2:TerminateInstances",
        "tag:GetResources",
        "elasticloadbalancing:AddTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ConfigureHealthCheck",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSecurityGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RemoveTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSubnets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyTargetGroupAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetHealth",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterTargets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteListener",
        "autoscaling:DescribeAutoScalingGroups",
        "autoscaling:DescribeInstanceRefreshes",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplates",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DescribeKeyPairs",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "autoscaling:CreateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:UpdateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:CreateOrUpdateTags",
        "autoscaling:StartInstanceRefresh",
        "autoscaling:DeleteAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:DeleteTags"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:autoscaling:*:*:autoScalingGroup:*:autoScalingGroupName/*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/autoscaling.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "autoscaling.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForElasticLoadBalancing"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/spot.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "spot.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:PassRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/*.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "secretsmanager:CreateSecret",
        "secretsmanager:DeleteSecret",
        "secretsmanager:TagResource"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:secretsmanager:*:*:secret:aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/*"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

With S3 Support

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "ec2:DescribeIpamPools",
        "ec2:AllocateIpamPoolCidr",
        "ec2:AttachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:DetachNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:AllocateAddress",
        "ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses",
        "ec2:AssignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:UnassignPrivateIpAddresses",
        "ec2:AssociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:AssociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:AttachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:CreateCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:CreateInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNatGateway",
        "ec2:CreateNetworkInterface",
        "ec2:CreateRoute",
        "ec2:CreateRouteTable",
        "ec2:CreateSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:CreateSubnet",
        "ec2:CreateTags",
        "ec2:CreateVpc",
        "ec2:CreateVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DisassociateVpcCidrBlock",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyVpcEndpoint",
        "ec2:DeleteCarrierGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteNatGateway",
        "ec2:DeleteRouteTable",
        "ec2:ReplaceRoute",
        "ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:DeleteSubnet",
        "ec2:DeleteTags",
        "ec2:DeleteVpc",
        "ec2:DeleteVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeAccountAttributes",
        "ec2:DescribeAddresses",
        "ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones",
        "ec2:DescribeCarrierGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstances",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ec2:DescribeImages",
        "ec2:DescribeNatGateways",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeRouteTables",
        "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups",
        "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcs",
        "ec2:DescribeDhcpOptions",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcAttribute",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcEndpoints",
        "ec2:DescribeVolumes",
        "ec2:DescribeTags",
        "ec2:DetachInternetGateway",
        "ec2:DisassociateRouteTable",
        "ec2:DisassociateAddress",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifySubnetAttribute",
        "ec2:ReleaseAddress",
        "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:RunInstances",
        "ec2:TerminateInstances",
        "tag:GetResources",
        "elasticloadbalancing:AddTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ConfigureHealthCheck",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSecurityGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RemoveTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSubnets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyTargetGroupAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetHealth",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterTargets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteListener",
        "autoscaling:DescribeAutoScalingGroups",
        "autoscaling:DescribeInstanceRefreshes",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplates",
        "ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplate",
        "ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions",
        "ec2:DescribeKeyPairs",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "autoscaling:CreateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:UpdateAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:CreateOrUpdateTags",
        "autoscaling:StartInstanceRefresh",
        "autoscaling:DeleteAutoScalingGroup",
        "autoscaling:DeleteTags"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:autoscaling:*:*:autoScalingGroup:*:autoScalingGroupName/*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/autoscaling.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "autoscaling.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForElasticLoadBalancing"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/aws-service-role/spot.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForEC2Spot"
      ],
      "Condition": {
        "StringLike": {
          "iam:AWSServiceName": "spot.amazonaws.com"
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "iam:PassRole"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:iam::*:role/*.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "secretsmanager:CreateSecret",
        "secretsmanager:DeleteSecret",
        "secretsmanager:TagResource"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:secretsmanager:*:*:secret:aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/*"
      ]
    },
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "s3:CreateBucket",
        "s3:DeleteBucket",
        "s3:GetObject",
        "s3:PutObject",
        "s3:DeleteObject",
        "s3:PutBucketPolicy",
        "s3:PutBucketTagging"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:*:s3:::cluster-api-provider-aws-*"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

Required by the Kubernetes AWS Cloud Provider

These permissions are used by the Kubernetes AWS Cloud Provider. If you are running with the in-tree cloud provider, this will typically be used by the controller-manager pod in the kube-system namespace.

If provisioning IAM roles using clusterawsadm, these will be set up as the control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM Policy, and attached to the control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM role.

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "autoscaling:DescribeAutoScalingGroups",
        "autoscaling:DescribeLaunchConfigurations",
        "autoscaling:DescribeTags",
        "ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses",
        "ec2:DescribeInstances",
        "ec2:DescribeImages",
        "ec2:DescribeRegions",
        "ec2:DescribeRouteTables",
        "ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups",
        "ec2:DescribeSubnets",
        "ec2:DescribeVolumes",
        "ec2:CreateSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:CreateTags",
        "ec2:CreateVolume",
        "ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute",
        "ec2:ModifyVolume",
        "ec2:AttachVolume",
        "ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:CreateRoute",
        "ec2:DeleteRoute",
        "ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup",
        "ec2:DeleteVolume",
        "ec2:DetachVolume",
        "ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress",
        "ec2:DescribeVpcs",
        "elasticloadbalancing:AddTags",
        "elasticloadbalancing:AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetSecurityGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancerPolicy",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancerListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ConfigureHealthCheck",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancerListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:CreateTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeleteTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterTargets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeListeners",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetGroups",
        "elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetHealth",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyListener",
        "elasticloadbalancing:ModifyTargetGroup",
        "elasticloadbalancing:RegisterTargets",
        "elasticloadbalancing:SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener",
        "iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole",
        "kms:DescribeKey"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "*"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

Required by all nodes

All nodes require these permissions in order to run, and are used by the AWS cloud provider run by kubelet.

If provisioning IAM roles using clusterawsadm, these will be set up as the nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM Policy, and attached to the nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM role.

{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Action": [
        "ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses",
        "ec2:DescribeInstances",
        "ec2:DescribeRegions",
        "ec2:CreateTags",
        "ec2:DescribeTags",
        "ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces",
        "ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes",
        "ecr:GetAuthorizationToken",
        "ecr:BatchCheckLayerAvailability",
        "ecr:GetDownloadUrlForLayer",
        "ecr:GetRepositoryPolicy",
        "ecr:DescribeRepositories",
        "ecr:ListImages",
        "ecr:BatchGetImage"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "*"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

When using EKS, the AmazonEKSWorkerNodePolicy and AmazonEKS_CNI_Policy AWS managed policies will also be attached to nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM role.

Ignition support

  • Feature status: Experimental
  • Feature gate: BootstrapFormatIgnition=true

The default configuration engine for bootstrapping workload cluster machines is cloud-init. Ignition is an alternative engine used by Linux distributions such as Flatcar Container Linux and Fedora CoreOS and therefore should be used when choosing an Ignition-based distribution as the underlying OS for workload clusters.

This document explains how Ignition support works.

For more generic information, see Cluster API documentation on Ignition Bootstrap configuration.

Overview

When using CloudInit for bootstrapping, by default the awsmachine controller stores EC2 instance user data using SSM to store it encrypted, which underneath uses multi part mime types. Unfortunately multi part mime types are not supported by Ignition. Moreover EC2 instance user data storage is also limited to 64 KB, which might not always be enough to provision Kubernetes controlplane because of the size of required certificates and configuration files.

To address these limitations, when using Ignition for bootstrapping, by default the awsmachine controller uses a Cluster Object Store (e.g. S3 Bucket), configured in the AWSCluster, to store user data, which will be then pulled by the instances during provisioning.

Optionally, when using Ignition for bootstrapping, users can optionally choose an alternative storageType for user data. For now the single available alternative is to store user data unencrypted directly in the EC2 instance user data. This storageType option is although discouraged unless strictly necessary, as it is not considered as safe as storing it in the S3 Bucket.

Prerequirements for enabling Ignition bootstrapping

Enabling EXP_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION feature gate

In order to activate Ignition bootstrap you first need to enable its feature gate.

When deploying CAPA using clusterctl, make sure you set BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION=true and EXP_KUBEADM_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION=true environment variables to enable experimental Ignition bootstrap support.

# Enable the feature gates controlling Ignition bootstrap.
export EXP_KUBEADM_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION=true # Used by the kubeadm bootstrap provider.
export EXP_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION=true # Used by the AWS provider.

# Initialize the management cluster.
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Choosing a storage type for Ignition user data

S3 is the default storage type when Ignition is enabled for managing machine’s bootstrapping. But other methods can be choosen for storing Ignition user data.

Store Ignition config in a Cluster Object Store (e.g. S3 bucket)

To explicitly set ClusterObjectStore as the storage type, provide the following config in the AWSMachineTemplate:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachineTemplate
metadata:
  name: "test"
spec:
  template:
    spec:
      ignition:
        storageType: ClusterObjectStore

Cluster Object Store and object management

When you want to use Ignition user data format for you machines, you need to configure your cluster to specify which Cluster Object Store to use. Controller will then check that the bucket already exists and that required policies are in place.

See the configuration snippet below to learn how to configure AWSCluster to manage S3 bucket.

apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSCluster
spec:
  s3Bucket:
    controlPlaneIAMInstanceProfile: control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io
    name: cluster-api-provider-aws-unique-suffix
    nodesIAMInstanceProfiles:
    - nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io

Buckets are safe to be reused between clusters.

After successful machine provisioning, the bootstrap data is removed from the object store.

During cluster removal, if the Cluster Object Store is empty, it will be deleted as well.

S3 IAM Permissions

If you choose to use an S3 bucket as the Cluster Object Store, CAPA controllers require additional IAM permissions.

If you use clusterawsadm for managing the IAM roles, you can use the configuration below to create S3-related IAM permissions.

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  s3Buckets:
    enable: true

See Using clusterawsadm to fulfill prerequisites for more details.

Cluster Object Store naming

Cluster Object Store and bucket naming must follow S3 Bucket naming rules.

In addition, by default clusterawsadm creates IAM roles to only allow interacting with buckets with cluster-api-provider-aws- prefix to reduce the permissions of CAPA controller, so all bucket names should use this prefix.

To change it, use spec.s3Buckets.namePrefix field in AWSIAMConfiguration.

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  s3Buckets:
    namePrefix: my-custom-secure-bucket-prefix-

Store Ignition config as UnencryptedUserData

To instruct the controllers to store the user data directly in the EC2 instance user data unencrypted, provide the following config in the AWSMachineTemplate:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachineTemplate
metadata:
  name: "test"
spec:
  template:
    spec:
      ignition:
        storageType: UnencryptedUserData

No further requirements are necessary.

Supported bootstrap providers

At the moment only CABPK is known to support producing bootstrap data in Ignition format.

Trying it out

If you want to test Ignition support, use flatcar cluster flavor.

Other bootstrap providers

If you want to use Ignition support with custom bootstrap provider which supports producing Ignition bootstrap data, ensure that bootstrap provider sets the format field in machine bootstrap secret to ignition. This information is used by the machine controller to determine which user data format to use for the instances.

External Resource Garbage Collection

  • Feature status: Experimental
  • Feature gate (required): ExternalResourceGC=true

Overview

Workload clusters that CAPA has created may have additional resources in AWS that need to be deleted when the cluster is deleted.

For example, if the workload cluster has Services of type LoadBalancer then AWS ELB/NLB are provisioned. If you try to delete the workload cluster in this example, it will fail as these load balancers are still using the VPC.

This feature enables deletion of these external resources as part of cluster deletion. During the deletion of a workload cluster the external AWS resources that where created by the Cloud Controller Manager (CCM) in the workload cluster will be identified and deleted.

NOTE: This is not related to externally managed infrastructure.

Currently, we support cleaning up the following:

  • AWS ELB/NLB - by deleting Services of type LoadBalancer from the workload cluster

We will look to support deleting EBS volumes in the future potentially.

Note: this feature will likely be superseded by an upstream CAPI feature in the future when this issue is resolved.

Enabling

To enable garbage collection, you must set the ExternalResourceGC feature gate to true on the controller manager. The easiest way to do this is via an environment variable:

export EXP_EXTERNAL_RESOURCE_GC=true
clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Note: if you enable this feature ALL clusters will be marked as requiring garbage collection.

Operations

Manually Disabling Garbage Collection for a Cluster

There are 2 ways to manually disable garbage collection for an individual cluster:

Using clusterawsadm

By running the following command:

clusterawsadm gc disable --cluster-name mycluster

See the command help for more examples.

Editing AWSCluster\AWSManagedControlPlane

Or, by editing your AWSCluster or AWSManagedControlPlane so that the annotation aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/external-resource-gc is set to false.

apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
metadata:
  annotations:
    aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/external-resource-gc: "false"

Manually Enabling Garbage Collection for a Cluster

There are 2 ways to manually enable garbage collection for an individual cluster:

Using clusterawsadm

By running the following command:

clusterawsadm gc enable --cluster-name mycluster

See the command help for more examples.

Editing AWSCluster\AWSManagedControlPlane

Or, by editing your AWSCluster or AWSManagedControlPlane o that the annotation aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/external-resource-gc is either removed or set to true.

apiVersion: controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSManagedControlPlane
metadata:
  annotations:
    aws.cluster.x-k8s.io/external-resource-gc: "true"

Instance Metadata Service

Instance metadata is data about your instance that you can use to configure or manage the running instance which you can access from a running instance using one of the following methods:

  • Instance Metadata Service Version 1 (IMDSv1) – a request/response method
  • Instance Metadata Service Version 2 (IMDSv2) – a session-oriented method

CAPA defaults to use IMDSv2 as optional property when creating instances.

CAPA expose options to configure IMDSv2 as required when creating instances, as it provides a better level of security.

It is possible to configure the instance metadata options using the field called instanceMetadataOptions in the AWSMachineTemplate.

Example:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSMachineTemplate
metadata:
  name: "test"
spec:
  template:
    spec:
      instanceMetadataOptions:
        httpEndpoint: enabled
        httpPutResponseHopLimit: 1
        httpTokens: optional
        instanceMetadataTags: disabled

To use IMDSv2, simply set httpTokens value to required (in other words, set the use of IMDSv2 to required). To use IMDSv2, please also set httpPutResponseHopLimit value to 2, as it is recommended in container environment according to AWS document.

Similarly, this can be done with AWSManagedMachinePool for use with EKS Managed Nodegroups. One slight difference here is that you must use Launch Templates to configure IMDSv2 with Autoscaling Groups. In order to configure the LaunchTemplate, you must use a custom AMI type according to the AWS API. This can be done by setting AWSManagedMachinePool.spec.amiType to CUSTOM. This change means that you must also specify a bootstrapping script to the worker node, which allows it to be joined to the EKS cluster. The default AWS Managed Node Group bootstrap script can be found here on Github.

The following example will use the default Amazon EKS Worker Node AMI which includes the default EKS Bootstrapping script. This must be installed on the management cluster as a Secret, under the key value. The secret’s name must then be included in your MachinePool manifest at MachinePool.spec.template.spec.bootstrap.dataSecretName. Some assumptions are made for this example:

  • Your cluster name is capi-imds, which CAPA renames to default_capi-imds-control-plane automatically
  • Your cluster is Kubernetes Version v1.25.9
  • Your AWSManagedCluster is deployed in the default namespace along with the bootstrap secret eks-bootstrap
kind: Secret
apiVersion: v1
type: Opaque
data:
  value: IyEvYmluL2Jhc2ggLXhlCi9ldGMvZWtzL2Jvb3RzdHJhcC5zaCBkZWZhdWx0X2NhcGktaW1kcy1jb250cm9sLXBsYW5l
metadata:
  name: eks-bootstrap
---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSManagedMachinePool
metadata:
  name: "capi-imds-pool-launchtemplate"
spec:
  amiType: CUSTOM
  awsLaunchTemplate:
    name: my-aws-launch-template
    instanceType: t3.nano
    metadataOptions:
      httpTokens: required
      httpPutResponseHopLimit: 2
---
apiVersion: cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: MachinePool
metadata:
  name: "capi-imds-pool-1"
spec:
  clusterName: "capi-imds"
  replicas: 1
  template:
    spec:
      version: v1.25.9
      clusterName: "capi-imds"
      bootstrap:
        dataSecretName: "eks-bootstrap"
      infrastructureRef:
        name: "capi-imds-pool-launchtemplate"
        apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
        kind: AWSManagedMachinePool

IyEvYmluL2Jhc2ggLXhlCi9ldGMvZWtzL2Jvb3RzdHJhcC5zaCBkZWZhdWx0X2NhcGktaW1kcy1jb250cm9sLXBsYW5l in the above secret is a Base64 encoded version of the following script:

#!/bin/bash -xe
/etc/eks/bootstrap.sh default_capi-imds-control-plane

If your cluster is not named default_capi-imds-control-plane in the AWS EKS console, you must update the name and store it as a Secret again.

See the CLI command reference for more information.

Before you decide to use IMDSv2 for the cluster instances, please make sure all your applications are compatible with IMDSv2.

See the transition guide for more information.

Setting up a Network Load Balancer

Overview

It’s possible to set up and use a Network Load Balancer with AWSCluster instead of the Classic Load Balancer that is created by default.

AWSCluster setting

To make CAPA create a network load balancer simply set the load balancer type to network like this:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test-aws-cluster"
spec:
  region: "eu-central-1"
  controlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    loadBalancerType: nlb

This will create the following objects:

  • A network load balancer
  • Listeners
  • A target group

It will also take into consideration IPv6 enabled clusters and create an IPv6 aware load balancer.

Preserve Client IPs

By default, client ip preservation is disabled. This is to avoid hairpinning issues between kubelet and the node registration process. To enable client IP preservation, you can set it to enable with the following flag:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: "test-aws-cluster"
spec:
  region: "eu-central-1"
  sshKeyName: "capa-key"
  controlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    loadBalancerType: nlb
    preserveClientIP: true

Security

NLBs can use security groups, but only if one is associated at the time of creation. CAPA will associate the default control plane security groups with a new NLB by default.

For more information, see AWS’s Network Load Balancer and Security Groups documentation.

Extension of the code

Right now, only NLBs and a Classic Load Balancer is supported. However, the code has been written in a way that it should be easy to extend with an ALB or a GLB.

Enabling a Secondary Control Plane Load Balancer

Overview

It is possible to use a second control plane load balancer within a CAPA cluster. This secondary control plane load balancer is primarily meant to be used for internal cluster traffic, for use cases where traffic between nodes and pods should be kept internal to the VPC network. This adds a layer of privacy to traffic, as well as potentially saving on egress costs for traffic to the Kubernetes API server.

A dual load balancer topology is not used as a default in order to maintain backward compatibility with existing CAPA clusters.

Requirements and defaults

  • A secondary control plane load balancer is not created by default.
  • The secondary control plane load balancer must be a Network Load Balancer, and will default to this type.
  • The secondary control plane load balancer must also be provided a name.
  • The secondary control plane’s Scheme defaults to internal, and must be different from the spec.controlPlaneLoadBalancer‘s Scheme.

The secondary load balancer will use the same Security Group information as the primary control plane load balancer.

Creating a secondary load balancer

To create a secondary load balancer, add the secondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer stanza to your AWSCluster.

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: test-aws-cluster
spec:
  region: us-east-2
  sshKeyName: nrb-default
  secondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer:
    name: internal-apiserver
    scheme: internal     # optional

Manage Local Zone subnets

Overview

CAPA provides the option to manage network resources required to provision compute nodes to Local Zone and Wavelength Zone locations.

AWS Local Zones extends the cloud infrastructure to metropolitan regions, allowing to deliver applications closer to the end-users, decreasing the network latency.

AWS Wavelength Zones extends the AWS infrastructure deployments infrastructure to carrier infrastructure, allowing to deploy within communications service providers’ (CSP) 5G networks.

When “edge zones” is mentioned in this document, it is referencing to AWS Local Zones and AWS Wavelength Zones.

Requirements and defaults

For both Local Zones and Wavelength Zones (’edge zones’):

  • Subnets in edge zones are not created by default.
  • When you choose to CAPA manage edge zone’s subnets, you also must specify the regular zones (Availability Zones) you will create the cluster.
  • IPv6 is not globally supported by AWS across Local Zones, and is not supported in Wavelength zones, CAPA support is limited to IPv4 subnets in edge zones.
  • The subnets in edge zones will not be used by CAPA to create NAT Gateways, Network Load Balancers, or provision Control Plane or Compute nodes by default.
  • NAT Gateways are not globally available to edge zone’s locations, the CAPA uses the Parent Zone for the edge zone to create the NAT Gateway to allow the instances on private subnets to egress traffic to the internet.
  • The CAPA subnet controllers discovers the zone attributes ZoneType and ParentZoneName for each subnet on creation, those fields are used to ensure subnets for it’s role. For example: only subnets with ZoneType with value availability-zone can be used to create a load balancer for API.
  • It is required to manually opt-in to each zone group for edge zones you are planning to create subnets.

The following steps are example to describe the zones and opt-into an zone group for an Local Zone:

- To check the zone group name for a Local Zone, you can use the [EC2 API `DescribeAvailabilityZones`][describe-availability-zones]. For example:
aws --region "<value_of_AWS_Region>" ec2 describe-availability-zones \
    --query 'AvailabilityZones[].[{ZoneName: ZoneName, GroupName: GroupName, Status: OptInStatus}]' \
    --filters Name=zone-type,Values=local-zone \
    --all-availability-zones
- To opt-int the zone group, you can use the [EC2 API `ModifyZoneAttributes`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.html):
aws ec2 modify-availability-zone-group \
    --group-name "<value_of_GroupName>" \
    --opt-in-status opted-in

Installing managed clusters extending subnets to Local Zones

To create a cluster with support of subnets on AWS Local Zones, add the Subnets stanza to your AWSCluster.NetworkSpec. Example:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: aws-cluster-localzone
spec:
  region: us-east-1
  networkSpec:
    vpc:
      cidrBlock: "10.0.0.0/20"
    subnets:
    # regular zones (availability zones)
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.0.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1a"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.1.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1a"
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1b
      cidrBlock: "10.0.3.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1b"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1b
      cidrBlock: "10.0.4.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1b"
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1c
      cidrBlock: "10.0.5.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1c"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1c
      cidrBlock: "10.0.6.0/24"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1c"
      isPublic: true
    # Subnets in Local Zones of New York location (public and private)
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-nyc-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.0/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1-nyc-1a"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-nyc-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.128/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1-nyc-1a"
      isPublic: true

Installing managed clusters extending subnets to Wavelength Zones

To create a cluster with support of subnets on AWS Wavelength Zones, add the Subnets stanza to your AWSCluster.NetworkSpec. Example:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: aws-cluster-wavelengthzone
spec:
  region: us-east-1
  networkSpec:
    vpc:
      cidrBlock: "10.0.0.0/20"
    subnets:
    # <placeholder for regular zones (availability zones)>
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.0/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.128/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1"
      isPublic: true

Installing managed clusters extending subnets to Local and Wavelength Zones

It is also possible to mix the creation across both Local and Wavelength zones.

To create a cluster with support of edge zones, add the Subnets stanza to your AWSCluster.NetworkSpec. Example:

---
apiVersion: infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2
kind: AWSCluster
metadata:
  name: aws-cluster-edge
spec:
  region: us-east-1
  networkSpec:
    vpc:
      cidrBlock: "10.0.0.0/20"
    subnets:
    # <placeholder for regular zones (availability zones)>
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-nyc-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.0/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1-nyc-1a"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-nyc-1a
      cidrBlock: "10.0.128.128/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1-nyc-1a"
      isPublic: true
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1
      cidrBlock: "10.0.129.0/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-private-us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1"
      isPublic: false
    - availabilityZone: us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1
      cidrBlock: "10.0.129.128/25"
      id: "cluster-subnet-public-us-east-1-wl1-was-wlz-1"
      isPublic: true

clusterawsadm

Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS Management Utility

Synopsis

clusterawsadm provides helpers for bootstrapping Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS. Use clusterawsadm to view required AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policies as JSON docs, or create IAM roles and instance profiles automatically using AWS CloudFormation.

clusterawsadm additionally helps provide credentials for use with clusterctl.

clusterawsadm [flags]

Examples

  # Create AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles for use with
  # Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack
  
  # Encode credentials for use with clusterctl init
  export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
  clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Options

  -h, --help    help for clusterawsadm
  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm controller

controller commands

Synopsis

All controller related actions such as:

Zero controller credentials and rollout controllers

clusterawsadm controller [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for controller

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm controller print-credentials

print credentials the controller is using

Synopsis

print credentials the controller is using

clusterawsadm controller print-credentials [flags]

Examples

  # print credentials
  clusterawsadm controller print-credentials --kubeconfig=kubeconfig --namespace=capa-system

Options

  -h, --help                        help for print-credentials
      --kubeconfig string           Path to the kubeconfig file to use for the management cluster. If empty, default discovery rules apply.
      --kubeconfig-context string   Context to be used within the kubeconfig file. If empty, current context will be used.
      --namespace string            Namespace the controllers are in. If empty, default value (capa-system) is used (default "capa-system")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm controller rollout-controller

initiates rollout and restart on capa-controller-manager deployment

Synopsis

initiates rollout and restart on capa-controller-manager deployment

clusterawsadm controller rollout-controller [flags]

Examples

  # rollout controller deployment
  clusterawsadm controller rollout-controller --kubeconfig=kubeconfig --namespace=capa-system

Options

  -h, --help                        help for rollout-controller
      --kubeconfig string           Path to the kubeconfig file to use for the management cluster. If empty, default discovery rules apply.
      --kubeconfig-context string   Context to be used within the kubeconfig file. If empty, current context will be used.
      --namespace string            Namespace the controllers are in. If empty, default value (capa-system) is used (default "capa-system")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm controller update-credentials

update credentials the controller is using (i.e., update controller bootstrap secret)

Synopsis

Update credentials the controller is started with

clusterawsadm controller update-credentials [flags]

Examples

  # update credentials: AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS environment variable must be set and be used to update the bootstrap secret
  # Kubeconfig file will be searched in default locations
  clusterawsadm controller update-credentials --namespace=capa-system
  # Provided kubeconfig file will be used
  clusterawsadm controller update-credentials --kubeconfig=kubeconfig  --namespace=capa-system
  # Kubeconfig in the default location will be retrieved and the provided context will be used
  clusterawsadm controller update-credentials --kubeconfig-context=mgmt-cluster  --namespace=capa-system

Options

  -h, --help                        help for update-credentials
      --kubeconfig string           Path to the kubeconfig file to use for the management cluster. If empty, default discovery rules apply.
      --kubeconfig-context string   Context to be used within the kubeconfig file. If empty, current context will be used.
      --namespace string            Namespace the controllers are in. If empty, default value (capa-system) is used (default "capa-system")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials

zero credentials the controller is started with

Synopsis

Zero credentials the controller is started with

clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials [flags]

Examples

  # zero credentials
  # Kubeconfig file will be searched in default locations
  clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials --namespace=capa-system
  # Provided kubeconfig file will be used
  clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials --kubeconfig=kubeconfig  --namespace=capa-system
  # Kubeconfig in the default location will be retrieved and the provided context will be used
  clusterawsadm controller zero-credentials --kubeconfig-context=mgmt-cluster  --namespace=capa-system

Options

  -h, --help                        help for zero-credentials
      --kubeconfig string           Path to the kubeconfig file to use for the management cluster. If empty, default discovery rules apply.
      --kubeconfig-context string   Context to be used within the kubeconfig file. If empty, current context will be used.
      --namespace string            Namespace the controllers are in. If empty, default value (capa-system) is used (default "capa-system")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm eks

Commands related to EKS

clusterawsadm eks [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for eks

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm eks addons

Commands related to EKS addons

clusterawsadm eks addons [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for addons

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm eks addons list-available

List available EKS addons

Synopsis

Lists the addons that are available for use with an EKS cluster

clusterawsadm eks addons list-available [flags]

Options

  -n, --cluster-name string   The name of the cluster to get the list of available addons for
  -h, --help                  help for list-available
  -o, --output string         The output format of the results. Possible values: table,json,yaml (default "table")
  -r, --region string         The AWS region containing the EKS cluster

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm eks addons list-installed

List installed EKS addons

Synopsis

Lists the addons that are installed for an EKS cluster

clusterawsadm eks addons list-installed [flags]

Options

  -n, --cluster-name string   The name of the cluster to get the list of installed addons for
  -h, --help                  help for list-installed
  -o, --output string         The output format of the results. Possible values: table,json,yaml (default "table")
  -r, --region string         The AWS region containing the EKS cluster

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm gc

Commands related to garbage collecting external resources of clusters

clusterawsadm gc [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for gc

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm gc configure

Specify what cleanup tasks will be executed on a given cluster

Synopsis

This command will set what cleanup tasks to execute on the given cluster during garbage collection (i.e. deleting) when the cluster is requested to be deleted. Supported values: load-balancer, security-group, target-group.

clusterawsadm gc configure [flags]

Examples

  # Configure GC for a cluster to delete only load balancers and security groups using existing k8s context
  clusterawsadm gc configure --cluster-name=test-cluster --gc-task load-balancer --gc-task security-group
  
  # Reset GC configuration for a cluster using kubeconfig
  clusterawsadm gc configure --cluster-name=test-cluster --kubeconfig=test.kubeconfig

Options

      --cluster-name string   The name of the CAPA cluster
      --gc-task strings       Garbage collection tasks to execute during cluster deletion
  -h, --help                  help for configure
      --kubeconfig string     Path to the kubeconfig file to use (default "/opt/buildhome/.kube/config")
  -n, --namespace string      The namespace for the cluster definition (default "default")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

  • clusterawsadm gc - Commands related to garbage collecting external resources of clusters
Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm gc disable

Mark a cluster as NOT requiring external resource garbage collection

Synopsis

This command will mark the given cluster as not requiring external resource garbage collection (i.e. deleting) when the cluster is requested to be deleted.

clusterawsadm gc disable [flags]

Examples

  # Disable GC for a cluster using existing k8s context
  clusterawsadm gc disable --cluster-name=test-cluster
  
  # Disable GC for a cluster using kubeconfig
  clusterawsadm gc disable --cluster-name=test-cluster --kubeconfig=test.kubeconfig

Options

      --cluster-name string   The name of the CAPA cluster
  -h, --help                  help for disable
      --kubeconfig string     Path to the kubeconfig file to use (default "/opt/buildhome/.kube/config")
  -n, --namespace string      The namespace for the cluster definition (default "default")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

  • clusterawsadm gc - Commands related to garbage collecting external resources of clusters
Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm gc enable

Mark a cluster as requiring external resource garbage collection

Synopsis

This command will mark the given cluster as requiring external resource garbage collection (i.e. deleting) when the cluster is requested to be deleted. This works by adding an annotation to the infra cluster.

clusterawsadm gc enable [flags]

Examples

  # Enable GC for a cluster using existing k8s context
  clusterawsadm gc enable --cluster-name=test-cluster
  
  # Enable GC for a cluster using kubeconfig
  clusterawsadm gc enable --cluster-name=test-cluster --kubeconfig=test.kubeconfig

Options

      --cluster-name string   The name of the CAPA cluster
  -h, --help                  help for enable
      --kubeconfig string     Path to the kubeconfig file to use (default "/opt/buildhome/.kube/config")
  -n, --namespace string      The namespace for the cluster definition (default "default")

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

  • clusterawsadm gc - Commands related to garbage collecting external resources of clusters
Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm resource

Commands related to AWS resources

Synopsis

All AWS resources related actions such as:

List of AWS resources created by CAPA

clusterawsadm resource [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for resource

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm resource list

List all AWS resources created by CAPA

Synopsis

List AWS resources directly created by CAPA based on region and cluster-name. There are some indirect resources like Cloudwatch alarms, rules, etc which are not directly created by CAPA, so those resources are not listed here. If region and cluster-name are not set, then it will throw an error.

clusterawsadm resource list [flags]

Examples

  # List AWS resources directly created by CAPA in given region and clustername
  clusterawsadm resource list --region=us-east-1 --cluster-name=test-cluster

Options

  -n, --cluster-name string   The name of the cluster where AWS resources created by CAPA
  -h, --help                  help for list
  -o, --output string         The output format of the results. Possible values: table, json, yaml (default "table")
  -r, --region string         The AWS region where resources are created by CAPA

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm version

Print version of clusterawsadm

clusterawsadm version [flags]

Options

  -h, --help            help for version
  -o, --output string   Output format; available options are 'yaml', 'json' and 'short'

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

  • clusterawsadm - Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS Management Utility
Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm ami

AMI commands

Synopsis

All AMI related actions such as:

Copy AMIs based on Kubernetes version, OS etc from an AWS account where AMIs are stored

     to the current AWS account (use case: air-gapped deployments)

(to be implemented) List available AMIs

clusterawsadm ami [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for ami

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm ami copy

Copy AMIs from an AWS account to the AWS account which credentials are provided

Synopsis

Copy AMIs based on Kubernetes version, OS, region from an AWS account where AMIs are stored to the current AWS account (use case: air-gapped deployments)

clusterawsadm ami copy [flags]

Examples

  # Copy AMI from the default AWS account where AMIs are stored.
  # Available os options: centos-7, ubuntu-24.04, ubuntu-22.04, amazon-2, flatcar-stable
  clusterawsadm ami copy --kubernetes-version=v1.30.1 --os=ubuntu-22.04  --region=us-west-2
  
  # owner-id and dry-run flags are optional. region can be set via flag or env
  clusterawsadm ami copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --owner-id=111111111111 --dry-run
  
  # copy from us-east-1 to us-east-2
  clusterawsadm ami copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --region us-east-2 --source-region us-east-1

Options

      --dry-run                     Check if AMI exists and can be copied
  -h, --help                        help for copy
      --kubernetes-version string   Kubernetes version of the AMI to be copied
      --os string                   Operating system of the AMI to be copied
      --owner-id string             The source AWS owner ID, where the AMI will be copied from (default "819546954734")
      --region string               The AWS region in which to provision
      --source-region string        Set if wanting to copy an AMI from a different region

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy

Encrypt and copy AMI snapshot, then create an AMI with that snapshot

Synopsis

Find the AMI based on Kubernetes version, OS, region in the AWS account where AMIs are stored. Encrypt and copy the snapshot of the AMI to the current AWS account. Create an AMI with that snapshot.

clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy [flags]

Examples

  # Create an encrypted AMI:
  # Available os options: centos-7, ubuntu-24.04, ubuntu-22.04, amazon-2, flatcar-stable
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --kubernetes-version=v1.18.12 --os=ubuntu-20.04  --region=us-west-2
  
  # owner-id and dry-run flags are optional. region can be set via flag or env
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --owner-id=111111111111 --dry-run
  
  # copy from us-east-1 to us-east-2
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --owner-id=111111111111 --region us-east-2 --source-region us-east-1
  
  # Encrypt using a non-default KmsKeyId specified using Key ID:
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --kms-key-id=key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
  
  # Encrypt using a non-default KmsKeyId specified using Key alias:
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --kms-key-id=alias/ExampleAlias
  
  # Encrypt using a non-default KmsKeyId specified using Key ARN:
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --kms-key-id=arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef
  
  # Encrypt using a non-default KmsKeyId specified using Alias ARN:
  clusterawsadm ami encrypted-copy --os centos-7 --kubernetes-version=v1.19.4 --kms-key-id=arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias

Options

      --dry-run                     Check if AMI exists and can be copied
  -h, --help                        help for encrypted-copy
      --kms-key-id string           The ID of the KMS key for Amazon EBS encryption
      --kubernetes-version string   Kubernetes version of the AMI to be copied
      --os string                   Operating system of the AMI to be copied
      --owner-id string             The source AWS owner ID, where the AMI will be copied from (default "819546954734")
      --region string               The AWS region in which to provision
      --source-region string        Set if wanting to copy an AMI from a different region

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm ami list

List AMIs from the default AWS account where AMIs are stored

Synopsis

List AMIs based on Kubernetes version, OS, region. If no arguments are provided, it will print all AMIs in all regions, OS types for the supported Kubernetes versions. Supported Kubernetes versions start from the latest stable version and goes 2 release back: if the latest stable release is v1.20.4- v1.19.x and v1.18.x are supported. Note: First release of each version will be skipped, e.g., v1.21.0 To list AMIs of unsupported Kubernetes versions, --kubernetes-version flag needs to be provided.

clusterawsadm ami list [flags]

Examples

  # List AMIs from the default AWS account where AMIs are stored.
  # Available os options: centos-7, ubuntu-24.04, ubuntu-22.04, amazon-2, flatcar-stable
  clusterawsadm ami list --kubernetes-version=v1.18.12 --os=ubuntu-20.04  --region=us-west-2
  # To list all supported AMIs in all supported Kubernetes versions, regions, and linux distributions:
  clusterawsadm ami list

Options

  -h, --help                        help for list
      --kubernetes-version string   Kubernetes version of the AMI to be copied
      --os string                   Operating system of the AMI to be listed
  -o, --output string               The output format of the results. Possible values: table,json,yaml (default "table")
      --owner-id string             The owner ID of the AWS account to be used for listing AMIs
      --region string               The AWS region in which to provision

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap

bootstrap commands

Synopsis

In order to use Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS, an AWS account needs to be prepared with AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles to be used by clusters as well as provide Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS with credentials to use to provision infrastructure.

clusterawsadm bootstrap [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for bootstrap

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials

Encode credentials to use with Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS

Synopsis

Encode credentials to use with Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

The utility will attempt to find credentials in the following order:

  1. Check for the AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID and AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY environment variables.
  2. Read the default credentials from the shared configuration files ~/.aws/credentials or the default profile in ~/.aws/config.
  3. Check for the presence of an EC2 IAM instance profile if it’s running on AWS.
  4. Check for ECS credentials.

IAM role assumption can be performed by using any valid configuration for the AWS CLI at: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-configure-files.html. For role assumption to be used, a region is required for the utility to use the AWS Security Token Service (STS). The utility resolves the region in the following order:

  1. Check for the --region flag.
  2. Check for the AWS_REGION environment variable.
  3. Check for the DEFAULT_AWS_REGION environment variable.
  4. Check that a region is specified in the shared configuration file.

The utility will then generate an ini-file with a default profile corresponding to the resolved credentials.

If a region cannot be found, for the purposes of using AWS Security Token Service, this utility will fall back to us-east-1. This does not affect the region in which clusters will be created.

In the case of an instance profile or role assumption, note that encoded credentials are time-limited.

clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials [flags]

Examples

  # Encode credentials from the environment for use with clusterctl
  export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
  clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Options

  -h, --help   help for credentials

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile

Generate an AWS profile from the current environment

Synopsis

Generate an AWS profile from the current environment for the ephemeral bootstrap cluster.

The utility will attempt to find credentials in the following order:

  1. Check for the AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID and AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY environment variables.
  2. Read the default credentials from the shared configuration files ~/.aws/credentials or the default profile in ~/.aws/config.
  3. Check for the presence of an EC2 IAM instance profile if it’s running on AWS.
  4. Check for ECS credentials.

IAM role assumption can be performed by using any valid configuration for the AWS CLI at: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-configure-files.html. For role assumption to be used, a region is required for the utility to use the AWS Security Token Service (STS). The utility resolves the region in the following order:

  1. Check for the --region flag.
  2. Check for the AWS_REGION environment variable.
  3. Check for the DEFAULT_AWS_REGION environment variable.
  4. Check that a region is specified in the shared configuration file.

The utility will then generate an ini-file with a default profile corresponding to the resolved credentials.

If a region cannot be found, for the purposes of using AWS Security Token Service, this utility will fall back to us-east-1. This does not affect the region in which clusters will be created.

In the case of an instance profile or role assumption, note that encoded credentials are time-limited.

clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile [flags]

Examples

  # Encode credentials from the environment for use with clusterctl
  export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
  clusterctl init --infrastructure aws

Options

  -h, --help            help for encode-as-profile
      --output string   Output for credential configuration (rawSharedConfig, base64SharedConfig) (default "base64SharedConfig")
      --region string   The AWS region in which to provision

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam

View required AWS IAM policies and create/update IAM roles using AWS CloudFormation

Synopsis

View/output AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy documents required for configuring Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS as well as create/update AWS IAM resources using AWS CloudFormation.

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam [command] [flags]

Options

  -h, --help   help for iam

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack

Create or update an AWS CloudFormation stack

Synopsis

Create or update an AWS CloudFormation stack for bootstrapping Kubernetes Cluster API and Kubernetes AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) permissions. To use this command, there must be AWS credentials loaded in this environment.

The utility will attempt to find credentials in the following order:

  1. Check for the AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID and AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY environment variables.
  2. Read the default credentials from the shared configuration files ~/.aws/credentials or the default profile in ~/.aws/config.
  3. Check for the presence of an EC2 IAM instance profile if it’s running on AWS.
  4. Check for ECS credentials.

IAM role assumption can be performed by using any valid configuration for the AWS CLI at: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-configure-files.html. For role assumption to be used, a region is required for the utility to use the AWS Security Token Service (STS). The utility resolves the region in the following order:

  1. Check for the --region flag.
  2. Check for the AWS_REGION environment variable.
  3. Check for the DEFAULT_AWS_REGION environment variable.
  4. Check that a region is specified in the shared configuration file.
clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack [flags]

Examples

  # Create or update IAM roles and policies for Kubernetes using a AWS CloudFormation stack.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack
  
  # Create or update IAM roles and policies for Kubernetes using a AWS CloudFormation stack with a custom configuration.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config bootstrap_config.yaml

Options

      --config string   clusterawsadm will load a bootstrap configuration from this file. The path may be
                        absolute or relative; relative paths start at the current working directory.
                        
                        The configuration file is a Kubernetes YAML using the
                        bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1/AWSIAMConfiguration
                        kind.
                        
                        Documentation for this kind can be found at:
                        https://pkg.go.dev/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/bootstrap/v1beta1
                        
                        To see the default configuration, run 'clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config'.
  -h, --help            help for create-cloudformation-stack
      --region string   The AWS region in which to provision

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam delete-cloudformation-stack

Delete an AWS CloudFormation stack

Synopsis

Delete the AWS CloudFormation stack that created AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) resources for use with Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam delete-cloudformation-stack [flags]

Options

      --config string   clusterawsadm will load a bootstrap configuration from this file. The path may be
                        absolute or relative; relative paths start at the current working directory.
                        
                        The configuration file is a Kubernetes YAML using the
                        bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1/AWSIAMConfiguration
                        kind.
                        
                        Documentation for this kind can be found at:
                        https://pkg.go.dev/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/bootstrap/v1beta1
                        
                        To see the default configuration, run 'clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config'.
  -h, --help            help for delete-cloudformation-stack
      --region string   The AWS region in which to provision

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-cloudformation-template

Print cloudformation template

Synopsis

Generate and print out a CloudFormation template that can be used to provision AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policies and roles for use with Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-cloudformation-template [flags]

Examples

  # Print out the default CloudFormation template.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-cloudformation-template
  
  # Print out a CloudFormation template using a custom configuration.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-cloudformation-template --config bootstrap_config.yaml

Options

      --config string   clusterawsadm will load a bootstrap configuration from this file. The path may be
                        absolute or relative; relative paths start at the current working directory.
                        
                        The configuration file is a Kubernetes YAML using the
                        bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1/AWSIAMConfiguration
                        kind.
                        
                        Documentation for this kind can be found at:
                        https://pkg.go.dev/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/bootstrap/v1beta1
                        
                        To see the default configuration, run 'clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config'.
  -h, --help            help for print-cloudformation-template

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config

Print configuration

Synopsis

Print configuration

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config [flags]

Examples

  # Print the default configuration.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config
  
  # Apply defaults to a configuration file and print the result
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config --config bootstrap_config.yaml

Options

      --config string   clusterawsadm will load a bootstrap configuration from this file. The path may be
                        absolute or relative; relative paths start at the current working directory.
                        
                        The configuration file is a Kubernetes YAML using the
                        bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1/AWSIAMConfiguration
                        kind.
                        
                        Documentation for this kind can be found at:
                        https://pkg.go.dev/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/bootstrap/v1beta1
                        
                        To see the default configuration, run 'clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config'.
  -h, --help            help for print-config

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy

Generate and show an IAM policy

Synopsis

Generate and show an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy for Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy [flags]

Examples

  # Print out all the IAM policies for the Kubernetes CLuster API Provider AWS.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy
  
  # Print out the IAM policy for the Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS Controller.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllers
  
  # Print out the IAM policy for the Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS Controller using a given configuration file.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllers --config bootstrap_config.yaml
  
  # Print out the IAM policy for the Kubernetes AWS Cloud Provider for the control plane.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyCloudProviderControlPlane
  
  # Print out the IAM policy for the Kubernetes AWS Cloud Provider for all nodes.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSIAMManagedPolicyCloudProviderNodes
  
  # Print out the IAM policy for the Kubernetes AWS EBS CSI Driver Controller.
  clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-policy --document AWSEBSCSIPolicyController

Options

      --config string     clusterawsadm will load a bootstrap configuration from this file. The path may be
                          absolute or relative; relative paths start at the current working directory.
                          
                          The configuration file is a Kubernetes YAML using the
                          bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1/AWSIAMConfiguration
                          kind.
                          
                          Documentation for this kind can be found at:
                          https://pkg.go.dev/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/bootstrap/v1beta1
                          
                          To see the default configuration, run 'clusterawsadm bootstrap iam print-config'.
      --document string   which document to show: [AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllers AWSIAMManagedPolicyControllersEKS AWSIAMManagedPolicyCloudProviderControlPlane AWSIAMManagedPolicyCloudProviderNodes AWSEBSCSIPolicyController]
  -h, --help              help for print-policy

Options inherited from parent commands

  -v, --v int   Set the log level verbosity. (default 2)

SEE ALSO

Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 4-Nov-2024

Developer Guide

Initial setup for development environment

Install prerequisites

  1. Install go
    • Get the latest patch version for go v1.22.
  2. Install jq
    • brew install jq on macOS.
    • chocolatey install jq on Windows.
    • sudo apt install jq on Ubuntu Linux.
  3. Install KIND
    • GO111MODULE="on" go get sigs.k8s.io/kind@v0.12.0.
  4. Install Kustomize
  5. Install envsubst
  6. Install make.
  7. Install direnv
    • brew install direnv on macOS.
  8. Set AWS Environment variable for an IAM Admin user
    • export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ADMID
      export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=ADMKEY
      export AWS_REGION=eu-west-1
      

Get the source

Fork the cluster-api-provider-aws repo:

cd "$(go env GOPATH)"/src
mkdir sigs.k8s.io
cd sigs.k8s.io/
git clone git@github.com:<GITHUB USERNAME>/cluster-api-provider-aws.git
cd cluster-api-provider-aws
git remote add upstream git@github.com:kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws.git
git fetch upstream

Build clusterawsadm

Build clusterawsadm in cluster-api-provider-aws:

cd "$(go env GOPATH)"/src/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/
make clusterawsadm
sudo mv ./bin/clusterawsadm /usr/local/bin/clusterawsadm

Setup AWS Environment

Create bootstrap file and bootstrap IAM roles and policies using clusterawsadm

$ cat config-bootstrap.yaml

apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  bootstrapUser:
    enable: true

$ clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack
Attempting to create AWS CloudFormation stack cluster-api-provider-aws-sigs-k8s-io

Customizing the bootstrap permission

The IAM permissions can be customized by using a configuration file with clusterawsadm. For example, to create the default IAM role for use with managed machine pools:

$ cat config-bootstrap.yaml
apiVersion: bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1
kind: AWSIAMConfiguration
spec:
  bootstrapUser:
    enable: true
  eks:
    iamRoleCreation: false # Set to true if you plan to use the EKSEnableIAM feature flag to enable automatic creation of IAM roles
    managedMachinePool:
      disable: false # Set to false to enable creation of the default node role for managed machine pools

Use the configuration file to create the additional IAM role:

$ clusterawsadm bootstrap iam create-cloudformation-stack --config=config-bootstrap.yaml
Attempting to create AWS CloudFormation stack cluster-api-provider-aws-sigs-k8s-io

If you don’t plan on using EKS then see the documentation on disabling EKS support.

Sample Output

When creating the CloudFormation stack using clusterawsadm you will see output similar to this:

Following resources are in the stack:

Resource                  |Type                                                                                |Status
AWS::IAM::Group           |cluster-api-provider-aws-s-AWSIAMGroupBootstrapper-ME9XZVCO2491                     |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::InstanceProfile |control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                  |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::InstanceProfile |controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                    |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::InstanceProfile |nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                          |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::ManagedPolicy   |arn:aws:iam::xxx:policy/control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::ManagedPolicy   |arn:aws:iam::xxx:policy/nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io         |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::ManagedPolicy   |arn:aws:iam::xxx:policy/controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io   |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::Role            |control-plane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                  |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::Role            |controllers.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                    |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::Role            |eks-controlplane.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                               |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::Role            |eks-nodegroup.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                  |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::Role            |nodes.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                          |CREATE_COMPLETE
AWS::IAM::User            |bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io                                   |CREATE_COMPLETE

Set Environment Variables

  • Create a security credentials in the bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io IAM user that is created by cloud-formation stack and copy the AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID and AWS_SECRETS_ACCESS_KEY. (Or use admin user credentials instead)

  • Set AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS environment variable

    export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=AKIATEST
    export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=TESTTEST
    export AWS_REGION=eu-west-1
    export AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS=$(clusterawsadm bootstrap credentials encode-as-profile)
    

Running local management cluster for development

Before the next steps, make sure initial setup for development environment steps are complete.

There are two ways to build aws manager from local cluster-api-provider-aws source and run it in local kind cluster:

Option 1: Setting up Development Environment with Tilt

Tilt is a tool for quickly building, pushing, and reloading Docker containers as part of a Kubernetes deployment. Many of the Cluster API engineers use it for quick iteration. Please see our Tilt instructions to get started.

Option 2: The Old-fashioned way

Running cluster-api and cluster-api-provider-aws controllers in a kind cluster:

  1. Create a local kind cluster
    • kind create cluster
  2. Install core cluster-api controllers (the version must match the cluster-api version in go.mod)
    • clusterctl init --core cluster-api:v0.3.16 --bootstrap kubeadm:v0.3.16 --control-plane kubeadm:v0.3.16
  3. Build cluster-api-provider-aws docker images
    • make e2e-image
  4. Release manifests under ./out directory
    • RELEASE_TAG="e2e" make release-manifests
  5. Apply the manifests
    • kubectl apply -f ./out/infrastructure.yaml

Developing Cluster API Provider AWS with Tilt

This document describes how to use kind and Tilt for a simplified workflow that offers easy deployments and rapid iterative builds. Before the next steps, make sure initial setup for development environment steps are complete.

Also, visit the Cluster API documentation on Tilt for more information on how to set up your development environment.

Create a kind cluster

First, make sure you have a kind cluster and that your KUBECONFIG is set up correctly:

kind create cluster --name=capi-test

This local cluster will be running all the cluster api controllers and become the management cluster which then can be used to spin up workload clusters on AWS.

Get the source

Get the source for core cluster-api for development with Tilt along with cluster-api-provider-aws.

cd "$(go env GOPATH)"/src
mkdir sigs.k8s.io
cd sigs.k8s.io/
git clone git@github.com:kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api.git
cd cluster-api
git fetch upstream

Create a tilt-settings.json file

Next, create a tilt-settings.json file and place it in your local copy of cluster-api. Here is an example:

Example tilt-settings.json for CAPA clusters:

{
  "enable_providers": [
    "kubeadm-bootstrap",
    "kubeadm-control-plane",
    "aws"
  ],
  "default_registry": "gcr.io/your-project-name-here",
  "provider_repos": [
    "/Users/username/go/src/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2"
  ],
  "kustomize_substitutions": {
    "EXP_CLUSTER_RESOURCE_SET": "true",
    "EXP_MACHINE_POOL": "true",
    "EVENT_BRIDGE_INSTANCE_STATE": "true",
    "AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS": "W2RlZmFZSZnRg==",
    "EXP_EKS_FARGATE": "false",
    "CAPA_EKS_IAM": "false",
    "CAPA_EKS_ADD_ROLES": "false",
    "EXP_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITION": "true"
  },
  "extra_args": {
    "aws": ["--v=2"]
  }
}

Example tilt-settings.json for EKS managed clusters prior to CAPA v0.7.0:

{
    "default_registry": "gcr.io/your-project-name-here",
    "provider_repos": ["../cluster-api-provider-aws"],
    "enable_providers": ["eks-bootstrap", "eks-controlplane", "kubeadm-bootstrap", "kubeadm-control-plane", "aws"],
    "kustomize_substitutions": {
        "AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS": "W2RlZmFZSZnRg==",
        "EXP_EKS": "true",
        "EXP_EKS_IAM": "true",
        "EXP_MACHINE_POOL": "true"
    },
    "extra_args": {
        "aws": ["--v=2"],
        "eks-bootstrap": ["--v=2"],
        "eks-controlplane": ["--v=2"]
    }
  }

Debugging

If you would like to debug CAPA (or core CAPI / another provider) you can run the provider with delve. This will then allow you to attach to delve and debug.

To do this you need to use the debug configuration in tilt-settings.json. Full details of the options can be seen here.

An example tilt-settings.json:

{
  "enable_providers": [
    "kubeadm-bootstrap",
    "kubeadm-control-plane",
    "aws"
  ],
  "default_registry": "gcr.io/your-project-name-here",
  "provider_repos": [
    "/Users/username/go/src/sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2"
  ],
  "kustomize_substitutions": {
    "EXP_CLUSTER_RESOURCE_SET": "true",
    "EXP_MACHINE_POOL": "true",
    "EVENT_BRIDGE_INSTANCE_STATE": "true",
    "AWS_B64ENCODED_CREDENTIALS": "W2RlZmFZSZnRg==",
    "EXP_EKS_FARGATE": "false",
    "CAPA_EKS_IAM": "false",
    "CAPA_EKS_ADD_ROLES": "false"
  },
  "extra_args": {
    "aws": ["--v=2"]
  }
  "debug": {
    "aws": {
      "continue": true,
      "port": 30000
    }
  }
}

Once you have run tilt (see section below) you will be able to connect to the running instance of delve.

For vscode, you can use the a launch configuration like this:

    {
        "name": "Connect to CAPA",
        "type": "go",
        "request": "attach",
        "mode": "remote",
        "remotePath": "",
        "port": 30000,
        "host": "127.0.0.1",
        "showLog": true,
        "trace": "log",
        "logOutput": "rpc"
    }

For GoLand/IntelliJ add a new run configuration following these instructions.

Or you could use delve directly from the CLI using a command similar to this:

dlv-dap connect 127.0.0.1:3000

Run Tilt!

To launch your development environment, run:

tilt up

kind cluster becomes a management cluster after this point, check the pods running on the kind cluster kubectl get pods -A.

Create workload clusters

Set the following variables for both CAPA and EKS managed clusters:

export AWS_SSH_KEY_NAME=<sshkeypair>
export KUBERNETES_VERSION=v1.20.2
export CLUSTER_NAME=capi-<test-clustename>
export CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_COUNT=1
export AWS_CONTROL_PLANE_MACHINE_TYPE=t3.large
export WORKER_MACHINE_COUNT=1
export AWS_NODE_MACHINE_TYPE=t3.large

Set the following variables for only EKS managed clusters:

export AWS_EKS_ROLE_ARN=arn:aws:iam::<accountid>:role/aws-service-role/eks.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForAmazonEKS
export EKS_KUBERNETES_VERSION=v1.15

Create CAPA managed workload cluster:

cat templates/cluster-template.yaml
cat templates/cluster-template.yaml | $HOME/go/bin/envsubst > test-cluster.yaml
kubectl apply -f test-cluster.yaml

Create EKS workload cluster:

cat templates/cluster-template-eks.yaml
cat templates/cluster-template-eks.yaml | $HOME/go/bin/envsubst > test-cluster.yaml
kubectl apply -f test-cluster.yaml

Check the tilt logs and wait for the clusters to be created.

Clean up

Before deleting the kind cluster, make sure you delete all the workload clusters.

kubectl delete cluster <clustername>
tilt up (ctrl-c)
kind delete cluster

Troubleshooting

  • Make sure you have at least three available spaces EIP and NAT Gateways to be created
  • If your git starts throwing this error
flag provided but not defined: -variables
Usage: envsubst [options...] <input>

you might need to reinstall the system envsubst

brew install gettetxt
# or
brew reinstall gettext

Make sure you specify which envsubst you are using

Developing E2E tests

Visit the Cluster API documentation on E2E for information on how to develop and run e2e tests.

Set up

It’s recommended to create a separate AWS account to run E2E tests. This ensures it does not conflict with your other cluster API environment.

Running from CLI

e2e tests can be run using Makefile targets:

$ make test-e2e
$ make test-e2e-eks

The following useful env variables can help to speed up the runs:

  • E2E_ARGS="--skip-cloudformation-creation --skip-cloudformation-deletion" - in case the cloudformation stack is already properly set up, this ensures a quicker start and tear down.
  • GINKGO_FOCUS='\[PR-Blocking\]' - only run a subset of tests
  • USE_EXISTING_CLUSTER - use an existing management cluster (useful if you have a Tilt setup)

Running in IDEs

The following example assumes you run a management cluster locally (e.g. using Tilt).

IntelliJ/GoLand

The following run configuration can be used:

<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
  <configuration default="false" name="capa e2e: unmanaged PR-Blocking" type="GoTestRunConfiguration" factoryName="Go Test">
    <module name="cluster-api-provider-aws" />
    <working_directory value="$PROJECT_DIR$/test/e2e/suites/unmanaged" />
    <parameters value="-ginkgo.focus=&quot;\[PR-Blocking\]&quot; -ginkgo.v=true -artifacts-folder=$PROJECT_DIR$/_artifacts --data-folder=$PROJECT_DIR$/test/e2e/data -use-existing-cluster=true -config-path=$PROJECT_DIR$/test/e2e/data/e2e_conf.yaml" />
    <envs>
      <env name="AWS_REGION" value="SET_AWS_REGION" />
      <env name="AWS_PROFILE" value="IF_YOU_HAVE_MULTIPLE_PROFILES" />
      <env name="AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID" value="REPLACE_ACCESS_KEY" />
      <env name="AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY" value="2W2RlZmFZSZnRg==" />
    </envs>
    <kind value="PACKAGE" />
    <package value="sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/test/e2e/suites/unmanaged" />
    <directory value="$PROJECT_DIR$" />
    <filePath value="$PROJECT_DIR$" />
    <framework value="gotest" />
    <pattern value="^\QTestE2E\E$" />
    <method v="2" />
  </configuration>
</component>

Visual Studio Code

With the example above, you can configure a launch configuration for VSCode.

Coding Conventions

Below is a collection of conventions, guidlines and general tips for writing code for this project.

API Definitions

Don’t Expose 3rd Party Package Types

When adding new or modifying API types don’t expose 3rd party package types/enums via the CAPA API definitions. Instead create our own versions and where provide mapping functions.

For example:

Don’t use struct pointer slices

When adding new fields to an API type don’t use a slice of struct pointers. This can cause issues with the code generator for the conversion functions. Instead use struct slices.

For example:

Instead of this

	// Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.
	// +optional
	NonRootVolumes []*Volume `json:"nonRootVolumes,omitempty"`

use

	// Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.
	// +optional
	NonRootVolumes []Volume `json:"nonRootVolumes,omitempty"`

And then within the code you can check the length or range over the slice.

Tests

There are three types of tests written for CAPA controllers in this repo:

  • Unit tests
  • Integration tests
  • E2E tests

In these tests, we use fakeclient, envtest and gomock libraries based on the requirements of individual test types.

If any new unit, integration or E2E tests has to be added in this repo,we should follow the below conventions.

Unit tests

These tests are meant to verify the functions inside the same controller file where we perform sanity checks, functionality checks etc. These tests go into the file with suffix *_unit_test.go.

Integration tests

These tests are meant to verify the overall flow of the reconcile calls in the controllers to test the flows for all the services/subcomponents of controllers as a whole. These tests go into the file with suffix *_test.go.

E2E tests

These tests are meant to verify the proper functioning of a CAPA cluster in an environment that resembles a real production environment. For details, refer here.

Nightly Builds

Nightly builds are regular automated builds of the CAPA source code that occur every night.

These builds are generated directly from the latest commit of source code on the main branch.

Nightly builds serve several purposes:

  • Early Testing: They provide an opportunity for developers and testers to access the most recent changes in the codebase and identify any issues or bugs that may have been introduced.
  • Feedback Loop: They facilitate a rapid feedback loop, enabling developers to receive feedback on their changes quickly, allowing them to iterate and improve the code more efficiently.
  • Preview of New Features: Users and can get a preview of upcoming features or changes by testing nightly builds, although these builds may not always be stable enough for production use.

Overall, nightly builds play a crucial role in software development by promoting user testing, early bug detection, and rapid iteration.

CAPA Nightly build jobs run in Prow. For details on how this is configured you can check the Periodics Jobs section.

Usage

To try a nightly build, you can download the latest built nightly CAPA manifests, you can find the available ones by executing the following command:

curl -sL -H 'Accept: application/json' "https://storage.googleapis.com/storage/v1/b/k8s-staging-cluster-api-aws/o" | jq -r '.items | map(select(.name | startswith("components/nightly_main"))) | .[] | [.timeCreated,.mediaLink] | @tsv'

The output should look something like this:

2024-05-03T08:03:09.087Z        https://storage.googleapis.com/download/storage/v1/b/k8s-staging-cluster-api-aws/o/components%2Fnightly_main_2024050x?generation=1714723389033961&alt=media
2024-05-04T08:02:52.517Z        https://storage.googleapis.com/download/storage/v1/b/k8s-staging-cluster-api-aws/o/components%2Fnightly_main_2024050y?generation=1714809772486582&alt=media
2024-05-05T08:02:45.840Z        https://storage.googleapis.com/download/storage/v1/b/k8s-staging-cluster-api-aws/o/components%2Fnightly_main_2024050z?generation=1714896165803510&alt=media

Now visit the link for the manifest you want to download. This will automatically download the manifest for you.

Once downloaded you can apply the manifest directly to your testing CAPI management cluster/namespace (e.g. with kubectl), as the downloaded CAPA manifest will already contain the correct, corresponding CAPA nightly image reference.

Publish AMIs

Publishing new AMIs is done via manually invoking a GitHub Actions workflow.

NOTE: the plan is to ultimately fully automate the process in the future (see this issue for progress).

NOTE: there are some issues with the RHEL based images at present.

Get build inputs

For a new Kubernetes version that you want to build an AMI for you will need to determine the following values:

InputDescription
kubernetes_semverThe semver version of k8s you want to build an AMI for. In format vMAJOR.MINOR.PATCH.
kubernetes_seriesThe release series for the Kubernetes version. In format vMAJOR.MINOR.
kubernetes_deb_versionThe version of the debian package for the release.
kubernetes_rpm_versionThe version of the rpm package for the release
kubernetes_cni_semverThe version of CNI to include. It needs to match the k8s release.
kubernetes_cni_deb_versionThe version of the debian package for the CNI release to use
crictl_versionThe vesion of the cri-tools package to install into the AMI

You can determine these values directly or by looking at the publish debian apt repositories for the k8s release.

Build

Using GitHub Actions Workflow

To build the AMI using GitHub actions you must have write access to the CAPA repository (i.e. be a maintainer or part of release team).

To build the new version:

  1. Got to the GitHub Action
  2. Click the Start Workflow button
  3. Fill in the details of the build
  4. Click Run

Manually

**WARNING: the manual process should only be followed in exceptional circumstances.

To build manually you must have admin access to the CNCF AWS account used for the AMIs.

The steps to build manually are:

  1. Clone image-builder
  2. Open a terminal
  3. Set the AWS environment variables for the CAPA AMI account
  4. Change directory into images/capi
  5. Create a new file called vars.json with the following content (substituing the values with the build inputs):
{
    "kubernetes_rpm_version": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "kubernetes_semver": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "kubernetes_series": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "kubernetes_deb_version": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "kubernetes_cni_semver": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "kubernetes_cni_deb_version": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>",
    "crictl_version": "<INSERT_INPUT_VALUE>"
}
  1. Install dependencies by running:
make deps-ami
  1. Build the AMIs using:
PACKER_VAR_FILES=vars.json make build-ami-ubuntu-2204
PACKER_VAR_FILES=vars.json make build-ami-ubuntu-2404
PACKER_VAR_FILES=vars.json make build-ami-flatcar
PACKER_VAR_FILES=vars.json make build-ami-rhel-8

Additional Information

  • The AMIs are hosted in a CNCF owned AWS account (819546954734).
  • The AWS resources that are needed to support the GitHub Actions workflow are created via terraform. Source is here.
  • OIDC and IAM Roles are used to grant access via short lived credentials to the GitHub Action workflow instance when it runs.

Packages:

ami.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1

Package v1beta1 contains API Schema definitions for the AMI v1beta1 API group

Resource Types:

    AWSAMI

    AWSAMI defines an AMI.

    Field Description
    metadata
    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
    spec
    AWSAMISpec


    os
    string
    region
    string
    imageID
    string
    kubernetesVersion
    string

    AWSAMISpec

    (Appears on:AWSAMI)

    AWSAMISpec defines an AMI.

    Field Description
    os
    string
    region
    string
    imageID
    string
    kubernetesVersion
    string

    bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1alpha1

    Package v1alpha1 contains API Schema definitions for the bootstrap v1alpha1 API group

    Resource Types:

      AWSIAMConfiguration

      AWSIAMConfiguration controls the creation of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) resources for use by Kubernetes clusters and Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

      Field Description
      spec
      AWSIAMConfigurationSpec


      namePrefix
      string

      NamePrefix will be prepended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “”.

      nameSuffix
      string

      NameSuffix will be appended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”.

      controlPlane
      ControlPlane

      ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for a Kubernetes cluster’s control plane nodes.

      clusterAPIControllers
      ClusterAPIControllers

      ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of an IAM role and policy specifically for Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

      nodes
      Nodes

      Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for all nodes in a Kubernetes cluster.

      bootstrapUser
      BootstrapUser

      BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

      stackName
      string

      StackName defines the name of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

      region
      string

      Region controls which region the control-plane is created in if not specified on the command line or via environment variables.

      eks
      EKSConfig

      EKS controls the configuration related to EKS. Settings in here affect the control plane and nodes roles

      eventBridge
      EventBridgeConfig

      EventBridge controls configuration for consuming EventBridge events

      partition
      string

      Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

      secureSecretBackends
      []SecretBackend

      SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will create AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage policies. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will generate AWS Secrets Manager policies instead.

      AWSIAMConfigurationSpec

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfiguration)

      AWSIAMConfigurationSpec defines the specification of the AWSIAMConfiguration.

      Field Description
      namePrefix
      string

      NamePrefix will be prepended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “”.

      nameSuffix
      string

      NameSuffix will be appended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”.

      controlPlane
      ControlPlane

      ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for a Kubernetes cluster’s control plane nodes.

      clusterAPIControllers
      ClusterAPIControllers

      ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of an IAM role and policy specifically for Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

      nodes
      Nodes

      Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for all nodes in a Kubernetes cluster.

      bootstrapUser
      BootstrapUser

      BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

      stackName
      string

      StackName defines the name of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

      region
      string

      Region controls which region the control-plane is created in if not specified on the command line or via environment variables.

      eks
      EKSConfig

      EKS controls the configuration related to EKS. Settings in here affect the control plane and nodes roles

      eventBridge
      EventBridgeConfig

      EventBridge controls configuration for consuming EventBridge events

      partition
      string

      Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

      secureSecretBackends
      []SecretBackend

      SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will create AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage policies. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will generate AWS Secrets Manager policies instead.

      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      (Appears on:ClusterAPIControllers, ControlPlane, EKSConfig, Nodes)

      AWSIAMRoleSpec defines common configuration for AWS IAM roles created by Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

      Field Description
      disable
      bool

      Disable if set to true will not create the AWS IAM role. Defaults to false.

      extraPolicyAttachments
      []string

      ExtraPolicyAttachments is a list of additional policies to be attached to the IAM role.

      extraStatements
      []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

      ExtraStatements are additional IAM statements to be included inline for the role.

      trustStatements
      []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

      TrustStatements is an IAM PolicyDocument defining what identities are allowed to assume this role. See “sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/iam/v1beta1” for more documentation.

      tags
      Tags

      Tags is a map of tags to be applied to the AWS IAM role.

      BootstrapUser

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

      Field Description
      enable
      bool

      Enable controls whether or not a bootstrap AWS IAM user will be created. This can be used to scope down the initial credentials used to bootstrap the cluster. Defaults to false.

      userName
      string

      UserName controls the username of the bootstrap user. Defaults to “bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”

      groupName
      string

      GroupName controls the group the user will belong to. Defaults to “bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”

      extraPolicyAttachments
      []string

      ExtraPolicyAttachments is a list of additional policies to be attached to the IAM user.

      extraGroups
      []string

      ExtraGroups is a list of groups to add this user to.

      extraStatements
      []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

      ExtraStatements are additional AWS IAM policy document statements to be included inline for the user.

      tags
      Tags

      Tags is a map of tags to be applied to the AWS IAM user.

      ClusterAPIControllers

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS controller.

      Field Description
      AWSIAMRoleSpec
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

      allowedEC2InstanceProfiles
      []string

      AllowedEC2InstanceProfiles controls which EC2 roles are allowed to be consumed by Cluster API when creating an ec2 instance. Defaults to *., where suffix is defaulted to .cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io

      ControlPlane

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the control plane of provisioned Kubernetes clusters.

      Field Description
      AWSIAMRoleSpec
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

      disableClusterAPIControllerPolicyAttachment
      bool

      DisableClusterAPIControllerPolicyAttachment, if set to true, will not attach the AWS IAM policy for Cluster API Provider AWS to the control plane role. Defaults to false.

      disableCloudProviderPolicy
      bool

      DisableCloudProviderPolicy if set to true, will not generate and attach the AWS IAM policy for the AWS Cloud Provider.

      enableCSIPolicy
      bool

      EnableCSIPolicy if set to true, will generate and attach the AWS IAM policy for the EBS CSI Driver.

      EKSConfig

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      EKSConfig represents the EKS related configuration config.

      Field Description
      disable
      bool

      Disable controls whether EKS-related permissions are granted

      iamRoleCreation
      bool

      AllowIAMRoleCreation controls whether the EKS controllers have permissions for creating IAM roles per cluster

      enableUserEKSConsolePolicy
      bool

      EnableUserEKSConsolePolicy controls the creation of the policy to view EKS nodes and workloads.

      defaultControlPlaneRole
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      DefaultControlPlaneRole controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the EKS control plane. This is the default role that will be used if no role is included in the spec and automatic creation of the role isn’t enabled

      managedMachinePool
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      ManagedMachinePool controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for used by EKS managed machine pools.

      fargate
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      Fargate controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for used by EKS managed machine pools.

      kmsAliasPrefix
      string

      KMSAliasPrefix is prefix to use to restrict permission to KMS keys to only those that have an alias name that is prefixed by this. Defaults to cluster-api-provider-aws-*

      EventBridgeConfig

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      EventBridgeConfig represents configuration for enabling experimental feature to consume EventBridge EC2 events.

      Field Description
      enable
      bool

      Enable controls whether permissions are granted to consume EC2 events

      Nodes

      (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

      Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for worker nodes in a cluster created by Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

      Field Description
      AWSIAMRoleSpec
      AWSIAMRoleSpec

      (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

      disableCloudProviderPolicy
      bool

      DisableCloudProviderPolicy if set to true, will not generate and attach the policy for the AWS Cloud Provider. Defaults to false.

      ec2ContainerRegistryReadOnly
      bool

      EC2ContainerRegistryReadOnly controls whether the node has read-only access to the EC2 container registry


      bootstrap.aws.infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1

      Package v1beta1 contains API Schema definitions for the bootstrap v1beta1 API group

      Resource Types:

        AWSIAMConfiguration

        AWSIAMConfiguration controls the creation of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) resources for use by Kubernetes clusters and Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

        Field Description
        spec
        AWSIAMConfigurationSpec


        namePrefix
        string

        NamePrefix will be prepended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “”.

        nameSuffix
        string

        NameSuffix will be appended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”.

        controlPlane
        ControlPlane

        ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for a Kubernetes cluster’s control plane nodes.

        clusterAPIControllers
        ClusterAPIControllers

        ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of an IAM role and policy specifically for Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

        nodes
        Nodes

        Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for all nodes in a Kubernetes cluster.

        bootstrapUser
        BootstrapUser

        BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

        stackName
        string

        StackName defines the name of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

        stackTags
        map[string]string
        (Optional)

        StackTags defines the tags of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

        region
        string

        Region controls which region the control-plane is created in if not specified on the command line or via environment variables.

        eks
        EKSConfig

        EKS controls the configuration related to EKS. Settings in here affect the control plane and nodes roles

        eventBridge
        EventBridgeConfig

        EventBridge controls configuration for consuming EventBridge events

        partition
        string

        Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

        secureSecretBackends
        []SecretBackend

        SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will create AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage policies. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will generate AWS Secrets Manager policies instead.

        s3Buckets
        S3Buckets
        (Optional)

        S3Buckets, when enabled, will add controller nodes permissions to create S3 Buckets for workload clusters. TODO: This field could be a pointer, but it seems it breaks setting default values?

        allowAssumeRole
        bool

        AllowAssumeRole enables the sts:AssumeRole permission within the CAPA policies

        AWSIAMConfigurationSpec

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfiguration)

        AWSIAMConfigurationSpec defines the specification of the AWSIAMConfiguration.

        Field Description
        namePrefix
        string

        NamePrefix will be prepended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “”.

        nameSuffix
        string

        NameSuffix will be appended to every AWS IAM role, user and policy created by clusterawsadm. Defaults to “.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”.

        controlPlane
        ControlPlane

        ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for a Kubernetes cluster’s control plane nodes.

        clusterAPIControllers
        ClusterAPIControllers

        ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of an IAM role and policy specifically for Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

        nodes
        Nodes

        Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for all nodes in a Kubernetes cluster.

        bootstrapUser
        BootstrapUser

        BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

        stackName
        string

        StackName defines the name of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

        stackTags
        map[string]string
        (Optional)

        StackTags defines the tags of the AWS CloudFormation stack.

        region
        string

        Region controls which region the control-plane is created in if not specified on the command line or via environment variables.

        eks
        EKSConfig

        EKS controls the configuration related to EKS. Settings in here affect the control plane and nodes roles

        eventBridge
        EventBridgeConfig

        EventBridge controls configuration for consuming EventBridge events

        partition
        string

        Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

        secureSecretBackends
        []SecretBackend

        SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will create AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage policies. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will generate AWS Secrets Manager policies instead.

        s3Buckets
        S3Buckets
        (Optional)

        S3Buckets, when enabled, will add controller nodes permissions to create S3 Buckets for workload clusters. TODO: This field could be a pointer, but it seems it breaks setting default values?

        allowAssumeRole
        bool

        AllowAssumeRole enables the sts:AssumeRole permission within the CAPA policies

        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        (Appears on:ClusterAPIControllers, ControlPlane, EKSConfig, Nodes)

        AWSIAMRoleSpec defines common configuration for AWS IAM roles created by Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

        Field Description
        disable
        bool

        Disable if set to true will not create the AWS IAM role. Defaults to false.

        extraPolicyAttachments
        []string

        ExtraPolicyAttachments is a list of additional policies to be attached to the IAM role.

        extraStatements
        []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

        ExtraStatements are additional IAM statements to be included inline for the role.

        trustStatements
        []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

        TrustStatements is an IAM PolicyDocument defining what identities are allowed to assume this role. See “sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/cmd/clusterawsadm/api/iam/v1beta1” for more documentation.

        tags
        Tags

        Tags is a map of tags to be applied to the AWS IAM role.

        BootstrapUser

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        BootstrapUser contains a list of elements that is specific to the configuration and enablement of an IAM user.

        Field Description
        enable
        bool

        Enable controls whether or not a bootstrap AWS IAM user will be created. This can be used to scope down the initial credentials used to bootstrap the cluster. Defaults to false.

        userName
        string

        UserName controls the username of the bootstrap user. Defaults to “bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”

        groupName
        string

        GroupName controls the group the user will belong to. Defaults to “bootstrapper.cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io”

        extraPolicyAttachments
        []string

        ExtraPolicyAttachments is a list of additional policies to be attached to the IAM user.

        extraGroups
        []string

        ExtraGroups is a list of groups to add this user to.

        extraStatements
        []Cluster API AWS iam/api/v1beta1.StatementEntry

        ExtraStatements are additional AWS IAM policy document statements to be included inline for the user.

        tags
        Tags

        Tags is a map of tags to be applied to the AWS IAM user.

        ClusterAPIControllers

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        ClusterAPIControllers controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS controller.

        Field Description
        AWSIAMRoleSpec
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

        allowedEC2InstanceProfiles
        []string

        AllowedEC2InstanceProfiles controls which EC2 roles are allowed to be consumed by Cluster API when creating an ec2 instance. Defaults to *., where suffix is defaulted to .cluster-api-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io

        ControlPlane

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        ControlPlane controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the control plane of provisioned Kubernetes clusters.

        Field Description
        AWSIAMRoleSpec
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

        disableClusterAPIControllerPolicyAttachment
        bool

        DisableClusterAPIControllerPolicyAttachment, if set to true, will not attach the AWS IAM policy for Cluster API Provider AWS to the control plane role. Defaults to false.

        disableCloudProviderPolicy
        bool

        DisableCloudProviderPolicy if set to true, will not generate and attach the AWS IAM policy for the AWS Cloud Provider.

        enableCSIPolicy
        bool

        EnableCSIPolicy if set to true, will generate and attach the AWS IAM policy for the EBS CSI Driver.

        EKSConfig

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        EKSConfig represents the EKS related configuration config.

        Field Description
        disable
        bool

        Disable controls whether EKS-related permissions are granted

        iamRoleCreation
        bool

        AllowIAMRoleCreation controls whether the EKS controllers have permissions for creating IAM roles per cluster

        enableUserEKSConsolePolicy
        bool

        EnableUserEKSConsolePolicy controls the creation of the policy to view EKS nodes and workloads.

        defaultControlPlaneRole
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        DefaultControlPlaneRole controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for the EKS control plane. This is the default role that will be used if no role is included in the spec and automatic creation of the role isn’t enabled

        managedMachinePool
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        ManagedMachinePool controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for used by EKS managed machine pools.

        fargate
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        Fargate controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for used by EKS managed machine pools.

        kmsAliasPrefix
        string

        KMSAliasPrefix is prefix to use to restrict permission to KMS keys to only those that have an alias name that is prefixed by this. Defaults to cluster-api-provider-aws-*

        EventBridgeConfig

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        EventBridgeConfig represents configuration for enabling experimental feature to consume EventBridge EC2 events.

        Field Description
        enable
        bool

        Enable controls whether permissions are granted to consume EC2 events

        Nodes

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        Nodes controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for worker nodes in a cluster created by Kubernetes Cluster API Provider AWS.

        Field Description
        AWSIAMRoleSpec
        AWSIAMRoleSpec

        (Members of AWSIAMRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

        disableCloudProviderPolicy
        bool

        DisableCloudProviderPolicy if set to true, will not generate and attach the policy for the AWS Cloud Provider. Defaults to false.

        ec2ContainerRegistryReadOnly
        bool

        EC2ContainerRegistryReadOnly controls whether the node has read-only access to the EC2 container registry

        S3Buckets

        (Appears on:AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

        S3Buckets controls the configuration of the AWS IAM role for S3 buckets which can be created for storing bootstrap data for nodes requiring it.

        Field Description
        enable
        bool

        Enable controls whether permissions are granted to manage S3 buckets.

        namePrefix
        string

        NamePrefix will be prepended to every AWS IAM role bucket name. Defaults to “cluster-api-provider-aws-”. AWSCluster S3 Bucket name must be prefixed with the same prefix.


        bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1

        Resource Types:

          EKSConfig

          EKSConfig is the schema for the Amazon EKS Machine Bootstrap Configuration API.

          Field Description
          metadata
          Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
          Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
          spec
          EKSConfigSpec


          kubeletExtraArgs
          map[string]string
          (Optional)

          KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

          containerRuntime
          string
          (Optional)

          ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

          dnsClusterIP
          string
          (Optional)

          DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

          dockerConfigJson
          string
          (Optional)

          DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

          apiRetryAttempts
          int
          (Optional)

          APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

          pauseContainer
          PauseContainer
          (Optional)

          PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

          useMaxPods
          bool
          (Optional)

          UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

          serviceIPV6Cidr
          string
          (Optional)

          ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

          status
          EKSConfigStatus

          EKSConfigSpec

          (Appears on:EKSConfig, EKSConfigTemplateResource)

          EKSConfigSpec defines the desired state of Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration.

          Field Description
          kubeletExtraArgs
          map[string]string
          (Optional)

          KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

          containerRuntime
          string
          (Optional)

          ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

          dnsClusterIP
          string
          (Optional)

          DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

          dockerConfigJson
          string
          (Optional)

          DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

          apiRetryAttempts
          int
          (Optional)

          APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

          pauseContainer
          PauseContainer
          (Optional)

          PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

          useMaxPods
          bool
          (Optional)

          UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

          serviceIPV6Cidr
          string
          (Optional)

          ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

          EKSConfigStatus

          (Appears on:EKSConfig)

          EKSConfigStatus defines the observed state of the Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration.

          Field Description
          ready
          bool

          Ready indicates the BootstrapData secret is ready to be consumed

          dataSecretName
          string
          (Optional)

          DataSecretName is the name of the secret that stores the bootstrap data script.

          failureReason
          string
          (Optional)

          FailureReason will be set on non-retryable errors

          failureMessage
          string
          (Optional)

          FailureMessage will be set on non-retryable errors

          observedGeneration
          int64
          (Optional)

          ObservedGeneration is the latest generation observed by the controller.

          conditions
          Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
          (Optional)

          Conditions defines current service state of the EKSConfig.

          EKSConfigTemplate

          EKSConfigTemplate is the Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration Template API.

          Field Description
          metadata
          Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
          Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
          spec
          EKSConfigTemplateSpec


          template
          EKSConfigTemplateResource

          EKSConfigTemplateResource

          (Appears on:EKSConfigTemplateSpec)

          EKSConfigTemplateResource defines the Template structure.

          Field Description
          spec
          EKSConfigSpec


          kubeletExtraArgs
          map[string]string
          (Optional)

          KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

          containerRuntime
          string
          (Optional)

          ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

          dnsClusterIP
          string
          (Optional)

          DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

          dockerConfigJson
          string
          (Optional)

          DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

          apiRetryAttempts
          int
          (Optional)

          APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

          pauseContainer
          PauseContainer
          (Optional)

          PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

          useMaxPods
          bool
          (Optional)

          UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

          serviceIPV6Cidr
          string
          (Optional)

          ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

          EKSConfigTemplateSpec

          (Appears on:EKSConfigTemplate)

          EKSConfigTemplateSpec defines the desired state of templated EKSConfig Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration resources.

          Field Description
          template
          EKSConfigTemplateResource

          PauseContainer

          (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

          PauseContainer contains details of pause container.

          Field Description
          accountNumber
          string

          AccountNumber is the AWS account number to pull the pause container from.

          version
          string

          Version is the tag of the pause container to use.


          bootstrap.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2

          Package v1beta2 contains API Schema definitions for the Amazon EKS Bootstrap v1beta2 API group.

          Resource Types:

            DiskSetup

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            DiskSetup defines input for generated disk_setup and fs_setup in cloud-init.

            Field Description
            partitions
            []Partition
            (Optional)

            Partitions specifies the list of the partitions to setup.

            filesystems
            []Filesystem
            (Optional)

            Filesystems specifies the list of file systems to setup.

            EKSConfig

            EKSConfig is the schema for the Amazon EKS Machine Bootstrap Configuration API.

            Field Description
            metadata
            Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
            Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
            spec
            EKSConfigSpec


            kubeletExtraArgs
            map[string]string
            (Optional)

            KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

            containerRuntime
            string
            (Optional)

            ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

            dnsClusterIP
            string
            (Optional)

            DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

            dockerConfigJson
            string
            (Optional)

            DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

            apiRetryAttempts
            int
            (Optional)

            APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

            pauseContainer
            PauseContainer
            (Optional)

            PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

            useMaxPods
            bool
            (Optional)

            UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

            serviceIPV6Cidr
            string
            (Optional)

            ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

            preBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PreBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run before bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            postBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PostBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run after bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            boostrapCommandOverride
            string
            (Optional)

            BootstrapCommandOverride allows you to override the bootstrap command to use for EKS nodes.

            files
            []File
            (Optional)

            Files specifies extra files to be passed to user_data upon creation.

            diskSetup
            DiskSetup
            (Optional)

            DiskSetup specifies options for the creation of partition tables and file systems on devices.

            mounts
            []MountPoints
            (Optional)

            Mounts specifies a list of mount points to be setup.

            users
            []User
            (Optional)

            Users specifies extra users to add

            ntp
            NTP
            (Optional)

            NTP specifies NTP configuration

            status
            EKSConfigStatus

            EKSConfigSpec

            (Appears on:EKSConfig, EKSConfigTemplateResource)

            EKSConfigSpec defines the desired state of Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration.

            Field Description
            kubeletExtraArgs
            map[string]string
            (Optional)

            KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

            containerRuntime
            string
            (Optional)

            ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

            dnsClusterIP
            string
            (Optional)

            DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

            dockerConfigJson
            string
            (Optional)

            DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

            apiRetryAttempts
            int
            (Optional)

            APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

            pauseContainer
            PauseContainer
            (Optional)

            PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

            useMaxPods
            bool
            (Optional)

            UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

            serviceIPV6Cidr
            string
            (Optional)

            ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

            preBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PreBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run before bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            postBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PostBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run after bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            boostrapCommandOverride
            string
            (Optional)

            BootstrapCommandOverride allows you to override the bootstrap command to use for EKS nodes.

            files
            []File
            (Optional)

            Files specifies extra files to be passed to user_data upon creation.

            diskSetup
            DiskSetup
            (Optional)

            DiskSetup specifies options for the creation of partition tables and file systems on devices.

            mounts
            []MountPoints
            (Optional)

            Mounts specifies a list of mount points to be setup.

            users
            []User
            (Optional)

            Users specifies extra users to add

            ntp
            NTP
            (Optional)

            NTP specifies NTP configuration

            EKSConfigStatus

            (Appears on:EKSConfig)

            EKSConfigStatus defines the observed state of the Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration.

            Field Description
            ready
            bool

            Ready indicates the BootstrapData secret is ready to be consumed

            dataSecretName
            string
            (Optional)

            DataSecretName is the name of the secret that stores the bootstrap data script.

            failureReason
            string
            (Optional)

            FailureReason will be set on non-retryable errors

            failureMessage
            string
            (Optional)

            FailureMessage will be set on non-retryable errors

            observedGeneration
            int64
            (Optional)

            ObservedGeneration is the latest generation observed by the controller.

            conditions
            Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
            (Optional)

            Conditions defines current service state of the EKSConfig.

            EKSConfigTemplate

            EKSConfigTemplate is the Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration Template API.

            Field Description
            metadata
            Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
            Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
            spec
            EKSConfigTemplateSpec


            template
            EKSConfigTemplateResource

            EKSConfigTemplateResource

            (Appears on:EKSConfigTemplateSpec)

            EKSConfigTemplateResource defines the Template structure.

            Field Description
            spec
            EKSConfigSpec


            kubeletExtraArgs
            map[string]string
            (Optional)

            KubeletExtraArgs passes the specified kubelet args into the Amazon EKS machine bootstrap script

            containerRuntime
            string
            (Optional)

            ContainerRuntime specify the container runtime to use when bootstrapping EKS.

            dnsClusterIP
            string
            (Optional)

            DNSClusterIP overrides the IP address to use for DNS queries within the cluster.

            dockerConfigJson
            string
            (Optional)

            DockerConfigJson is used for the contents of the /etc/docker/daemon.json file. Useful if you want a custom config differing from the default one in the AMI. This is expected to be a json string.

            apiRetryAttempts
            int
            (Optional)

            APIRetryAttempts is the number of retry attempts for AWS API call.

            pauseContainer
            PauseContainer
            (Optional)

            PauseContainer allows customization of the pause container to use.

            useMaxPods
            bool
            (Optional)

            UseMaxPods sets –max-pods for the kubelet when true.

            serviceIPV6Cidr
            string
            (Optional)

            ServiceIPV6Cidr is the ipv6 cidr range of the cluster. If this is specified then the ip family will be set to ipv6.

            preBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PreBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run before bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            postBootstrapCommands
            []string
            (Optional)

            PostBootstrapCommands specifies extra commands to run after bootstrapping nodes to the cluster

            boostrapCommandOverride
            string
            (Optional)

            BootstrapCommandOverride allows you to override the bootstrap command to use for EKS nodes.

            files
            []File
            (Optional)

            Files specifies extra files to be passed to user_data upon creation.

            diskSetup
            DiskSetup
            (Optional)

            DiskSetup specifies options for the creation of partition tables and file systems on devices.

            mounts
            []MountPoints
            (Optional)

            Mounts specifies a list of mount points to be setup.

            users
            []User
            (Optional)

            Users specifies extra users to add

            ntp
            NTP
            (Optional)

            NTP specifies NTP configuration

            EKSConfigTemplateSpec

            (Appears on:EKSConfigTemplate)

            EKSConfigTemplateSpec defines the desired state of templated EKSConfig Amazon EKS Bootstrap Configuration resources.

            Field Description
            template
            EKSConfigTemplateResource

            Encoding (string alias)

            (Appears on:File)

            Encoding specifies the cloud-init file encoding.

            Value Description

            "base64"

            Base64 implies the contents of the file are encoded as base64.

            "gzip"

            Gzip implies the contents of the file are encoded with gzip.

            "gzip+base64"

            GzipBase64 implies the contents of the file are first base64 encoded and then gzip encoded.

            File

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            File defines the input for generating write_files in cloud-init.

            Field Description
            path
            string

            Path specifies the full path on disk where to store the file.

            owner
            string
            (Optional)

            Owner specifies the ownership of the file, e.g. “root:root”.

            permissions
            string
            (Optional)

            Permissions specifies the permissions to assign to the file, e.g. “0640”.

            encoding
            Encoding
            (Optional)

            Encoding specifies the encoding of the file contents.

            append
            bool
            (Optional)

            Append specifies whether to append Content to existing file if Path exists.

            content
            string
            (Optional)

            Content is the actual content of the file.

            contentFrom
            FileSource
            (Optional)

            ContentFrom is a referenced source of content to populate the file.

            FileSource

            (Appears on:File)

            FileSource is a union of all possible external source types for file data. Only one field may be populated in any given instance. Developers adding new sources of data for target systems should add them here.

            Field Description
            secret
            SecretFileSource

            Secret represents a secret that should populate this file.

            Filesystem

            (Appears on:DiskSetup)

            Filesystem defines the file systems to be created.

            Field Description
            device
            string

            Device specifies the device name

            filesystem
            string

            Filesystem specifies the file system type.

            label
            string

            Label specifies the file system label to be used. If set to None, no label is used.

            partition
            string
            (Optional)

            Partition specifies the partition to use. The valid options are: “auto|any”, “auto”, “any”, “none”, and , where NUM is the actual partition number.

            overwrite
            bool
            (Optional)

            Overwrite defines whether or not to overwrite any existing filesystem. If true, any pre-existing file system will be destroyed. Use with Caution.

            extraOpts
            []string
            (Optional)

            ExtraOpts defined extra options to add to the command for creating the file system.

            MountPoints ([]string alias)

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            MountPoints defines input for generated mounts in cloud-init.

            NTP

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            NTP defines input for generated ntp in cloud-init.

            Field Description
            servers
            []string
            (Optional)

            Servers specifies which NTP servers to use

            enabled
            bool
            (Optional)

            Enabled specifies whether NTP should be enabled

            Partition

            (Appears on:DiskSetup)

            Partition defines how to create and layout a partition.

            Field Description
            device
            string

            Device is the name of the device.

            layout
            bool

            Layout specifies the device layout. If it is true, a single partition will be created for the entire device. When layout is false, it means don’t partition or ignore existing partitioning.

            overwrite
            bool
            (Optional)

            Overwrite describes whether to skip checks and create the partition if a partition or filesystem is found on the device. Use with caution. Default is ‘false’.

            tableType
            string
            (Optional)

            TableType specifies the tupe of partition table. The following are supported: ‘mbr’: default and setups a MS-DOS partition table ‘gpt’: setups a GPT partition table

            PasswdSource

            (Appears on:User)

            PasswdSource is a union of all possible external source types for passwd data. Only one field may be populated in any given instance. Developers adding new sources of data for target systems should add them here.

            Field Description
            secret
            SecretPasswdSource

            Secret represents a secret that should populate this password.

            PauseContainer

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            PauseContainer contains details of pause container.

            Field Description
            accountNumber
            string

            AccountNumber is the AWS account number to pull the pause container from.

            version
            string

            Version is the tag of the pause container to use.

            SecretFileSource

            (Appears on:FileSource)

            SecretFileSource adapts a Secret into a FileSource.

            The contents of the target Secret’s Data field will be presented as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.

            Field Description
            name
            string

            Name of the secret in the KubeadmBootstrapConfig’s namespace to use.

            key
            string

            Key is the key in the secret’s data map for this value.

            SecretPasswdSource

            (Appears on:PasswdSource)

            SecretPasswdSource adapts a Secret into a PasswdSource.

            The contents of the target Secret’s Data field will be presented as passwd using the keys in the Data field as the file names.

            Field Description
            name
            string

            Name of the secret in the KubeadmBootstrapConfig’s namespace to use.

            key
            string

            Key is the key in the secret’s data map for this value.

            User

            (Appears on:EKSConfigSpec)

            User defines the input for a generated user in cloud-init.

            Field Description
            name
            string

            Name specifies the username

            gecos
            string
            (Optional)

            Gecos specifies the gecos to use for the user

            groups
            string
            (Optional)

            Groups specifies the additional groups for the user

            homeDir
            string
            (Optional)

            HomeDir specifies the home directory to use for the user

            inactive
            bool
            (Optional)

            Inactive specifies whether to mark the user as inactive

            shell
            string
            (Optional)

            Shell specifies the user’s shell

            passwd
            string
            (Optional)

            Passwd specifies a hashed password for the user

            passwdFrom
            PasswdSource
            (Optional)

            PasswdFrom is a referenced source of passwd to populate the passwd.

            primaryGroup
            string
            (Optional)

            PrimaryGroup specifies the primary group for the user

            lockPassword
            bool
            (Optional)

            LockPassword specifies if password login should be disabled

            sudo
            string
            (Optional)

            Sudo specifies a sudo role for the user

            sshAuthorizedKeys
            []string
            (Optional)

            SSHAuthorizedKeys specifies a list of ssh authorized keys for the user


            controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1

            Package v1beta1 contains API Schema definitions for the controlplane v1beta1 API group

            Resource Types:

              AWSManagedControlPlane

              AWSManagedControlPlane is the schema for the Amazon EKS Managed Control Plane API.

              Field Description
              metadata
              Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
              Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
              spec
              AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec


              eksClusterName
              string
              (Optional)

              EKSClusterName allows you to specify the name of the EKS cluster in AWS. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed control plane.

              identityRef
              AWSIdentityReference

              IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

              network
              NetworkSpec

              NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

              secondaryCidrBlock
              string
              (Optional)

              SecondaryCidrBlock is the additional CIDR range to use for pod IPs. Must be within the 100.64.0.0/10 or 198.19.0.0/16 range.

              region
              string

              The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

              sshKeyName
              string
              (Optional)

              SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

              version
              string
              (Optional)

              Version defines the desired Kubernetes version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version of Kubernetes that EKS supports will be used.

              roleName
              string
              (Optional)

              RoleName specifies the name of IAM role that gives EKS permission to make API calls. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

              roleAdditionalPolicies
              []string
              (Optional)

              RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the control plane role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

              logging
              ControlPlaneLoggingSpec
              (Optional)

              Logging specifies which EKS Cluster logs should be enabled. Entries for each of the enabled logs will be sent to CloudWatch

              encryptionConfig
              EncryptionConfig
              (Optional)

              EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the cluster

              additionalTags
              Tags
              (Optional)

              AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

              iamAuthenticatorConfig
              IAMAuthenticatorConfig
              (Optional)

              IAMAuthenticatorConfig allows the specification of any additional user or role mappings for use when generating the aws-iam-authenticator configuration. If this is nil the default configuration is still generated for the cluster.

              endpointAccess
              EndpointAccess
              (Optional)

              Endpoints specifies access to this cluster’s control plane endpoints

              controlPlaneEndpoint
              Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
              (Optional)

              ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

              imageLookupFormat
              string
              (Optional)

              ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

              imageLookupOrg
              string
              (Optional)

              ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

              imageLookupBaseOS
              string

              ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

              bastion
              Bastion
              (Optional)

              Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

              tokenMethod
              EKSTokenMethod

              TokenMethod is used to specify the method for obtaining a client token for communicating with EKS iam-authenticator - obtains a client token using iam-authentictor aws-cli - obtains a client token using the AWS CLI Defaults to iam-authenticator

              associateOIDCProvider
              bool

              AssociateOIDCProvider can be enabled to automatically create an identity provider for the controller for use with IAM roles for service accounts

              addons
              []sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/controlplane/eks/api/v1beta1.Addon
              (Optional)

              Addons defines the EKS addons to enable with the EKS cluster.

              oidcIdentityProviderConfig
              OIDCIdentityProviderConfig
              (Optional)

              IdentityProviderconfig is used to specify the oidc provider config to be attached with this eks cluster

              disableVPCCNI
              bool

              DisableVPCCNI indicates that the Amazon VPC CNI should be disabled. With EKS clusters the Amazon VPC CNI is automatically installed into the cluster. For clusters where you want to use an alternate CNI this option provides a way to specify that the Amazon VPC CNI should be deleted. You cannot set this to true if you are using the Amazon VPC CNI addon.

              vpcCni
              VpcCni
              (Optional)

              VpcCni is used to set configuration options for the VPC CNI plugin

              kubeProxy
              KubeProxy

              KubeProxy defines managed attributes of the kube-proxy daemonset

              status
              AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus

              AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlane)

              AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec defines the desired state of an Amazon EKS Cluster.

              Field Description
              eksClusterName
              string
              (Optional)

              EKSClusterName allows you to specify the name of the EKS cluster in AWS. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed control plane.

              identityRef
              AWSIdentityReference

              IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

              network
              NetworkSpec

              NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

              secondaryCidrBlock
              string
              (Optional)

              SecondaryCidrBlock is the additional CIDR range to use for pod IPs. Must be within the 100.64.0.0/10 or 198.19.0.0/16 range.

              region
              string

              The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

              sshKeyName
              string
              (Optional)

              SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

              version
              string
              (Optional)

              Version defines the desired Kubernetes version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version of Kubernetes that EKS supports will be used.

              roleName
              string
              (Optional)

              RoleName specifies the name of IAM role that gives EKS permission to make API calls. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

              roleAdditionalPolicies
              []string
              (Optional)

              RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the control plane role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

              logging
              ControlPlaneLoggingSpec
              (Optional)

              Logging specifies which EKS Cluster logs should be enabled. Entries for each of the enabled logs will be sent to CloudWatch

              encryptionConfig
              EncryptionConfig
              (Optional)

              EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the cluster

              additionalTags
              Tags
              (Optional)

              AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

              iamAuthenticatorConfig
              IAMAuthenticatorConfig
              (Optional)

              IAMAuthenticatorConfig allows the specification of any additional user or role mappings for use when generating the aws-iam-authenticator configuration. If this is nil the default configuration is still generated for the cluster.

              endpointAccess
              EndpointAccess
              (Optional)

              Endpoints specifies access to this cluster’s control plane endpoints

              controlPlaneEndpoint
              Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
              (Optional)

              ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

              imageLookupFormat
              string
              (Optional)

              ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

              imageLookupOrg
              string
              (Optional)

              ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

              imageLookupBaseOS
              string

              ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

              bastion
              Bastion
              (Optional)

              Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

              tokenMethod
              EKSTokenMethod

              TokenMethod is used to specify the method for obtaining a client token for communicating with EKS iam-authenticator - obtains a client token using iam-authentictor aws-cli - obtains a client token using the AWS CLI Defaults to iam-authenticator

              associateOIDCProvider
              bool

              AssociateOIDCProvider can be enabled to automatically create an identity provider for the controller for use with IAM roles for service accounts

              addons
              []sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/controlplane/eks/api/v1beta1.Addon
              (Optional)

              Addons defines the EKS addons to enable with the EKS cluster.

              oidcIdentityProviderConfig
              OIDCIdentityProviderConfig
              (Optional)

              IdentityProviderconfig is used to specify the oidc provider config to be attached with this eks cluster

              disableVPCCNI
              bool

              DisableVPCCNI indicates that the Amazon VPC CNI should be disabled. With EKS clusters the Amazon VPC CNI is automatically installed into the cluster. For clusters where you want to use an alternate CNI this option provides a way to specify that the Amazon VPC CNI should be deleted. You cannot set this to true if you are using the Amazon VPC CNI addon.

              vpcCni
              VpcCni
              (Optional)

              VpcCni is used to set configuration options for the VPC CNI plugin

              kubeProxy
              KubeProxy

              KubeProxy defines managed attributes of the kube-proxy daemonset

              AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlane)

              AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus defines the observed state of an Amazon EKS Cluster.

              Field Description
              networkStatus
              NetworkStatus
              (Optional)

              Networks holds details about the AWS networking resources used by the control plane

              failureDomains
              Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
              (Optional)

              FailureDomains specifies a list fo available availability zones that can be used

              bastion
              Instance
              (Optional)

              Bastion holds details of the instance that is used as a bastion jump box

              oidcProvider
              OIDCProviderStatus
              (Optional)

              OIDCProvider holds the status of the identity provider for this cluster

              externalManagedControlPlane
              bool

              ExternalManagedControlPlane indicates to cluster-api that the control plane is managed by an external service such as AKS, EKS, GKE, etc.

              initialized
              bool
              (Optional)

              Initialized denotes whether or not the control plane has the uploaded kubernetes config-map.

              ready
              bool

              Ready denotes that the AWSManagedControlPlane API Server is ready to receive requests and that the VPC infra is ready.

              failureMessage
              string
              (Optional)

              ErrorMessage indicates that there is a terminal problem reconciling the state, and will be set to a descriptive error message.

              conditions
              Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions

              Conditions specifies the cpnditions for the managed control plane

              addons
              []AddonState
              (Optional)

              Addons holds the current status of the EKS addons

              identityProviderStatus
              IdentityProviderStatus
              (Optional)

              IdentityProviderStatus holds the status for associated identity provider

              Addon

              Addon represents a EKS addon.

              Field Description
              name
              string

              Name is the name of the addon

              version
              string

              Version is the version of the addon to use

              configuration
              string
              (Optional)

              Configuration of the EKS addon

              conflictResolution
              AddonResolution

              ConflictResolution is used to declare what should happen if there are parameter conflicts. Defaults to none

              serviceAccountRoleARN
              string
              (Optional)

              ServiceAccountRoleArn is the ARN of an IAM role to bind to the addons service account

              AddonIssue

              (Appears on:AddonState)

              AddonIssue represents an issue with an addon.

              Field Description
              code
              string

              Code is the issue code

              message
              string

              Message is the textual description of the issue

              resourceIds
              []string

              ResourceIDs is a list of resource ids for the issue

              AddonResolution (string alias)

              (Appears on:Addon)

              AddonResolution defines the method for resolving parameter conflicts.

              AddonState

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

              AddonState represents the state of an addon.

              Field Description
              name
              string

              Name is the name of the addon

              version
              string

              Version is the version of the addon to use

              arn
              string

              ARN is the AWS ARN of the addon

              serviceAccountRoleARN
              string

              ServiceAccountRoleArn is the ARN of the IAM role used for the service account

              createdAt
              Kubernetes meta/v1.Time

              CreatedAt is the date and time the addon was created at

              modifiedAt
              Kubernetes meta/v1.Time

              ModifiedAt is the date and time the addon was last modified

              status
              string

              Status is the status of the addon

              issues
              []AddonIssue

              Issues is a list of issue associated with the addon

              AddonStatus (string alias)

              AddonStatus defines the status for an addon.

              ControlPlaneLoggingSpec

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              ControlPlaneLoggingSpec defines what EKS control plane logs that should be enabled.

              Field Description
              apiServer
              bool

              APIServer indicates if the Kubernetes API Server log (kube-apiserver) shoulkd be enabled

              audit
              bool

              Audit indicates if the Kubernetes API audit log should be enabled

              authenticator
              bool

              Authenticator indicates if the iam authenticator log should be enabled

              controllerManager
              bool

              ControllerManager indicates if the controller manager (kube-controller-manager) log should be enabled

              scheduler
              bool

              Scheduler indicates if the Kubernetes scheduler (kube-scheduler) log should be enabled

              EKSTokenMethod (string alias)

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              EKSTokenMethod defines the method for obtaining a client token to use when connecting to EKS.

              EncryptionConfig

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the EKS clsuter.

              Field Description
              provider
              string

              Provider specifies the ARN or alias of the CMK (in AWS KMS)

              resources
              []*string

              Resources specifies the resources to be encrypted

              EndpointAccess

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              EndpointAccess specifies how control plane endpoints are accessible.

              Field Description
              public
              bool
              (Optional)

              Public controls whether control plane endpoints are publicly accessible

              publicCIDRs
              []*string
              (Optional)

              PublicCIDRs specifies which blocks can access the public endpoint

              private
              bool
              (Optional)

              Private points VPC-internal control plane access to the private endpoint

              IAMAuthenticatorConfig

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              IAMAuthenticatorConfig represents an aws-iam-authenticator configuration.

              Field Description
              mapRoles
              []RoleMapping
              (Optional)

              RoleMappings is a list of role mappings

              mapUsers
              []UserMapping
              (Optional)

              UserMappings is a list of user mappings

              IdentityProviderStatus

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

              IdentityProviderStatus holds the status for associated identity provider

              Field Description
              arn
              string

              ARN holds the ARN of associated identity provider

              status
              string

              Status holds current status of associated identity provider

              KubeProxy

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              KubeProxy specifies how the kube-proxy daemonset is managed.

              Field Description
              disable
              bool

              Disable set to true indicates that kube-proxy should be disabled. With EKS clusters kube-proxy is automatically installed into the cluster. For clusters where you want to use kube-proxy functionality that is provided with an alternate CNI, this option provides a way to specify that the kube-proxy daemonset should be deleted. You cannot set this to true if you are using the Amazon kube-proxy addon.

              KubernetesMapping

              (Appears on:RoleMapping, UserMapping)

              KubernetesMapping represents the kubernetes RBAC mapping.

              Field Description
              username
              string

              UserName is a kubernetes RBAC user subject

              groups
              []string

              Groups is a list of kubernetes RBAC groups

              OIDCIdentityProviderConfig

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              OIDCIdentityProviderConfig defines the configuration for an OIDC identity provider.

              Field Description
              clientId
              string

              This is also known as audience. The ID for the client application that makes authentication requests to the OpenID identity provider.

              groupsClaim
              string
              (Optional)

              The JWT claim that the provider uses to return your groups.

              groupsPrefix
              string
              (Optional)

              The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing names (such as system: groups). For example, the valueoidc: will create group names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra.

              identityProviderConfigName
              string

              The name of the OIDC provider configuration.

              IdentityProviderConfigName is a required field

              issuerUrl
              string

              The URL of the OpenID identity provider that allows the API server to discover public signing keys for verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider’s OIDC ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. This URL should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration and must be publicly accessible over the internet.

              requiredClaims
              map[string]string
              (Optional)

              The key value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching value. For the maximum number of claims that you can require, see Amazon EKS service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

              usernameClaim
              string
              (Optional)

              The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the username. The default is sub, which is expected to be a unique identifier of the end user. You can choose other claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity provider. Claims other than email are prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with other plug-ins.

              usernamePrefix
              string
              (Optional)

              The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing names. If you do not provide this field, and username is a value other than email, the prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to disable all prefixing.

              tags
              Tags
              (Optional)

              tags to apply to oidc identity provider association

              OIDCProviderStatus

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

              OIDCProviderStatus holds the status of the AWS OIDC identity provider.

              Field Description
              arn
              string

              ARN holds the ARN of the provider

              trustPolicy
              string

              TrustPolicy contains the boilerplate IAM trust policy to use for IRSA

              RoleMapping

              (Appears on:IAMAuthenticatorConfig)

              RoleMapping represents a mapping from a IAM role to Kubernetes users and groups.

              Field Description
              rolearn
              string

              RoleARN is the AWS ARN for the role to map

              KubernetesMapping
              KubernetesMapping

              (Members of KubernetesMapping are embedded into this type.)

              KubernetesMapping holds the RBAC details for the mapping

              UserMapping

              (Appears on:IAMAuthenticatorConfig)

              UserMapping represents a mapping from an IAM user to Kubernetes users and groups.

              Field Description
              userarn
              string

              UserARN is the AWS ARN for the user to map

              KubernetesMapping
              KubernetesMapping

              (Members of KubernetesMapping are embedded into this type.)

              KubernetesMapping holds the RBAC details for the mapping

              VpcCni

              (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

              VpcCni specifies configuration related to the VPC CNI.

              Field Description
              env
              []Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
              (Optional)

              Env defines a list of environment variables to apply to the aws-node DaemonSet


              controlplane.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2

              Package v1beta2 contains API Schema definitions for the controlplane v1beta2 API group

              Resource Types:

                AWSManagedControlPlane

                AWSManagedControlPlane is the schema for the Amazon EKS Managed Control Plane API.

                Field Description
                metadata
                Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                spec
                AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec


                eksClusterName
                string
                (Optional)

                EKSClusterName allows you to specify the name of the EKS cluster in AWS. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed control plane.

                identityRef
                AWSIdentityReference

                IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                network
                NetworkSpec

                NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                secondaryCidrBlock
                string
                (Optional)

                SecondaryCidrBlock is the additional CIDR range to use for pod IPs. Must be within the 100.64.0.0/10 or 198.19.0.0/16 range.

                region
                string

                The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                partition
                string
                (Optional)

                Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

                sshKeyName
                string
                (Optional)

                SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                version
                string
                (Optional)

                Version defines the desired Kubernetes version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version of Kubernetes that EKS supports will be used.

                roleName
                string
                (Optional)

                RoleName specifies the name of IAM role that gives EKS permission to make API calls. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                roleAdditionalPolicies
                []string
                (Optional)

                RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the control plane role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                logging
                ControlPlaneLoggingSpec
                (Optional)

                Logging specifies which EKS Cluster logs should be enabled. Entries for each of the enabled logs will be sent to CloudWatch

                encryptionConfig
                EncryptionConfig
                (Optional)

                EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the cluster

                additionalTags
                Tags
                (Optional)

                AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                iamAuthenticatorConfig
                IAMAuthenticatorConfig
                (Optional)

                IAMAuthenticatorConfig allows the specification of any additional user or role mappings for use when generating the aws-iam-authenticator configuration. If this is nil the default configuration is still generated for the cluster.

                endpointAccess
                EndpointAccess
                (Optional)

                Endpoints specifies access to this cluster’s control plane endpoints

                controlPlaneEndpoint
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                (Optional)

                ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                imageLookupFormat
                string
                (Optional)

                ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                imageLookupOrg
                string
                (Optional)

                ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                imageLookupBaseOS
                string

                ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                bastion
                Bastion
                (Optional)

                Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                tokenMethod
                EKSTokenMethod

                TokenMethod is used to specify the method for obtaining a client token for communicating with EKS iam-authenticator - obtains a client token using iam-authentictor aws-cli - obtains a client token using the AWS CLI Defaults to iam-authenticator

                associateOIDCProvider
                bool

                AssociateOIDCProvider can be enabled to automatically create an identity provider for the controller for use with IAM roles for service accounts

                addons
                []sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/controlplane/eks/api/v1beta2.Addon
                (Optional)

                Addons defines the EKS addons to enable with the EKS cluster.

                oidcIdentityProviderConfig
                OIDCIdentityProviderConfig
                (Optional)

                IdentityProviderconfig is used to specify the oidc provider config to be attached with this eks cluster

                vpcCni
                VpcCni
                (Optional)

                VpcCni is used to set configuration options for the VPC CNI plugin

                restrictPrivateSubnets
                bool

                RestrictPrivateSubnets indicates that the EKS control plane should only use private subnets.

                kubeProxy
                KubeProxy

                KubeProxy defines managed attributes of the kube-proxy daemonset

                status
                AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus

                AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlane)

                AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec defines the desired state of an Amazon EKS Cluster.

                Field Description
                eksClusterName
                string
                (Optional)

                EKSClusterName allows you to specify the name of the EKS cluster in AWS. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed control plane.

                identityRef
                AWSIdentityReference

                IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                network
                NetworkSpec

                NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                secondaryCidrBlock
                string
                (Optional)

                SecondaryCidrBlock is the additional CIDR range to use for pod IPs. Must be within the 100.64.0.0/10 or 198.19.0.0/16 range.

                region
                string

                The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                partition
                string
                (Optional)

                Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

                sshKeyName
                string
                (Optional)

                SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                version
                string
                (Optional)

                Version defines the desired Kubernetes version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version of Kubernetes that EKS supports will be used.

                roleName
                string
                (Optional)

                RoleName specifies the name of IAM role that gives EKS permission to make API calls. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                roleAdditionalPolicies
                []string
                (Optional)

                RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the control plane role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                logging
                ControlPlaneLoggingSpec
                (Optional)

                Logging specifies which EKS Cluster logs should be enabled. Entries for each of the enabled logs will be sent to CloudWatch

                encryptionConfig
                EncryptionConfig
                (Optional)

                EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the cluster

                additionalTags
                Tags
                (Optional)

                AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                iamAuthenticatorConfig
                IAMAuthenticatorConfig
                (Optional)

                IAMAuthenticatorConfig allows the specification of any additional user or role mappings for use when generating the aws-iam-authenticator configuration. If this is nil the default configuration is still generated for the cluster.

                endpointAccess
                EndpointAccess
                (Optional)

                Endpoints specifies access to this cluster’s control plane endpoints

                controlPlaneEndpoint
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                (Optional)

                ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                imageLookupFormat
                string
                (Optional)

                ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                imageLookupOrg
                string
                (Optional)

                ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                imageLookupBaseOS
                string

                ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                bastion
                Bastion
                (Optional)

                Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                tokenMethod
                EKSTokenMethod

                TokenMethod is used to specify the method for obtaining a client token for communicating with EKS iam-authenticator - obtains a client token using iam-authentictor aws-cli - obtains a client token using the AWS CLI Defaults to iam-authenticator

                associateOIDCProvider
                bool

                AssociateOIDCProvider can be enabled to automatically create an identity provider for the controller for use with IAM roles for service accounts

                addons
                []sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/controlplane/eks/api/v1beta2.Addon
                (Optional)

                Addons defines the EKS addons to enable with the EKS cluster.

                oidcIdentityProviderConfig
                OIDCIdentityProviderConfig
                (Optional)

                IdentityProviderconfig is used to specify the oidc provider config to be attached with this eks cluster

                vpcCni
                VpcCni
                (Optional)

                VpcCni is used to set configuration options for the VPC CNI plugin

                restrictPrivateSubnets
                bool

                RestrictPrivateSubnets indicates that the EKS control plane should only use private subnets.

                kubeProxy
                KubeProxy

                KubeProxy defines managed attributes of the kube-proxy daemonset

                AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlane)

                AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus defines the observed state of an Amazon EKS Cluster.

                Field Description
                networkStatus
                NetworkStatus
                (Optional)

                Networks holds details about the AWS networking resources used by the control plane

                failureDomains
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
                (Optional)

                FailureDomains specifies a list fo available availability zones that can be used

                bastion
                Instance
                (Optional)

                Bastion holds details of the instance that is used as a bastion jump box

                oidcProvider
                OIDCProviderStatus
                (Optional)

                OIDCProvider holds the status of the identity provider for this cluster

                externalManagedControlPlane
                bool

                ExternalManagedControlPlane indicates to cluster-api that the control plane is managed by an external service such as AKS, EKS, GKE, etc.

                initialized
                bool
                (Optional)

                Initialized denotes whether or not the control plane has the uploaded kubernetes config-map.

                ready
                bool

                Ready denotes that the AWSManagedControlPlane API Server is ready to receive requests and that the VPC infra is ready.

                failureMessage
                string
                (Optional)

                ErrorMessage indicates that there is a terminal problem reconciling the state, and will be set to a descriptive error message.

                conditions
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions

                Conditions specifies the cpnditions for the managed control plane

                addons
                []AddonState
                (Optional)

                Addons holds the current status of the EKS addons

                identityProviderStatus
                IdentityProviderStatus
                (Optional)

                IdentityProviderStatus holds the status for associated identity provider

                Addon

                Addon represents a EKS addon.

                Field Description
                name
                string

                Name is the name of the addon

                version
                string

                Version is the version of the addon to use

                configuration
                string
                (Optional)

                Configuration of the EKS addon

                conflictResolution
                AddonResolution

                ConflictResolution is used to declare what should happen if there are parameter conflicts. Defaults to none

                serviceAccountRoleARN
                string
                (Optional)

                ServiceAccountRoleArn is the ARN of an IAM role to bind to the addons service account

                AddonIssue

                (Appears on:AddonState)

                AddonIssue represents an issue with an addon.

                Field Description
                code
                string

                Code is the issue code

                message
                string

                Message is the textual description of the issue

                resourceIds
                []string

                ResourceIDs is a list of resource ids for the issue

                AddonResolution (string alias)

                (Appears on:Addon)

                AddonResolution defines the method for resolving parameter conflicts.

                AddonState

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

                AddonState represents the state of an addon.

                Field Description
                name
                string

                Name is the name of the addon

                version
                string

                Version is the version of the addon to use

                arn
                string

                ARN is the AWS ARN of the addon

                serviceAccountRoleARN
                string

                ServiceAccountRoleArn is the ARN of the IAM role used for the service account

                createdAt
                Kubernetes meta/v1.Time

                CreatedAt is the date and time the addon was created at

                modifiedAt
                Kubernetes meta/v1.Time

                ModifiedAt is the date and time the addon was last modified

                status
                string

                Status is the status of the addon

                issues
                []AddonIssue

                Issues is a list of issue associated with the addon

                AddonStatus (string alias)

                AddonStatus defines the status for an addon.

                ControlPlaneLoggingSpec

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                ControlPlaneLoggingSpec defines what EKS control plane logs that should be enabled.

                Field Description
                apiServer
                bool

                APIServer indicates if the Kubernetes API Server log (kube-apiserver) shoulkd be enabled

                audit
                bool

                Audit indicates if the Kubernetes API audit log should be enabled

                authenticator
                bool

                Authenticator indicates if the iam authenticator log should be enabled

                controllerManager
                bool

                ControllerManager indicates if the controller manager (kube-controller-manager) log should be enabled

                scheduler
                bool

                Scheduler indicates if the Kubernetes scheduler (kube-scheduler) log should be enabled

                EKSTokenMethod (string alias)

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                EKSTokenMethod defines the method for obtaining a client token to use when connecting to EKS.

                EncryptionConfig

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                EncryptionConfig specifies the encryption configuration for the EKS clsuter.

                Field Description
                provider
                string

                Provider specifies the ARN or alias of the CMK (in AWS KMS)

                resources
                []*string

                Resources specifies the resources to be encrypted

                EndpointAccess

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                EndpointAccess specifies how control plane endpoints are accessible.

                Field Description
                public
                bool
                (Optional)

                Public controls whether control plane endpoints are publicly accessible

                publicCIDRs
                []*string
                (Optional)

                PublicCIDRs specifies which blocks can access the public endpoint

                private
                bool
                (Optional)

                Private points VPC-internal control plane access to the private endpoint

                IAMAuthenticatorConfig

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                IAMAuthenticatorConfig represents an aws-iam-authenticator configuration.

                Field Description
                mapRoles
                []RoleMapping
                (Optional)

                RoleMappings is a list of role mappings

                mapUsers
                []UserMapping
                (Optional)

                UserMappings is a list of user mappings

                IdentityProviderStatus

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

                IdentityProviderStatus holds the status for associated identity provider.

                Field Description
                arn
                string

                ARN holds the ARN of associated identity provider

                status
                string

                Status holds current status of associated identity provider

                KubeProxy

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                KubeProxy specifies how the kube-proxy daemonset is managed.

                Field Description
                disable
                bool

                Disable set to true indicates that kube-proxy should be disabled. With EKS clusters kube-proxy is automatically installed into the cluster. For clusters where you want to use kube-proxy functionality that is provided with an alternate CNI, this option provides a way to specify that the kube-proxy daemonset should be deleted. You cannot set this to true if you are using the Amazon kube-proxy addon.

                KubernetesMapping

                (Appears on:RoleMapping, UserMapping)

                KubernetesMapping represents the kubernetes RBAC mapping.

                Field Description
                username
                string

                UserName is a kubernetes RBAC user subject

                groups
                []string

                Groups is a list of kubernetes RBAC groups

                OIDCIdentityProviderConfig

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                OIDCIdentityProviderConfig represents the configuration for an OIDC identity provider.

                Field Description
                clientId
                string

                This is also known as audience. The ID for the client application that makes authentication requests to the OpenID identity provider.

                groupsClaim
                string
                (Optional)

                The JWT claim that the provider uses to return your groups.

                groupsPrefix
                string
                (Optional)

                The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing names (such as system: groups). For example, the valueoidc: will create group names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra.

                identityProviderConfigName
                string

                The name of the OIDC provider configuration.

                IdentityProviderConfigName is a required field

                issuerUrl
                string

                The URL of the OpenID identity provider that allows the API server to discover public signing keys for verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider’s OIDC ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. This URL should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration and must be publicly accessible over the internet.

                requiredClaims
                map[string]string
                (Optional)

                The key value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching value. For the maximum number of claims that you can require, see Amazon EKS service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

                usernameClaim
                string
                (Optional)

                The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the username. The default is sub, which is expected to be a unique identifier of the end user. You can choose other claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity provider. Claims other than email are prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with other plug-ins.

                usernamePrefix
                string
                (Optional)

                The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing names. If you do not provide this field, and username is a value other than email, the prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to disable all prefixing.

                tags
                Tags
                (Optional)

                tags to apply to oidc identity provider association

                OIDCProviderStatus

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

                OIDCProviderStatus holds the status of the AWS OIDC identity provider.

                Field Description
                arn
                string

                ARN holds the ARN of the provider

                trustPolicy
                string

                TrustPolicy contains the boilerplate IAM trust policy to use for IRSA

                RoleMapping

                (Appears on:IAMAuthenticatorConfig)

                RoleMapping represents a mapping from a IAM role to Kubernetes users and groups.

                Field Description
                rolearn
                string

                RoleARN is the AWS ARN for the role to map

                KubernetesMapping
                KubernetesMapping

                (Members of KubernetesMapping are embedded into this type.)

                KubernetesMapping holds the RBAC details for the mapping

                UserMapping

                (Appears on:IAMAuthenticatorConfig)

                UserMapping represents a mapping from an IAM user to Kubernetes users and groups.

                Field Description
                userarn
                string

                UserARN is the AWS ARN for the user to map

                KubernetesMapping
                KubernetesMapping

                (Members of KubernetesMapping are embedded into this type.)

                KubernetesMapping holds the RBAC details for the mapping

                VpcCni

                (Appears on:AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                VpcCni specifies configuration related to the VPC CNI.

                Field Description
                disable
                bool

                Disable indicates that the Amazon VPC CNI should be disabled. With EKS clusters the Amazon VPC CNI is automatically installed into the cluster. For clusters where you want to use an alternate CNI this option provides a way to specify that the Amazon VPC CNI should be deleted. You cannot set this to true if you are using the Amazon VPC CNI addon.

                env
                []Kubernetes core/v1.EnvVar
                (Optional)

                Env defines a list of environment variables to apply to the aws-node DaemonSet

                AWSRolesRef

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                AWSRolesRef contains references to various AWS IAM roles required for operators to make calls against the AWS API.

                Field Description
                ingressARN
                string

                The referenced role must have a trust relationship that allows it to be assumed via web identity. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html. Example: { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Principal”: { “Federated”: “{{ .ProviderARN }}” }, “Action”: “sts:AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity”, “Condition”: { “StringEquals”: { “{{ .ProviderName }}:sub”: {{ .ServiceAccounts }} } } } ] }

                IngressARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the Ingress Operator.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers”, “tag:GetResources”, “route53:ListHostedZones” ], “Resource”: “*” }, { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “route53:ChangeResourceRecordSets” ], “Resource”: [ “arn:aws:route53:::PUBLIC_ZONE_ID”, “arn:aws:route53:::PRIVATE_ZONE_ID” ] } ] }

                imageRegistryARN
                string

                ImageRegistryARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the Image Registry Operator.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “s3:CreateBucket”, “s3:DeleteBucket”, “s3:PutBucketTagging”, “s3:GetBucketTagging”, “s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock”, “s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock”, “s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration”, “s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration”, “s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration”, “s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration”, “s3:GetBucketLocation”, “s3:ListBucket”, “s3:GetObject”, “s3:PutObject”, “s3:DeleteObject”, “s3:ListBucketMultipartUploads”, “s3:AbortMultipartUpload”, “s3:ListMultipartUploadParts” ], “Resource”: “*” } ] }

                storageARN
                string

                StorageARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the Storage Operator.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “ec2:AttachVolume”, “ec2:CreateSnapshot”, “ec2:CreateTags”, “ec2:CreateVolume”, “ec2:DeleteSnapshot”, “ec2:DeleteTags”, “ec2:DeleteVolume”, “ec2:DescribeInstances”, “ec2:DescribeSnapshots”, “ec2:DescribeTags”, “ec2:DescribeVolumes”, “ec2:DescribeVolumesModifications”, “ec2:DetachVolume”, “ec2:ModifyVolume” ], “Resource”: “*” } ] }

                networkARN
                string

                NetworkARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the Network Operator.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “ec2:DescribeInstances”, “ec2:DescribeInstanceStatus”, “ec2:DescribeInstanceTypes”, “ec2:UnassignPrivateIpAddresses”, “ec2:AssignPrivateIpAddresses”, “ec2:UnassignIpv6Addresses”, “ec2:AssignIpv6Addresses”, “ec2:DescribeSubnets”, “ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces” ], “Resource”: “*” } ] }

                kubeCloudControllerARN
                string

                KubeCloudControllerARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the KCM/KCC. Source: https://cloud-provider-aws.sigs.k8s.io/prerequisites/#iam-policies

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Action”: [ “autoscaling:DescribeAutoScalingGroups”, “autoscaling:DescribeLaunchConfigurations”, “autoscaling:DescribeTags”, “ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones”, “ec2:DescribeInstances”, “ec2:DescribeImages”, “ec2:DescribeRegions”, “ec2:DescribeRouteTables”, “ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups”, “ec2:DescribeSubnets”, “ec2:DescribeVolumes”, “ec2:CreateSecurityGroup”, “ec2:CreateTags”, “ec2:CreateVolume”, “ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute”, “ec2:ModifyVolume”, “ec2:AttachVolume”, “ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:CreateRoute”, “ec2:DeleteRoute”, “ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup”, “ec2:DeleteVolume”, “ec2:DetachVolume”, “ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:DescribeVpcs”, “elasticloadbalancing:AddTags”, “elasticloadbalancing:AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets”, “elasticloadbalancing:ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer”, “elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancer”, “elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancerPolicy”, “elasticloadbalancing:CreateLoadBalancerListeners”, “elasticloadbalancing:ConfigureHealthCheck”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancer”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeleteLoadBalancerListeners”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancers”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes”, “elasticloadbalancing:DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer”, “elasticloadbalancing:ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes”, “elasticloadbalancing:RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer”, “elasticloadbalancing:SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer”, “elasticloadbalancing:AddTags”, “elasticloadbalancing:CreateListener”, “elasticloadbalancing:CreateTargetGroup”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeleteListener”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeleteTargetGroup”, “elasticloadbalancing:DeregisterTargets”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeListeners”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetGroups”, “elasticloadbalancing:DescribeTargetHealth”, “elasticloadbalancing:ModifyListener”, “elasticloadbalancing:ModifyTargetGroup”, “elasticloadbalancing:RegisterTargets”, “elasticloadbalancing:SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener”, “iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole”, “kms:DescribeKey” ], “Resource”: [ “*” ], “Effect”: “Allow” } ] }

                nodePoolManagementARN
                string

                NodePoolManagementARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the CAPI Controller.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Action”: [ “ec2:AssociateRouteTable”, “ec2:AttachInternetGateway”, “ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:CreateInternetGateway”, “ec2:CreateNatGateway”, “ec2:CreateRoute”, “ec2:CreateRouteTable”, “ec2:CreateSecurityGroup”, “ec2:CreateSubnet”, “ec2:CreateTags”, “ec2:DeleteInternetGateway”, “ec2:DeleteNatGateway”, “ec2:DeleteRouteTable”, “ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup”, “ec2:DeleteSubnet”, “ec2:DeleteTags”, “ec2:DescribeAccountAttributes”, “ec2:DescribeAddresses”, “ec2:DescribeAvailabilityZones”, “ec2:DescribeImages”, “ec2:DescribeInstances”, “ec2:DescribeInternetGateways”, “ec2:DescribeNatGateways”, “ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces”, “ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute”, “ec2:DescribeRouteTables”, “ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups”, “ec2:DescribeSubnets”, “ec2:DescribeVpcs”, “ec2:DescribeVpcAttribute”, “ec2:DescribeVolumes”, “ec2:DetachInternetGateway”, “ec2:DisassociateRouteTable”, “ec2:DisassociateAddress”, “ec2:ModifyInstanceAttribute”, “ec2:ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute”, “ec2:ModifySubnetAttribute”, “ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:RunInstances”, “ec2:TerminateInstances”, “tag:GetResources”, “ec2:CreateLaunchTemplate”, “ec2:CreateLaunchTemplateVersion”, “ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplates”, “ec2:DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions”, “ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplate”, “ec2:DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions” ], “Resource”: [ “” ], “Effect”: “Allow” }, { “Condition”: { “StringLike”: { “iam:AWSServiceName”: “elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com” } }, “Action”: [ “iam:CreateServiceLinkedRole” ], “Resource”: [ “arn::iam:::role/aws-service-role/elasticloadbalancing.amazonaws.com/AWSServiceRoleForElasticLoadBalancing” ], “Effect”: “Allow” }, { “Action”: [ “iam:PassRole” ], “Resource”: [ “arn::iam:::role/-worker-role” ], “Effect”: “Allow” }, { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “kms:Decrypt”, “kms:ReEncrypt”, “kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlainText”, “kms:DescribeKey” ], “Resource”: “” }, { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “kms:CreateGrant” ], “Resource”: “”, “Condition”: { “Bool”: { “kms:GrantIsForAWSResource”: true } } } ] }

                controlPlaneOperatorARN
                string

                ControlPlaneOperatorARN is an ARN value referencing a role appropriate for the Control Plane Operator.

                The following is an example of a valid policy document:

                { “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “ec2:CreateVpcEndpoint”, “ec2:DescribeVpcEndpoints”, “ec2:ModifyVpcEndpoint”, “ec2:DeleteVpcEndpoints”, “ec2:CreateTags”, “route53:ListHostedZones”, “ec2:CreateSecurityGroup”, “ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress”, “ec2:DeleteSecurityGroup”, “ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupIngress”, “ec2:RevokeSecurityGroupEgress”, “ec2:DescribeSecurityGroups”, “ec2:DescribeVpcs”, ], “Resource”: “*” }, { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: [ “route53:ChangeResourceRecordSets”, “route53:ListResourceRecordSets” ], “Resource”: “arn:aws:route53:::%s” } ] }

                kmsProviderARN
                string

                DefaultMachinePoolSpec

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                DefaultMachinePoolSpec defines the configuration for the required worker nodes provisioned as part of the cluster creation.

                Field Description
                instanceType
                string
                (Optional)

                The instance type to use, for example r5.xlarge. Instance type ref; https://aws.amazon.com/ec2/instance-types/

                autoscaling
                RosaMachinePoolAutoScaling
                (Optional)

                Autoscaling specifies auto scaling behaviour for the default MachinePool. Autoscaling min/max value must be equal or multiple of the availability zones count.

                ExternalAuthProvider

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                ExternalAuthProvider is an external OIDC identity provider that can issue tokens for this cluster

                Field Description
                name
                string

                Name of the OIDC provider

                issuer
                TokenIssuer

                Issuer describes attributes of the OIDC token issuer

                oidcClients
                []OIDCClientConfig
                (Optional)

                OIDCClients contains configuration for the platform’s clients that need to request tokens from the issuer

                claimMappings
                TokenClaimMappings
                (Optional)

                ClaimMappings describes rules on how to transform information from an ID token into a cluster identity

                claimValidationRules
                []TokenClaimValidationRule

                ClaimValidationRules are rules that are applied to validate token claims to authenticate users.

                LocalObjectReference

                (Appears on:OIDCClientConfig, TokenIssuer)

                LocalObjectReference references an object in the same namespace.

                Field Description
                name
                string

                Name is the metadata.name of the referenced object.

                NetworkSpec

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                NetworkSpec for ROSA-HCP.

                Field Description
                machineCIDR
                string
                (Optional)

                IP addresses block used by OpenShift while installing the cluster, for example “10.0.0.0/16”.

                podCIDR
                string
                (Optional)

                IP address block from which to assign pod IP addresses, for example 10.128.0.0/14.

                serviceCIDR
                string
                (Optional)

                IP address block from which to assign service IP addresses, for example 172.30.0.0/16.

                hostPrefix
                int
                (Optional)

                Network host prefix which is defaulted to 23 if not specified.

                networkType
                string
                (Optional)

                The CNI network type default is OVNKubernetes.

                OIDCClientConfig

                (Appears on:ExternalAuthProvider)

                OIDCClientConfig contains configuration for the platform’s client that need to request tokens from the issuer.

                Field Description
                componentName
                string

                ComponentName is the name of the component that is supposed to consume this client configuration

                componentNamespace
                string

                ComponentNamespace is the namespace of the component that is supposed to consume this client configuration

                clientID
                string

                ClientID is the identifier of the OIDC client from the OIDC provider

                clientSecret
                LocalObjectReference

                ClientSecret refers to a secret that contains the client secret in the clientSecret key of the .data field

                extraScopes
                []string
                (Optional)

                ExtraScopes is an optional set of scopes to request tokens with.

                PrefixedClaimMapping

                (Appears on:TokenClaimMappings)

                PrefixedClaimMapping defines claims with a prefix.

                Field Description
                claim
                string

                Claim is a JWT token claim to be used in the mapping

                prefix
                string

                Prefix is a string to prefix the value from the token in the result of the claim mapping.

                By default, no prefixing occurs.

                Example: if prefix is set to “myoidc:”” and the claim in JWT contains an array of strings “a”, “b” and “c”, the mapping will result in an array of string “myoidc:a”, “myoidc:b” and “myoidc:c”.

                ROSAControlPlane

                ROSAControlPlane is the Schema for the ROSAControlPlanes API.

                Field Description
                metadata
                Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                spec
                RosaControlPlaneSpec


                rosaClusterName
                string

                Cluster name must be valid DNS-1035 label, so it must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or ‘-’, start with an alphabetic character, end with an alphanumeric character and have a max length of 54 characters.

                domainPrefix
                string
                (Optional)

                DomainPrefix is an optional prefix added to the cluster’s domain name. It will be used when generating a sub-domain for the cluster on openshiftapps domain. It must be valid DNS-1035 label consisting of lower case alphanumeric characters or ‘-’, start with an alphabetic character end with an alphanumeric character and have a max length of 15 characters.

                subnets
                []string

                The Subnet IDs to use when installing the cluster. SubnetIDs should come in pairs; two per availability zone, one private and one public.

                availabilityZones
                []string

                AvailabilityZones describe AWS AvailabilityZones of the worker nodes. should match the AvailabilityZones of the provided Subnets. a machinepool will be created for each availabilityZone.

                region
                string

                The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                version
                string

                OpenShift semantic version, for example “4.14.5”.

                versionGate
                VersionGateAckType

                VersionGate requires acknowledgment when upgrading ROSA-HCP y-stream versions (e.g., from 4.15 to 4.16). Default is WaitForAcknowledge. WaitForAcknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, the upgrade will not proceed until VersionGate is set to Acknowledge or AlwaysAcknowledge. Acknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, apply it for the upgrade. After upgrade is done set the version gate to WaitForAcknowledge. AlwaysAcknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, apply it and proceed with the upgrade.

                rolesRef
                AWSRolesRef

                AWS IAM roles used to perform credential requests by the openshift operators.

                oidcID
                string

                The ID of the internal OpenID Connect Provider.

                enableExternalAuthProviders
                bool
                (Optional)

                EnableExternalAuthProviders enables external authentication configuration for the cluster.

                externalAuthProviders
                []ExternalAuthProvider

                ExternalAuthProviders are external OIDC identity providers that can issue tokens for this cluster. Can only be set if “enableExternalAuthProviders” is set to “True”.

                At most one provider can be configured.

                installerRoleARN
                string

                InstallerRoleARN is an AWS IAM role that OpenShift Cluster Manager will assume to create the cluster..

                supportRoleARN
                string

                SupportRoleARN is an AWS IAM role used by Red Hat SREs to enable access to the cluster account in order to provide support.

                workerRoleARN
                string

                WorkerRoleARN is an AWS IAM role that will be attached to worker instances.

                billingAccount
                string
                (Optional)

                BillingAccount is an optional AWS account to use for billing the subscription fees for ROSA clusters. The cost of running each ROSA cluster will be billed to the infrastructure account in which the cluster is running.

                defaultMachinePoolSpec
                DefaultMachinePoolSpec
                (Optional)

                DefaultMachinePoolSpec defines the configuration for the default machinepool(s) provisioned as part of the cluster creation. One MachinePool will be created with this configuration per AvailabilityZone. Those default machinepools are required for openshift cluster operators to work properly. As these machinepool not created using ROSAMachinePool CR, they will not be visible/managed by ROSA CAPI provider. rosa list machinepools -c <rosaClusterName> can be used to view those machinepools.

                This field will be removed in the future once the current limitation is resolved.

                network
                NetworkSpec
                (Optional)

                Network config for the ROSA HCP cluster.

                endpointAccess
                RosaEndpointAccessType
                (Optional)

                EndpointAccess specifies the publishing scope of cluster endpoints. The default is Public.

                additionalTags
                Tags
                (Optional)

                AdditionalTags are user-defined tags to be added on the AWS resources associated with the control plane.

                etcdEncryptionKMSARN
                string
                (Optional)

                EtcdEncryptionKMSARN is the ARN of the KMS key used to encrypt etcd. The key itself needs to be created out-of-band by the user and tagged with red-hat:true.

                auditLogRoleARN
                string
                (Optional)

                AuditLogRoleARN defines the role that is used to forward audit logs to AWS CloudWatch. If not set, audit log forwarding is disabled.

                provisionShardID
                string
                (Optional)

                ProvisionShardID defines the shard where rosa control plane components will be hosted.

                credentialsSecretRef
                Kubernetes core/v1.LocalObjectReference
                (Optional)

                CredentialsSecretRef references a secret with necessary credentials to connect to the OCM API. The secret should contain the following data keys: - ocmToken: eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiIsI…. - ocmApiUrl: Optional, defaults to ‘https://api.openshift.com’

                identityRef
                AWSIdentityReference
                (Optional)

                IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                controlPlaneEndpoint
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                (Optional)

                ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                clusterRegistryConfig
                RegistryConfig
                (Optional)

                ClusterRegistryConfig represents registry config used with the cluster.

                status
                RosaControlPlaneStatus

                RegistryConfig

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                RegistryConfig for ROSA-HCP cluster

                Field Description
                additionalTrustedCAs
                map[string]string
                (Optional)

                AdditionalTrustedCAs containing the registry hostname as the key, and the PEM-encoded certificate as the value, for each additional registry CA to trust.

                allowedRegistriesForImport
                []RegistryLocation
                (Optional)

                AllowedRegistriesForImport limits the container image registries that normal users may import images from. Set this list to the registries that you trust to contain valid Docker images and that you want applications to be able to import from.

                registrySources
                RegistrySources
                (Optional)

                RegistrySources contains configuration that determines how the container runtime should treat individual registries when accessing images. It does not contain configuration for the internal cluster registry. AllowedRegistries, BlockedRegistries are mutually exclusive.

                RegistryLocation

                (Appears on:RegistryConfig)

                RegistryLocation contains a location of the registry specified by the registry domain name.

                Field Description
                domainName
                string
                (Optional)

                domainName specifies a domain name for the registry. The domain name might include wildcards, like ‘*’ or ‘??’. In case the registry use non-standard (80 or 443) port, the port should be included in the domain name as well.

                insecure
                bool
                (Optional)

                insecure indicates whether the registry is secure (https) or insecure (http), default is secured.

                RegistrySources

                (Appears on:RegistryConfig)

                RegistrySources contains registries configuration.

                Field Description
                allowedRegistries
                []string
                (Optional)

                AllowedRegistries are the registries for which image pull and push actions are allowed. To specify all subdomains, add the asterisk (*) wildcard character as a prefix to the domain name, For example, *.example.com. You can specify an individual repository within a registry, For example: reg1.io/myrepo/myapp:latest. All other registries are blocked.

                blockedRegistries
                []string
                (Optional)

                BlockedRegistries are the registries for which image pull and push actions are denied. To specify all subdomains, add the asterisk (*) wildcard character as a prefix to the domain name, For example, *.example.com. You can specify an individual repository within a registry, For example: reg1.io/myrepo/myapp:latest. All other registries are allowed.

                insecureRegistries
                []string
                (Optional)

                InsecureRegistries are registries which do not have a valid TLS certificate or only support HTTP connections. To specify all subdomains, add the asterisk (*) wildcard character as a prefix to the domain name, For example, *.example.com. You can specify an individual repository within a registry, For example: reg1.io/myrepo/myapp:latest.

                RosaControlPlaneSpec

                (Appears on:ROSAControlPlane)

                RosaControlPlaneSpec defines the desired state of ROSAControlPlane.

                Field Description
                rosaClusterName
                string

                Cluster name must be valid DNS-1035 label, so it must consist of lower case alphanumeric characters or ‘-’, start with an alphabetic character, end with an alphanumeric character and have a max length of 54 characters.

                domainPrefix
                string
                (Optional)

                DomainPrefix is an optional prefix added to the cluster’s domain name. It will be used when generating a sub-domain for the cluster on openshiftapps domain. It must be valid DNS-1035 label consisting of lower case alphanumeric characters or ‘-’, start with an alphabetic character end with an alphanumeric character and have a max length of 15 characters.

                subnets
                []string

                The Subnet IDs to use when installing the cluster. SubnetIDs should come in pairs; two per availability zone, one private and one public.

                availabilityZones
                []string

                AvailabilityZones describe AWS AvailabilityZones of the worker nodes. should match the AvailabilityZones of the provided Subnets. a machinepool will be created for each availabilityZone.

                region
                string

                The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                version
                string

                OpenShift semantic version, for example “4.14.5”.

                versionGate
                VersionGateAckType

                VersionGate requires acknowledgment when upgrading ROSA-HCP y-stream versions (e.g., from 4.15 to 4.16). Default is WaitForAcknowledge. WaitForAcknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, the upgrade will not proceed until VersionGate is set to Acknowledge or AlwaysAcknowledge. Acknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, apply it for the upgrade. After upgrade is done set the version gate to WaitForAcknowledge. AlwaysAcknowledge: If acknowledgment is required, apply it and proceed with the upgrade.

                rolesRef
                AWSRolesRef

                AWS IAM roles used to perform credential requests by the openshift operators.

                oidcID
                string

                The ID of the internal OpenID Connect Provider.

                enableExternalAuthProviders
                bool
                (Optional)

                EnableExternalAuthProviders enables external authentication configuration for the cluster.

                externalAuthProviders
                []ExternalAuthProvider

                ExternalAuthProviders are external OIDC identity providers that can issue tokens for this cluster. Can only be set if “enableExternalAuthProviders” is set to “True”.

                At most one provider can be configured.

                installerRoleARN
                string

                InstallerRoleARN is an AWS IAM role that OpenShift Cluster Manager will assume to create the cluster..

                supportRoleARN
                string

                SupportRoleARN is an AWS IAM role used by Red Hat SREs to enable access to the cluster account in order to provide support.

                workerRoleARN
                string

                WorkerRoleARN is an AWS IAM role that will be attached to worker instances.

                billingAccount
                string
                (Optional)

                BillingAccount is an optional AWS account to use for billing the subscription fees for ROSA clusters. The cost of running each ROSA cluster will be billed to the infrastructure account in which the cluster is running.

                defaultMachinePoolSpec
                DefaultMachinePoolSpec
                (Optional)

                DefaultMachinePoolSpec defines the configuration for the default machinepool(s) provisioned as part of the cluster creation. One MachinePool will be created with this configuration per AvailabilityZone. Those default machinepools are required for openshift cluster operators to work properly. As these machinepool not created using ROSAMachinePool CR, they will not be visible/managed by ROSA CAPI provider. rosa list machinepools -c <rosaClusterName> can be used to view those machinepools.

                This field will be removed in the future once the current limitation is resolved.

                network
                NetworkSpec
                (Optional)

                Network config for the ROSA HCP cluster.

                endpointAccess
                RosaEndpointAccessType
                (Optional)

                EndpointAccess specifies the publishing scope of cluster endpoints. The default is Public.

                additionalTags
                Tags
                (Optional)

                AdditionalTags are user-defined tags to be added on the AWS resources associated with the control plane.

                etcdEncryptionKMSARN
                string
                (Optional)

                EtcdEncryptionKMSARN is the ARN of the KMS key used to encrypt etcd. The key itself needs to be created out-of-band by the user and tagged with red-hat:true.

                auditLogRoleARN
                string
                (Optional)

                AuditLogRoleARN defines the role that is used to forward audit logs to AWS CloudWatch. If not set, audit log forwarding is disabled.

                provisionShardID
                string
                (Optional)

                ProvisionShardID defines the shard where rosa control plane components will be hosted.

                credentialsSecretRef
                Kubernetes core/v1.LocalObjectReference
                (Optional)

                CredentialsSecretRef references a secret with necessary credentials to connect to the OCM API. The secret should contain the following data keys: - ocmToken: eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiIsI…. - ocmApiUrl: Optional, defaults to ‘https://api.openshift.com’

                identityRef
                AWSIdentityReference
                (Optional)

                IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                controlPlaneEndpoint
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                (Optional)

                ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                clusterRegistryConfig
                RegistryConfig
                (Optional)

                ClusterRegistryConfig represents registry config used with the cluster.

                RosaControlPlaneStatus

                (Appears on:ROSAControlPlane)

                RosaControlPlaneStatus defines the observed state of ROSAControlPlane.

                Field Description
                externalManagedControlPlane
                bool

                ExternalManagedControlPlane indicates to cluster-api that the control plane is managed by an external service such as AKS, EKS, GKE, etc.

                initialized
                bool
                (Optional)

                Initialized denotes whether or not the control plane has the uploaded kubernetes config-map.

                ready
                bool

                Ready denotes that the ROSAControlPlane API Server is ready to receive requests.

                failureMessage
                string
                (Optional)

                FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the state and will be set to a descriptive error message.

                This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required.

                conditions
                Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions

                Conditions specifies the conditions for the managed control plane

                id
                string

                ID is the cluster ID given by ROSA.

                consoleURL
                string

                ConsoleURL is the url for the openshift console.

                oidcEndpointURL
                string

                OIDCEndpointURL is the endpoint url for the managed OIDC provider.

                availableUpgrades
                []string

                Available upgrades for the ROSA hosted control plane.

                RosaEndpointAccessType (string alias)

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                RosaEndpointAccessType specifies the publishing scope of cluster endpoints.

                Value Description

                "Private"

                Private endpoint access allows only private API server access and private node communication with the control plane.

                "Public"

                Public endpoint access allows public API server access and private node communication with the control plane.

                TokenAudience (string alias)

                (Appears on:TokenIssuer)

                TokenAudience is the audience that the token was issued for.

                TokenClaimMappings

                (Appears on:ExternalAuthProvider)

                TokenClaimMappings describes rules on how to transform information from an ID token into a cluster identity.

                Field Description
                username
                UsernameClaimMapping
                (Optional)

                Username is a name of the claim that should be used to construct usernames for the cluster identity.

                Default value: “sub”

                groups
                PrefixedClaimMapping
                (Optional)

                Groups is a name of the claim that should be used to construct groups for the cluster identity. The referenced claim must use array of strings values.

                TokenClaimValidationRule

                (Appears on:ExternalAuthProvider)

                TokenClaimValidationRule validates token claims to authenticate users.

                Field Description
                type
                TokenValidationRuleType

                Type sets the type of the validation rule

                requiredClaim
                TokenRequiredClaim

                RequiredClaim allows configuring a required claim name and its expected value

                TokenIssuer

                (Appears on:ExternalAuthProvider)

                TokenIssuer describes attributes of the OIDC token issuer

                Field Description
                issuerURL
                string

                URL is the serving URL of the token issuer. Must use the https:// scheme.

                audiences
                []TokenAudience

                Audiences is an array of audiences that the token was issued for. Valid tokens must include at least one of these values in their “aud” claim. Must be set to exactly one value.

                issuerCertificateAuthority
                LocalObjectReference

                CertificateAuthority is a reference to a config map in the configuration namespace. The .data of the configMap must contain the “ca-bundle.crt” key. If unset, system trust is used instead.

                TokenRequiredClaim

                (Appears on:TokenClaimValidationRule)

                TokenRequiredClaim allows configuring a required claim name and its expected value.

                Field Description
                claim
                string

                Claim is a name of a required claim. Only claims with string values are supported.

                requiredValue
                string

                RequiredValue is the required value for the claim.

                TokenValidationRuleType (string alias)

                (Appears on:TokenClaimValidationRule)

                TokenValidationRuleType defines the type of the validation rule.

                Value Description

                "RequiredClaim"

                TokenValidationRuleTypeRequiredClaim defines the type for RequiredClaim.

                UsernameClaimMapping

                (Appears on:TokenClaimMappings)

                UsernameClaimMapping defines the claim that should be used to construct usernames for the cluster identity.

                Field Description
                claim
                string

                Claim is a JWT token claim to be used in the mapping

                prefixPolicy
                UsernamePrefixPolicy
                (Optional)

                PrefixPolicy specifies how a prefix should apply.

                By default, claims other than email will be prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with other plugins.

                Set to “NoPrefix” to disable prefixing.

                Example: (1) prefix is set to “myoidc:” and claim is set to “username”. If the JWT claim username contains value userA, the resulting mapped value will be “myoidc:userA”. (2) prefix is set to “myoidc:” and claim is set to “email”. If the JWT email claim contains value “userA@myoidc.tld”, the resulting mapped value will be “myoidc:userA@myoidc.tld”. (3) prefix is unset, issuerURL is set to https://myoidc.tld, the JWT claims include “username”:“userA” and “email”:“userA@myoidc.tld”, and claim is set to: (a) “username”: the mapped value will be “https://myoidc.tld#userA” (b) “email”: the mapped value will be “userA@myoidc.tld”

                prefix
                string
                (Optional)

                Prefix is prepended to claim to prevent clashes with existing names.

                UsernamePrefixPolicy (string alias)

                (Appears on:UsernameClaimMapping)

                UsernamePrefixPolicy specifies how a prefix should apply.

                Value Description

                ""

                NoOpinion let’s the cluster assign prefixes. If the username claim is email, there is no prefix If the username claim is anything else, it is prefixed by the issuerURL

                "NoPrefix"

                NoPrefix means the username claim value will not have any prefix

                "Prefix"

                Prefix means the prefix value must be specified. It cannot be empty

                VersionGateAckType (string alias)

                (Appears on:RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                VersionGateAckType specifies the version gate acknowledgement.

                Value Description

                "Acknowledge"

                Acknowledge if acknowledgment is required and proceed with the upgrade.

                "AlwaysAcknowledge"

                AlwaysAcknowledge always acknowledg if required and proceed with the upgrade.

                "WaitForAcknowledge"

                WaitForAcknowledge if acknowledgment is required, wait not to proceed with the upgrade.


                infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta1

                Package v1beta1 contains the v1beta1 API implementation.

                Resource Types:

                  AMIReference

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                  AMIReference is a reference to a specific AWS resource by ID, ARN, or filters. Only one of ID, ARN or Filters may be specified. Specifying more than one will result in a validation error.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ID of resource

                  eksLookupType
                  EKSAMILookupType
                  (Optional)

                  EKSOptimizedLookupType If specified, will look up an EKS Optimized image in SSM Parameter store

                  AWSCluster

                  AWSCluster is the schema for Amazon EC2 based Kubernetes Cluster API.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterSpec


                  network
                  NetworkSpec

                  NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                  region
                  string

                  The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  controlPlaneEndpoint
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                  AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                  bastion
                  Bastion
                  (Optional)

                  Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                  identityRef
                  AWSIdentityReference

                  IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                  s3Bucket
                  S3Bucket
                  (Optional)

                  S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                  status
                  AWSClusterStatus

                  AWSClusterControllerIdentity

                  AWSClusterControllerIdentity is the Schema for the awsclustercontrolleridentities API It is used to grant access to use Cluster API Provider AWS Controller credentials.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec

                  Spec for this AWSClusterControllerIdentity.



                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterControllerIdentity)

                  AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterControllerIdentity.

                  Field Description
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec, AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec, AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec)

                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec defines the Spec struct for AWSClusterIdentity types.

                  Field Description
                  allowedNamespaces
                  AllowedNamespaces
                  (Optional)

                  AllowedNamespaces is used to identify which namespaces are allowed to use the identity from. Namespaces can be selected either using an array of namespaces or with label selector. An empty allowedNamespaces object indicates that AWSClusters can use this identity from any namespace. If this object is nil, no namespaces will be allowed (default behaviour, if this field is not provided) A namespace should be either in the NamespaceList or match with Selector to use the identity.

                  AWSClusterRoleIdentity

                  AWSClusterRoleIdentity is the Schema for the awsclusterroleidentities API It is used to assume a role using the provided sourceRef.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec

                  Spec for this AWSClusterRoleIdentity.



                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  AWSRoleSpec
                  AWSRoleSpec

                  (Members of AWSRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

                  externalID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another account. If the administrator of the account to which the role belongs provided you with an external ID, then provide that value in the ExternalId parameter. This value can be any string, such as a passphrase or account number. A cross-account role is usually set up to trust everyone in an account. Therefore, the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party in the IAM User Guide.

                  sourceIdentityRef
                  AWSIdentityReference

                  SourceIdentityRef is a reference to another identity which will be chained to do role assumption. All identity types are accepted.

                  AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentity)

                  AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterRoleIdentity.

                  Field Description
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  AWSRoleSpec
                  AWSRoleSpec

                  (Members of AWSRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

                  externalID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another account. If the administrator of the account to which the role belongs provided you with an external ID, then provide that value in the ExternalId parameter. This value can be any string, such as a passphrase or account number. A cross-account role is usually set up to trust everyone in an account. Therefore, the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party in the IAM User Guide.

                  sourceIdentityRef
                  AWSIdentityReference

                  SourceIdentityRef is a reference to another identity which will be chained to do role assumption. All identity types are accepted.

                  AWSClusterSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSCluster, AWSClusterTemplateResource)

                  AWSClusterSpec defines the desired state of an EC2-based Kubernetes cluster.

                  Field Description
                  network
                  NetworkSpec

                  NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                  region
                  string

                  The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  controlPlaneEndpoint
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                  AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                  bastion
                  Bastion
                  (Optional)

                  Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                  identityRef
                  AWSIdentityReference

                  IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                  s3Bucket
                  S3Bucket
                  (Optional)

                  S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                  AWSClusterStaticIdentity

                  AWSClusterStaticIdentity is the Schema for the awsclusterstaticidentities API It represents a reference to an AWS access key ID and secret access key, stored in a secret.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec

                  Spec for this AWSClusterStaticIdentity



                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  secretRef
                  string

                  Reference to a secret containing the credentials. The secret should contain the following data keys: AccessKeyID: AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE SecretAccessKey: wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY SessionToken: Optional

                  AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterStaticIdentity)

                  AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterStaticIdentity.

                  Field Description
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                  AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                  (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                  secretRef
                  string

                  Reference to a secret containing the credentials. The secret should contain the following data keys: AccessKeyID: AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE SecretAccessKey: wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY SessionToken: Optional

                  AWSClusterStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSCluster)

                  AWSClusterStatus defines the observed state of AWSCluster.

                  Field Description
                  ready
                  bool
                  networkStatus
                  NetworkStatus
                  failureDomains
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
                  bastion
                  Instance
                  conditions
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions

                  AWSClusterTemplate

                  AWSClusterTemplate is the schema for Amazon EC2 based Kubernetes Cluster Templates.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterTemplateSpec


                  template
                  AWSClusterTemplateResource

                  AWSClusterTemplateResource

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterTemplateSpec)

                  AWSClusterTemplateResource defines the desired state of AWSClusterTemplate.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.ObjectMeta
                  (Optional)

                  Standard object’s metadata. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata

                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSClusterSpec


                  network
                  NetworkSpec

                  NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                  region
                  string

                  The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  controlPlaneEndpoint
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                  AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                  (Optional)

                  ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                  bastion
                  Bastion
                  (Optional)

                  Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                  identityRef
                  AWSIdentityReference

                  IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                  s3Bucket
                  S3Bucket
                  (Optional)

                  S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                  AWSClusterTemplateSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterTemplate)

                  AWSClusterTemplateSpec defines the desired state of AWSClusterTemplate.

                  Field Description
                  template
                  AWSClusterTemplateResource

                  AWSIdentityKind (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSIdentityReference)

                  AWSIdentityKind defines allowed AWS identity types.

                  AWSIdentityReference

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec, AWSClusterSpec)

                  AWSIdentityReference specifies a identity.

                  Field Description
                  name
                  string

                  Name of the identity.

                  kind
                  AWSIdentityKind

                  Kind of the identity.

                  AWSLoadBalancerSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                  AWSLoadBalancerSpec defines the desired state of an AWS load balancer.

                  Field Description
                  name
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Name sets the name of the classic ELB load balancer. As per AWS, the name must be unique within your set of load balancers for the region, must have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and cannot begin or end with a hyphen. Once set, the value cannot be changed.

                  scheme
                  ClassicELBScheme
                  (Optional)

                  Scheme sets the scheme of the load balancer (defaults to internet-facing)

                  crossZoneLoadBalancing
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  CrossZoneLoadBalancing enables the classic ELB cross availability zone balancing.

                  With cross-zone load balancing, each load balancer node for your Classic Load Balancer distributes requests evenly across the registered instances in all enabled Availability Zones. If cross-zone load balancing is disabled, each load balancer node distributes requests evenly across the registered instances in its Availability Zone only.

                  Defaults to false.

                  subnets
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  Subnets sets the subnets that should be applied to the control plane load balancer (defaults to discovered subnets for managed VPCs or an empty set for unmanaged VPCs)

                  healthCheckProtocol
                  ClassicELBProtocol
                  (Optional)

                  HealthCheckProtocol sets the protocol type for classic ELB health check target default value is ClassicELBProtocolSSL

                  additionalSecurityGroups
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalSecurityGroups sets the security groups used by the load balancer. Expected to be security group IDs This is optional - if not provided new security groups will be created for the load balancer

                  AWSMachine

                  AWSMachine is the schema for Amazon EC2 machines.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSMachineSpec


                  providerID
                  string

                  ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                  instanceID
                  string

                  InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                  ami
                  AMIReference

                  AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                  instanceType
                  string

                  InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                  iamInstanceProfile
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                  publicIP
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                  additionalSecurityGroups
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                  failureDomain
                  string

                  FailureDomain is the failure domain unique identifier this Machine should be attached to, as defined in Cluster API. For this infrastructure provider, the ID is equivalent to an AWS Availability Zone. If multiple subnets are matched for the availability zone, the first one returned is picked.

                  subnet
                  AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  rootVolume
                  Volume
                  (Optional)

                  RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                  nonRootVolumes
                  []Volume
                  (Optional)

                  Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                  networkInterfaces
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                  uncompressedUserData
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                  cloudInit
                  CloudInit
                  (Optional)

                  CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                  ignition
                  Ignition
                  (Optional)

                  Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                  spotMarketOptions
                  SpotMarketOptions
                  (Optional)

                  SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                  tenancy
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                  status
                  AWSMachineStatus

                  AWSMachineProviderConditionType (string alias)

                  AWSMachineProviderConditionType is a valid value for AWSMachineProviderCondition.Type.

                  AWSMachineSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSMachine, AWSMachineTemplateResource)

                  AWSMachineSpec defines the desired state of an Amazon EC2 instance.

                  Field Description
                  providerID
                  string

                  ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                  instanceID
                  string

                  InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                  ami
                  AMIReference

                  AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                  instanceType
                  string

                  InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                  iamInstanceProfile
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                  publicIP
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                  additionalSecurityGroups
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                  failureDomain
                  string

                  FailureDomain is the failure domain unique identifier this Machine should be attached to, as defined in Cluster API. For this infrastructure provider, the ID is equivalent to an AWS Availability Zone. If multiple subnets are matched for the availability zone, the first one returned is picked.

                  subnet
                  AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  rootVolume
                  Volume
                  (Optional)

                  RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                  nonRootVolumes
                  []Volume
                  (Optional)

                  Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                  networkInterfaces
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                  uncompressedUserData
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                  cloudInit
                  CloudInit
                  (Optional)

                  CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                  ignition
                  Ignition
                  (Optional)

                  Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                  spotMarketOptions
                  SpotMarketOptions
                  (Optional)

                  SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                  tenancy
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                  AWSMachineStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSMachine)

                  AWSMachineStatus defines the observed state of AWSMachine.

                  Field Description
                  ready
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Ready is true when the provider resource is ready.

                  interruptible
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Interruptible reports that this machine is using spot instances and can therefore be interrupted by CAPI when it receives a notice that the spot instance is to be terminated by AWS. This will be set to true when SpotMarketOptions is not nil (i.e. this machine is using a spot instance).

                  addresses
                  []Cluster API api/v1beta1.MachineAddress

                  Addresses contains the AWS instance associated addresses.

                  instanceState
                  InstanceState
                  (Optional)

                  InstanceState is the state of the AWS instance for this machine.

                  failureReason
                  Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                  (Optional)

                  FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  failureMessage
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  conditions
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                  (Optional)

                  Conditions defines current service state of the AWSMachine.

                  AWSMachineTemplate

                  AWSMachineTemplate is the schema for the Amazon EC2 Machine Templates API.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSMachineTemplateSpec


                  template
                  AWSMachineTemplateResource
                  status
                  AWSMachineTemplateStatus

                  AWSMachineTemplateResource

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplateSpec)

                  AWSMachineTemplateResource describes the data needed to create am AWSMachine from a template.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.ObjectMeta
                  (Optional)

                  Standard object’s metadata. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata

                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSMachineSpec

                  Spec is the specification of the desired behavior of the machine.



                  providerID
                  string

                  ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                  instanceID
                  string

                  InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                  ami
                  AMIReference

                  AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                  instanceType
                  string

                  InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                  iamInstanceProfile
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                  publicIP
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                  additionalSecurityGroups
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                  failureDomain
                  string

                  FailureDomain is the failure domain unique identifier this Machine should be attached to, as defined in Cluster API. For this infrastructure provider, the ID is equivalent to an AWS Availability Zone. If multiple subnets are matched for the availability zone, the first one returned is picked.

                  subnet
                  AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  rootVolume
                  Volume
                  (Optional)

                  RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                  nonRootVolumes
                  []Volume
                  (Optional)

                  Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                  networkInterfaces
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                  uncompressedUserData
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                  cloudInit
                  CloudInit
                  (Optional)

                  CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                  ignition
                  Ignition
                  (Optional)

                  Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                  spotMarketOptions
                  SpotMarketOptions
                  (Optional)

                  SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                  tenancy
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                  AWSMachineTemplateSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplate)

                  AWSMachineTemplateSpec defines the desired state of AWSMachineTemplate.

                  Field Description
                  template
                  AWSMachineTemplateResource

                  AWSMachineTemplateStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplate)

                  AWSMachineTemplateStatus defines a status for an AWSMachineTemplate.

                  Field Description
                  capacity
                  Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceList
                  (Optional)

                  Capacity defines the resource capacity for this machine. This value is used for autoscaling from zero operations as defined in: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/blob/main/docs/proposals/20210310-opt-in-autoscaling-from-zero.md

                  AWSResourceReference

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                  AWSResourceReference is a reference to a specific AWS resource by ID or filters. Only one of ID or Filters may be specified. Specifying more than one will result in a validation error.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ID of resource

                  arn
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ARN of resource. Deprecated: This field has no function and is going to be removed in the next release.

                  filters
                  []Filter
                  (Optional)

                  Filters is a set of key/value pairs used to identify a resource They are applied according to the rules defined by the AWS API: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Filtering.html

                  AWSRoleSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec)

                  AWSRoleSpec defines the specifications for all identities based around AWS roles.

                  Field Description
                  roleARN
                  string

                  The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume.

                  sessionName
                  string

                  An identifier for the assumed role session

                  durationSeconds
                  int32

                  The duration, in seconds, of the role session before it is renewed.

                  inlinePolicy
                  string

                  An IAM policy as a JSON-encoded string that you want to use as an inline session policy.

                  policyARNs
                  []string

                  The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as the role.

                  AZSelectionScheme (string alias)

                  (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                  AZSelectionScheme defines the scheme of selecting AZs.

                  AllowedNamespaces

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterIdentitySpec)

                  AllowedNamespaces is a selector of namespaces that AWSClusters can use this ClusterPrincipal from. This is a standard Kubernetes LabelSelector, a label query over a set of resources. The result of matchLabels and matchExpressions are ANDed.

                  Field Description
                  list
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  An nil or empty list indicates that AWSClusters cannot use the identity from any namespace.

                  selector
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
                  (Optional)

                  An empty selector indicates that AWSClusters cannot use this AWSClusterIdentity from any namespace.

                  Bastion

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                  Bastion defines a bastion host.

                  Field Description
                  enabled
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Enabled allows this provider to create a bastion host instance with a public ip to access the VPC private network.

                  disableIngressRules
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  DisableIngressRules will ensure there are no Ingress rules in the bastion host’s security group. Requires AllowedCIDRBlocks to be empty.

                  allowedCIDRBlocks
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  AllowedCIDRBlocks is a list of CIDR blocks allowed to access the bastion host. They are set as ingress rules for the Bastion host’s Security Group (defaults to 0.0.0.0/0).

                  instanceType
                  string

                  InstanceType will use the specified instance type for the bastion. If not specified, Cluster API Provider AWS will use t3.micro for all regions except us-east-1, where t2.micro will be the default.

                  ami
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  AMI will use the specified AMI to boot the bastion. If not specified, the AMI will default to one picked out in public space.

                  BuildParams

                  BuildParams is used to build tags around an aws resource.

                  Field Description
                  Lifecycle
                  ResourceLifecycle

                  Lifecycle determines the resource lifecycle.

                  ClusterName
                  string

                  ClusterName is the cluster associated with the resource.

                  ResourceID
                  string

                  ResourceID is the unique identifier of the resource to be tagged.

                  Name
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Name is the name of the resource, it’s applied as the tag “Name” on AWS.

                  Role
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Role is the role associated to the resource.

                  Additional
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  Any additional tags to be added to the resource.

                  CNIIngressRule

                  CNIIngressRule defines an AWS ingress rule for CNI requirements.

                  Field Description
                  description
                  string
                  protocol
                  SecurityGroupProtocol
                  fromPort
                  int64
                  toPort
                  int64

                  CNIIngressRules ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.CNIIngressRule alias)

                  (Appears on:CNISpec)

                  CNIIngressRules is a slice of CNIIngressRule.

                  CNISpec

                  (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                  CNISpec defines configuration for CNI.

                  Field Description
                  cniIngressRules
                  CNIIngressRules

                  CNIIngressRules specify rules to apply to control plane and worker node security groups. The source for the rule will be set to control plane and worker security group IDs.

                  ClassicELB

                  (Appears on:NetworkStatus)

                  ClassicELB defines an AWS classic load balancer.

                  Field Description
                  name
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The name of the load balancer. It must be unique within the set of load balancers defined in the region. It also serves as identifier.

                  dnsName
                  string

                  DNSName is the dns name of the load balancer.

                  scheme
                  ClassicELBScheme

                  Scheme is the load balancer scheme, either internet-facing or private.

                  availabilityZones
                  []string

                  AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones in the VPC attached to the load balancer.

                  subnetIds
                  []string

                  SubnetIDs is an array of subnets in the VPC attached to the load balancer.

                  securityGroupIds
                  []string

                  SecurityGroupIDs is an array of security groups assigned to the load balancer.

                  listeners
                  []ClassicELBListener

                  Listeners is an array of classic elb listeners associated with the load balancer. There must be at least one.

                  healthChecks
                  ClassicELBHealthCheck

                  HealthCheck is the classic elb health check associated with the load balancer.

                  attributes
                  ClassicELBAttributes

                  Attributes defines extra attributes associated with the load balancer.

                  tags
                  map[string]string

                  Tags is a map of tags associated with the load balancer.

                  ClassicELBAttributes

                  (Appears on:ClassicELB)

                  ClassicELBAttributes defines extra attributes associated with a classic load balancer.

                  Field Description
                  idleTimeout
                  time.Duration

                  IdleTimeout is time that the connection is allowed to be idle (no data has been sent over the connection) before it is closed by the load balancer.

                  crossZoneLoadBalancing
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  CrossZoneLoadBalancing enables the classic load balancer load balancing.

                  ClassicELBHealthCheck

                  (Appears on:ClassicELB)

                  ClassicELBHealthCheck defines an AWS classic load balancer health check.

                  Field Description
                  target
                  string
                  interval
                  time.Duration
                  timeout
                  time.Duration
                  healthyThreshold
                  int64
                  unhealthyThreshold
                  int64

                  ClassicELBListener

                  (Appears on:ClassicELB)

                  ClassicELBListener defines an AWS classic load balancer listener.

                  Field Description
                  protocol
                  ClassicELBProtocol
                  port
                  int64
                  instanceProtocol
                  ClassicELBProtocol
                  instancePort
                  int64

                  ClassicELBProtocol (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, ClassicELBListener)

                  ClassicELBProtocol defines listener protocols for a classic load balancer.

                  ClassicELBScheme (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, ClassicELB)

                  ClassicELBScheme defines the scheme of a classic load balancer.

                  CloudInit

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                  CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                  Field Description
                  insecureSkipSecretsManager
                  bool

                  InsecureSkipSecretsManager, when set to true will not use AWS Secrets Manager or AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store to ensure privacy of userdata. By default, a cloud-init boothook shell script is prepended to download the userdata from Secrets Manager and additionally delete the secret.

                  secretCount
                  int32
                  (Optional)

                  SecretCount is the number of secrets used to form the complete secret

                  secretPrefix
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SecretPrefix is the prefix for the secret name. This is stored temporarily, and deleted when the machine registers as a node against the workload cluster.

                  secureSecretsBackend
                  SecretBackend
                  (Optional)

                  SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will utilize the AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage to distribute secrets. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will use AWS Secrets Manager instead.

                  EKSAMILookupType (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AMIReference)

                  EKSAMILookupType specifies which AWS AMI to use for a AWSMachine and AWSMachinePool.

                  Filter

                  (Appears on:AWSResourceReference)

                  Filter is a filter used to identify an AWS resource.

                  Field Description
                  name
                  string

                  Name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.

                  values
                  []string

                  Values includes one or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive.

                  IPv6

                  (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                  IPv6 contains ipv6 specific settings for the network.

                  Field Description
                  cidrBlock
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  CidrBlock is the CIDR block provided by Amazon when VPC has enabled IPv6.

                  poolId
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  PoolID is the IP pool which must be defined in case of BYO IP is defined.

                  egressOnlyInternetGatewayId
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  EgressOnlyInternetGatewayID is the id of the egress only internet gateway associated with an IPv6 enabled VPC.

                  Ignition

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                  Ignition defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                  Field Description
                  version
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Version defines which version of Ignition will be used to generate bootstrap data.

                  IngressRule

                  IngressRule defines an AWS ingress rule for security groups.

                  Field Description
                  description
                  string
                  protocol
                  SecurityGroupProtocol
                  fromPort
                  int64
                  toPort
                  int64
                  cidrBlocks
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  List of CIDR blocks to allow access from. Cannot be specified with SourceSecurityGroupID.

                  ipv6CidrBlocks
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  List of IPv6 CIDR blocks to allow access from. Cannot be specified with SourceSecurityGroupID.

                  sourceSecurityGroupIds
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  The security group id to allow access from. Cannot be specified with CidrBlocks.

                  IngressRules ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.IngressRule alias)

                  (Appears on:SecurityGroup)

                  IngressRules is a slice of AWS ingress rules for security groups.

                  Instance

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterStatus)

                  Instance describes an AWS instance.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string
                  instanceState
                  InstanceState

                  The current state of the instance.

                  type
                  string

                  The instance type.

                  subnetId
                  string

                  The ID of the subnet of the instance.

                  imageId
                  string

                  The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance.

                  sshKeyName
                  string

                  The name of the SSH key pair.

                  securityGroupIds
                  []string

                  SecurityGroupIDs are one or more security group IDs this instance belongs to.

                  userData
                  string

                  UserData is the raw data script passed to the instance which is run upon bootstrap. This field must not be base64 encoded and should only be used when running a new instance.

                  iamProfile
                  string

                  The name of the IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable.

                  addresses
                  []Cluster API api/v1beta1.MachineAddress

                  Addresses contains the AWS instance associated addresses.

                  privateIp
                  string

                  The private IPv4 address assigned to the instance.

                  publicIp
                  string

                  The public IPv4 address assigned to the instance, if applicable.

                  enaSupport
                  bool

                  Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.

                  ebsOptimized
                  bool

                  Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.

                  rootVolume
                  Volume
                  (Optional)

                  Configuration options for the root storage volume.

                  nonRootVolumes
                  []Volume
                  (Optional)

                  Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                  networkInterfaces
                  []string

                  Specifies ENIs attached to instance

                  tags
                  map[string]string

                  The tags associated with the instance.

                  availabilityZone
                  string

                  Availability zone of instance

                  spotMarketOptions
                  SpotMarketOptions

                  SpotMarketOptions option for configuring instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                  tenancy
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                  volumeIDs
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  IDs of the instance’s volumes

                  InstanceState (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineStatus, Instance)

                  InstanceState describes the state of an AWS instance.

                  NetworkSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                  NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                  Field Description
                  vpc
                  VPCSpec
                  (Optional)

                  VPC configuration.

                  subnets
                  Subnets
                  (Optional)

                  Subnets configuration.

                  cni
                  CNISpec
                  (Optional)

                  CNI configuration

                  securityGroupOverrides
                  map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.SecurityGroupRole]string
                  (Optional)

                  SecurityGroupOverrides is an optional set of security groups to use for cluster instances This is optional - if not provided new security groups will be created for the cluster

                  NetworkStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterStatus)

                  NetworkStatus encapsulates AWS networking resources.

                  Field Description
                  securityGroups
                  map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.SecurityGroupRole]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.SecurityGroup

                  SecurityGroups is a map from the role/kind of the security group to its unique name, if any.

                  apiServerElb
                  ClassicELB

                  APIServerELB is the Kubernetes api server classic load balancer.

                  ResourceLifecycle (string alias)

                  (Appears on:BuildParams)

                  ResourceLifecycle configures the lifecycle of a resource.

                  RouteTable

                  RouteTable defines an AWS routing table.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string

                  S3Bucket

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                  S3Bucket defines a supporting S3 bucket for the cluster, currently can be optionally used for Ignition.

                  Field Description
                  controlPlaneIAMInstanceProfile
                  string

                  ControlPlaneIAMInstanceProfile is a name of the IAMInstanceProfile, which will be allowed to read control-plane node bootstrap data from S3 Bucket.

                  nodesIAMInstanceProfiles
                  []string

                  NodesIAMInstanceProfiles is a list of IAM instance profiles, which will be allowed to read worker nodes bootstrap data from S3 Bucket.

                  name
                  string

                  Name defines name of S3 Bucket to be created.

                  SecretBackend (string alias)

                  (Appears on:CloudInit)

                  SecretBackend defines variants for backend secret storage.

                  SecurityGroup

                  (Appears on:NetworkStatus)

                  SecurityGroup defines an AWS security group.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string

                  ID is a unique identifier.

                  name
                  string

                  Name is the security group name.

                  ingressRule
                  IngressRules
                  (Optional)

                  IngressRules is the inbound rules associated with the security group.

                  tags
                  Tags

                  Tags is a map of tags associated with the security group.

                  SecurityGroupProtocol (string alias)

                  (Appears on:CNIIngressRule, IngressRule)

                  SecurityGroupProtocol defines the protocol type for a security group rule.

                  SecurityGroupRole (string alias)

                  SecurityGroupRole defines the unique role of a security group.

                  SpotMarketOptions

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance)

                  SpotMarketOptions defines the options available to a user when configuring Machines to run on Spot instances. Most users should provide an empty struct.

                  Field Description
                  maxPrice
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  MaxPrice defines the maximum price the user is willing to pay for Spot VM instances

                  SubnetSpec

                  SubnetSpec configures an AWS Subnet.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string

                  ID defines a unique identifier to reference this resource.

                  cidrBlock
                  string

                  CidrBlock is the CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC.

                  ipv6CidrBlock
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  IPv6CidrBlock is the IPv6 CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC. A subnet can have an IPv4 and an IPv6 address. IPv6 is only supported in managed clusters, this field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                  availabilityZone
                  string

                  AvailabilityZone defines the availability zone to use for this subnet in the cluster’s region.

                  isPublic
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  IsPublic defines the subnet as a public subnet. A subnet is public when it is associated with a route table that has a route to an internet gateway.

                  isIpv6
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  IsIPv6 defines the subnet as an IPv6 subnet. A subnet is IPv6 when it is associated with a VPC that has IPv6 enabled. IPv6 is only supported in managed clusters, this field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                  routeTableId
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  RouteTableID is the routing table id associated with the subnet.

                  natGatewayId
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  NatGatewayID is the NAT gateway id associated with the subnet. Ignored unless the subnet is managed by the provider, in which case this is set on the public subnet where the NAT gateway resides. It is then used to determine routes for private subnets in the same AZ as the public subnet.

                  tags
                  Tags

                  Tags is a collection of tags describing the resource.

                  Subnets ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta1.SubnetSpec alias)

                  (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                  Subnets is a slice of Subnet.

                  Tags (map[string]string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec, AWSMachineSpec, BuildParams, SecurityGroup, SubnetSpec, VPCSpec)

                  Tags defines a map of tags.

                  VPCSpec

                  (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                  VPCSpec configures an AWS VPC.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string

                  ID is the vpc-id of the VPC this provider should use to create resources.

                  cidrBlock
                  string

                  CidrBlock is the CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC. Defaults to 10.0.0.0/16.

                  ipv6
                  IPv6
                  (Optional)

                  IPv6 contains ipv6 specific settings for the network. Supported only in managed clusters. This field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                  internetGatewayId
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  InternetGatewayID is the id of the internet gateway associated with the VPC.

                  tags
                  Tags

                  Tags is a collection of tags describing the resource.

                  availabilityZoneUsageLimit
                  int

                  AvailabilityZoneUsageLimit specifies the maximum number of availability zones (AZ) that should be used in a region when automatically creating subnets. If a region has more than this number of AZs then this number of AZs will be picked randomly when creating default subnets. Defaults to 3

                  availabilityZoneSelection
                  AZSelectionScheme

                  AvailabilityZoneSelection specifies how AZs should be selected if there are more AZs in a region than specified by AvailabilityZoneUsageLimit. There are 2 selection schemes: Ordered - selects based on alphabetical order Random - selects AZs randomly in a region Defaults to Ordered

                  Volume

                  (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance)

                  Volume encapsulates the configuration options for the storage device.

                  Field Description
                  deviceName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Device name

                  size
                  int64

                  Size specifies size (in Gi) of the storage device. Must be greater than the image snapshot size or 8 (whichever is greater).

                  type
                  VolumeType
                  (Optional)

                  Type is the type of the volume (e.g. gp2, io1, etc…).

                  iops
                  int64
                  (Optional)

                  IOPS is the number of IOPS requested for the disk. Not applicable to all types.

                  throughput
                  int64
                  (Optional)

                  Throughput to provision in MiB/s supported for the volume type. Not applicable to all types.

                  encrypted
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Encrypted is whether the volume should be encrypted or not.

                  encryptionKey
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  EncryptionKey is the KMS key to use to encrypt the volume. Can be either a KMS key ID or ARN. If Encrypted is set and this is omitted, the default AWS key will be used. The key must already exist and be accessible by the controller.

                  VolumeType (string alias)

                  (Appears on:Volume)

                  VolumeType describes the EBS volume type. See: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volume-types.html

                  ASGStatus (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolStatus, AutoScalingGroup)

                  ASGStatus is a status string returned by the autoscaling API.

                  AWSFargateProfile

                  AWSFargateProfile is the Schema for the awsfargateprofiles API.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  FargateProfileSpec


                  clusterName
                  string

                  ClusterName is the name of the Cluster this object belongs to.

                  profileName
                  string

                  ProfileName specifies the profile name.

                  subnetIDs
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup.

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  roleName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for this fargate pool If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                  selectors
                  []FargateSelector

                  Selectors specify fargate pod selectors.

                  status
                  FargateProfileStatus

                  AWSLaunchTemplate

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  AWSLaunchTemplate defines the desired state of AWSLaunchTemplate.

                  Field Description
                  name
                  string

                  The name of the launch template.

                  iamInstanceProfile
                  string

                  The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile associated with the IAM role for the instance. The instance profile contains the IAM role.

                  ami
                  AMIReference
                  (Optional)

                  AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                  imageLookupFormat
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                  imageLookupOrg
                  string

                  ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                  imageLookupBaseOS
                  string

                  ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                  instanceType
                  string

                  InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                  rootVolume
                  Volume
                  (Optional)

                  RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                  sshKeyName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                  versionNumber
                  int64

                  VersionNumber is the version of the launch template that is applied. Typically a new version is created when at least one of the following happens: 1) A new launch template spec is applied. 2) One or more parameters in an existing template is changed. 3) A new AMI is discovered.

                  additionalSecurityGroups
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instances. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator.

                  spotMarketOptions
                  SpotMarketOptions

                  SpotMarketOptions are options for configuring AWSMachinePool instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                  AWSMachinePool

                  AWSMachinePool is the Schema for the awsmachinepools API.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSMachinePoolSpec


                  providerID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderID is the ARN of the associated ASG

                  minSize
                  int32

                  MinSize defines the minimum size of the group.

                  maxSize
                  int32

                  MaxSize defines the maximum size of the group.

                  availabilityZones
                  []string

                  AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                  subnets
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  Subnets is an array of subnet configurations

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider.

                  awsLaunchTemplate
                  AWSLaunchTemplate

                  AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template and version to use when an instance is launched.

                  mixedInstancesPolicy
                  MixedInstancesPolicy

                  MixedInstancesPolicy describes how multiple instance types will be used by the ASG.

                  providerIDList
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderIDList are the identification IDs of machine instances provided by the provider. This field must match the provider IDs as seen on the node objects corresponding to a machine pool’s machine instances.

                  defaultCoolDown
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                  (Optional)

                  The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes before another scaling activity can start. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                  refreshPreferences
                  RefreshPreferences
                  (Optional)

                  RefreshPreferences describes set of preferences associated with the instance refresh request.

                  capacityRebalance
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Enable or disable the capacity rebalance autoscaling group feature

                  status
                  AWSMachinePoolStatus

                  AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolStatus)

                  AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus defines the status of the AWSMachinePoolInstance.

                  Field Description
                  instanceID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  InstanceID is the identification of the Machine Instance within ASG

                  version
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  Version defines the Kubernetes version for the Machine Instance

                  AWSMachinePoolSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePool)

                  AWSMachinePoolSpec defines the desired state of AWSMachinePool.

                  Field Description
                  providerID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderID is the ARN of the associated ASG

                  minSize
                  int32

                  MinSize defines the minimum size of the group.

                  maxSize
                  int32

                  MaxSize defines the maximum size of the group.

                  availabilityZones
                  []string

                  AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                  subnets
                  []AWSResourceReference
                  (Optional)

                  Subnets is an array of subnet configurations

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider.

                  awsLaunchTemplate
                  AWSLaunchTemplate

                  AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template and version to use when an instance is launched.

                  mixedInstancesPolicy
                  MixedInstancesPolicy

                  MixedInstancesPolicy describes how multiple instance types will be used by the ASG.

                  providerIDList
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderIDList are the identification IDs of machine instances provided by the provider. This field must match the provider IDs as seen on the node objects corresponding to a machine pool’s machine instances.

                  defaultCoolDown
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                  (Optional)

                  The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes before another scaling activity can start. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                  refreshPreferences
                  RefreshPreferences
                  (Optional)

                  RefreshPreferences describes set of preferences associated with the instance refresh request.

                  capacityRebalance
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Enable or disable the capacity rebalance autoscaling group feature

                  AWSMachinePoolStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePool)

                  AWSMachinePoolStatus defines the observed state of AWSMachinePool.

                  Field Description
                  ready
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Ready is true when the provider resource is ready.

                  replicas
                  int32
                  (Optional)

                  Replicas is the most recently observed number of replicas

                  conditions
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                  (Optional)

                  Conditions defines current service state of the AWSMachinePool.

                  instances
                  []AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus
                  (Optional)

                  Instances contains the status for each instance in the pool

                  launchTemplateID
                  string

                  The ID of the launch template

                  launchTemplateVersion
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The version of the launch template

                  failureReason
                  Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                  (Optional)

                  FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  failureMessage
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  asgStatus
                  ASGStatus

                  AWSManagedMachinePool

                  AWSManagedMachinePool is the Schema for the awsmanagedmachinepools API.

                  Field Description
                  metadata
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                  Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                  spec
                  AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec


                  eksNodegroupName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  EKSNodegroupName specifies the name of the nodegroup in AWS corresponding to this MachinePool. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed machine pool.

                  availabilityZones
                  []string

                  AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                  subnetIDs
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  roleAdditionalPolicies
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the node group role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                  roleName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for the node group. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                  amiVersion
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  AMIVersion defines the desired AMI release version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version for the Kubernetes version will be used

                  amiType
                  ManagedMachineAMIType
                  (Optional)

                  AMIType defines the AMI type

                  labels
                  map[string]string
                  (Optional)

                  Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                  taints
                  Taints
                  (Optional)

                  Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                  diskSize
                  int32
                  (Optional)

                  DiskSize specifies the root disk size

                  instanceType
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                  scaling
                  ManagedMachinePoolScaling
                  (Optional)

                  Scaling specifies scaling for the ASG behind this pool

                  remoteAccess
                  ManagedRemoteAccess
                  (Optional)

                  RemoteAccess specifies how machines can be accessed remotely

                  providerIDList
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderIDList are the provider IDs of instances in the autoscaling group corresponding to the nodegroup represented by this machine pool

                  capacityType
                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType
                  (Optional)

                  CapacityType specifies the capacity type for the ASG behind this pool

                  updateConfig
                  UpdateConfig
                  (Optional)

                  UpdateConfig holds the optional config to control the behaviour of the update to the nodegroup.

                  awsLaunchTemplate
                  AWSLaunchTemplate
                  (Optional)

                  AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template to use to create the managed node group. If AWSLaunchTemplate is specified, certain node group configuraions outside of launch template are prohibited (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html).

                  status
                  AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus

                  AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePool)

                  AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec defines the desired state of AWSManagedMachinePool.

                  Field Description
                  eksNodegroupName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  EKSNodegroupName specifies the name of the nodegroup in AWS corresponding to this MachinePool. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed machine pool.

                  availabilityZones
                  []string

                  AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                  subnetIDs
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  roleAdditionalPolicies
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the node group role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                  roleName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for the node group. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                  amiVersion
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  AMIVersion defines the desired AMI release version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version for the Kubernetes version will be used

                  amiType
                  ManagedMachineAMIType
                  (Optional)

                  AMIType defines the AMI type

                  labels
                  map[string]string
                  (Optional)

                  Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                  taints
                  Taints
                  (Optional)

                  Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                  diskSize
                  int32
                  (Optional)

                  DiskSize specifies the root disk size

                  instanceType
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                  scaling
                  ManagedMachinePoolScaling
                  (Optional)

                  Scaling specifies scaling for the ASG behind this pool

                  remoteAccess
                  ManagedRemoteAccess
                  (Optional)

                  RemoteAccess specifies how machines can be accessed remotely

                  providerIDList
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  ProviderIDList are the provider IDs of instances in the autoscaling group corresponding to the nodegroup represented by this machine pool

                  capacityType
                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType
                  (Optional)

                  CapacityType specifies the capacity type for the ASG behind this pool

                  updateConfig
                  UpdateConfig
                  (Optional)

                  UpdateConfig holds the optional config to control the behaviour of the update to the nodegroup.

                  awsLaunchTemplate
                  AWSLaunchTemplate
                  (Optional)

                  AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template to use to create the managed node group. If AWSLaunchTemplate is specified, certain node group configuraions outside of launch template are prohibited (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html).

                  AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePool)

                  AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus defines the observed state of AWSManagedMachinePool.

                  Field Description
                  ready
                  bool

                  Ready denotes that the AWSManagedMachinePool nodegroup has joined the cluster

                  replicas
                  int32
                  (Optional)

                  Replicas is the most recently observed number of replicas.

                  launchTemplateID
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The ID of the launch template

                  launchTemplateVersion
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The version of the launch template

                  failureReason
                  Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                  (Optional)

                  FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the MachinePool and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of MachinePools can be added as events to the MachinePool object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  failureMessage
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the MachinePool and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the MachinePool’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of MachinePools can be added as events to the MachinePool object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  conditions
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                  (Optional)

                  Conditions defines current service state of the managed machine pool

                  AutoScalingGroup

                  AutoScalingGroup describes an AWS autoscaling group.

                  Field Description
                  id
                  string

                  The tags associated with the instance.

                  tags
                  Tags
                  name
                  string
                  desiredCapacity
                  int32
                  maxSize
                  int32
                  minSize
                  int32
                  placementGroup
                  string
                  subnets
                  []string
                  defaultCoolDown
                  Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                  capacityRebalance
                  bool
                  mixedInstancesPolicy
                  MixedInstancesPolicy
                  Status
                  ASGStatus
                  instances
                  []Instance

                  BlockDeviceMapping

                  BlockDeviceMapping specifies the block devices for the instance. You can specify virtual devices and EBS volumes.

                  Field Description
                  deviceName
                  string

                  The device name exposed to the EC2 instance (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).

                  ebs
                  EBS
                  (Optional)

                  You can specify either VirtualName or Ebs, but not both.

                  EBS

                  (Appears on:BlockDeviceMapping)

                  EBS can be used to automatically set up EBS volumes when an instance is launched.

                  Field Description
                  encrypted
                  bool
                  (Optional)

                  Encrypted is whether the volume should be encrypted or not.

                  volumeSize
                  int64
                  (Optional)

                  The size of the volume, in GiB. This can be a number from 1-1,024 for standard, 4-16,384 for io1, 1-16,384 for gp2, and 500-16,384 for st1 and sc1. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size.

                  volumeType
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The volume type For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html)

                  FargateProfileSpec

                  (Appears on:AWSFargateProfile)

                  FargateProfileSpec defines the desired state of FargateProfile.

                  Field Description
                  clusterName
                  string

                  ClusterName is the name of the Cluster this object belongs to.

                  profileName
                  string

                  ProfileName specifies the profile name.

                  subnetIDs
                  []string
                  (Optional)

                  SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup.

                  additionalTags
                  Tags
                  (Optional)

                  AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                  roleName
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for this fargate pool If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                  selectors
                  []FargateSelector

                  Selectors specify fargate pod selectors.

                  FargateProfileStatus

                  (Appears on:AWSFargateProfile)

                  FargateProfileStatus defines the observed state of FargateProfile.

                  Field Description
                  ready
                  bool

                  Ready denotes that the FargateProfile is available.

                  failureReason
                  Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                  (Optional)

                  FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the FargateProfile and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the FargateProfile’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of FargateProfiles can be added as events to the FargateProfile object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  failureMessage
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the FargateProfile and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                  This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the FargateProfile’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                  Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of FargateProfiles can be added as events to the FargateProfile object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                  conditions
                  Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                  (Optional)

                  Conditions defines current state of the Fargate profile.

                  FargateSelector

                  (Appears on:FargateProfileSpec)

                  FargateSelector specifies a selector for pods that should run on this fargate pool.

                  Field Description
                  labels
                  map[string]string

                  Labels specifies which pod labels this selector should match.

                  namespace
                  string

                  Namespace specifies which namespace this selector should match.

                  InstancesDistribution

                  (Appears on:MixedInstancesPolicy)

                  InstancesDistribution to configure distribution of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances.

                  Field Description
                  onDemandAllocationStrategy
                  OnDemandAllocationStrategy
                  spotAllocationStrategy
                  SpotAllocationStrategy
                  onDemandBaseCapacity
                  int64
                  onDemandPercentageAboveBaseCapacity
                  int64

                  ManagedMachineAMIType (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  ManagedMachineAMIType specifies which AWS AMI to use for a managed MachinePool.

                  Value Description

                  "AL2023_ARM_64_STANDARD"

                  Al2023Arm64 is the AL2023 Arm AMI type.

                  "AL2023_x86_64_STANDARD"

                  Al2023x86_64 is the AL2023 x86-64 AMI type.

                  "AL2_ARM_64"

                  Al2Arm64 is the Arm AMI type.

                  "AL2_x86_64"

                  Al2x86_64 is the default AMI type.

                  "AL2_x86_64_GPU"

                  Al2x86_64GPU is the x86-64 GPU AMI type.

                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType (string alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType specifies the capacity type to be used for the managed MachinePool.

                  Value Description

                  "onDemand"

                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityTypeOnDemand is the default capacity type, to launch on-demand instances.

                  "spot"

                  ManagedMachinePoolCapacityTypeSpot is the spot instance capacity type to launch spot instances.

                  ManagedMachinePoolScaling

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  ManagedMachinePoolScaling specifies scaling options.

                  Field Description
                  minSize
                  int32
                  maxSize
                  int32

                  ManagedRemoteAccess

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  ManagedRemoteAccess specifies remote access settings for EC2 instances.

                  Field Description
                  sshKeyName
                  string

                  SSHKeyName specifies which EC2 SSH key can be used to access machines. If left empty, the key from the control plane is used.

                  sourceSecurityGroups
                  []string

                  SourceSecurityGroups specifies which security groups are allowed access

                  public
                  bool

                  Public specifies whether to open port 22 to the public internet

                  MixedInstancesPolicy

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec, AutoScalingGroup)

                  MixedInstancesPolicy for an Auto Scaling group.

                  Field Description
                  instancesDistribution
                  InstancesDistribution
                  overrides
                  []Overrides

                  OnDemandAllocationStrategy (string alias)

                  (Appears on:InstancesDistribution)

                  OnDemandAllocationStrategy indicates how to allocate instance types to fulfill On-Demand capacity.

                  Overrides

                  (Appears on:MixedInstancesPolicy)

                  Overrides are used to override the instance type specified by the launch template with multiple instance types that can be used to launch On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances.

                  Field Description
                  instanceType
                  string

                  RefreshPreferences

                  (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec)

                  RefreshPreferences defines the specs for instance refreshing.

                  Field Description
                  strategy
                  string
                  (Optional)

                  The strategy to use for the instance refresh. The only valid value is Rolling. A rolling update is an update that is applied to all instances in an Auto Scaling group until all instances have been updated.

                  instanceWarmup
                  int64
                  (Optional)

                  The number of seconds until a newly launched instance is configured and ready to use. During this time, the next replacement will not be initiated. The default is to use the value for the health check grace period defined for the group.

                  minHealthyPercentage
                  int64
                  (Optional)

                  The amount of capacity as a percentage in ASG that must remain healthy during an instance refresh. The default is 90.

                  SpotAllocationStrategy (string alias)

                  (Appears on:InstancesDistribution)

                  SpotAllocationStrategy indicates how to allocate instances across Spot Instance pools.

                  Tags (map[string]string alias)

                  Tags is a mapping for tags.

                  Taint

                  Taint defines the specs for a Kubernetes taint.

                  Field Description
                  effect
                  TaintEffect

                  Effect specifies the effect for the taint

                  key
                  string

                  Key is the key of the taint

                  value
                  string

                  Value is the value of the taint

                  TaintEffect (string alias)

                  (Appears on:Taint)

                  TaintEffect is the effect for a Kubernetes taint.

                  Taints ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/exp/api/v1beta1.Taint alias)

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  Taints is an array of Taints.

                  UpdateConfig

                  (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                  UpdateConfig is the configuration options for updating a nodegroup. Only one of MaxUnavailable and MaxUnavailablePercentage should be specified.

                  Field Description
                  maxUnavailable
                  int
                  (Optional)

                  MaxUnavailable is the maximum number of nodes unavailable at once during a version update. Nodes will be updated in parallel. The maximum number is 100.

                  maxUnavailablePrecentage
                  int
                  (Optional)

                  MaxUnavailablePercentage is the maximum percentage of nodes unavailable during a version update. This percentage of nodes will be updated in parallel, up to 100 nodes at once.


                  infrastructure.cluster.x-k8s.io/v1beta2

                  Package v1beta2 contains the v1beta2 API implementation.

                  Resource Types:

                    AMIReference

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, AWSLaunchTemplate, AWSLaunchTemplate)

                    AMIReference is a reference to a specific AWS resource by ID, ARN, or filters. Only one of ID, ARN or Filters may be specified. Specifying more than one will result in a validation error.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ID of resource

                    eksLookupType
                    EKSAMILookupType
                    (Optional)

                    EKSOptimizedLookupType If specified, will look up an EKS Optimized image in SSM Parameter store

                    AWSCluster

                    AWSCluster is the schema for Amazon EC2 based Kubernetes Cluster API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterSpec


                    network
                    NetworkSpec

                    NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                    region
                    string

                    The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                    partition
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                    secondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    SecondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer is an additional load balancer that can be used for the control plane.

                    An example use case is to have a separate internal load balancer for internal traffic, and a separate external load balancer for external traffic.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                    bastion
                    Bastion
                    (Optional)

                    Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                    identityRef
                    AWSIdentityReference

                    IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                    s3Bucket
                    S3Bucket
                    (Optional)

                    S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                    status
                    AWSClusterStatus

                    AWSClusterControllerIdentity

                    AWSClusterControllerIdentity is the Schema for the awsclustercontrolleridentities API It is used to grant access to use Cluster API Provider AWS Controller credentials.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec

                    Spec for this AWSClusterControllerIdentity.



                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterControllerIdentity)

                    AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterControllerIdentity.

                    Field Description
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterControllerIdentitySpec, AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec, AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec)

                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec defines the Spec struct for AWSClusterIdentity types.

                    Field Description
                    allowedNamespaces
                    AllowedNamespaces
                    (Optional)

                    AllowedNamespaces is used to identify which namespaces are allowed to use the identity from. Namespaces can be selected either using an array of namespaces or with label selector. An empty allowedNamespaces object indicates that AWSClusters can use this identity from any namespace. If this object is nil, no namespaces will be allowed (default behaviour, if this field is not provided) A namespace should be either in the NamespaceList or match with Selector to use the identity.

                    AWSClusterRoleIdentity

                    AWSClusterRoleIdentity is the Schema for the awsclusterroleidentities API It is used to assume a role using the provided sourceRef.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec

                    Spec for this AWSClusterRoleIdentity.



                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    AWSRoleSpec
                    AWSRoleSpec

                    (Members of AWSRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

                    externalID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another account. If the administrator of the account to which the role belongs provided you with an external ID, then provide that value in the ExternalId parameter. This value can be any string, such as a passphrase or account number. A cross-account role is usually set up to trust everyone in an account. Therefore, the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party in the IAM User Guide.

                    sourceIdentityRef
                    AWSIdentityReference

                    SourceIdentityRef is a reference to another identity which will be chained to do role assumption. All identity types are accepted.

                    AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentity)

                    AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterRoleIdentity.

                    Field Description
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    AWSRoleSpec
                    AWSRoleSpec

                    (Members of AWSRoleSpec are embedded into this type.)

                    externalID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another account. If the administrator of the account to which the role belongs provided you with an external ID, then provide that value in the ExternalId parameter. This value can be any string, such as a passphrase or account number. A cross-account role is usually set up to trust everyone in an account. Therefore, the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party in the IAM User Guide.

                    sourceIdentityRef
                    AWSIdentityReference

                    SourceIdentityRef is a reference to another identity which will be chained to do role assumption. All identity types are accepted.

                    AWSClusterSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSCluster, AWSClusterTemplateResource)

                    AWSClusterSpec defines the desired state of an EC2-based Kubernetes cluster.

                    Field Description
                    network
                    NetworkSpec

                    NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                    region
                    string

                    The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                    partition
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                    secondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    SecondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer is an additional load balancer that can be used for the control plane.

                    An example use case is to have a separate internal load balancer for internal traffic, and a separate external load balancer for external traffic.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                    bastion
                    Bastion
                    (Optional)

                    Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                    identityRef
                    AWSIdentityReference

                    IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                    s3Bucket
                    S3Bucket
                    (Optional)

                    S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                    AWSClusterStaticIdentity

                    AWSClusterStaticIdentity is the Schema for the awsclusterstaticidentities API It represents a reference to an AWS access key ID and secret access key, stored in a secret.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec

                    Spec for this AWSClusterStaticIdentity



                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    secretRef
                    string

                    Reference to a secret containing the credentials. The secret should contain the following data keys: AccessKeyID: AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE SecretAccessKey: wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY SessionToken: Optional

                    AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterStaticIdentity)

                    AWSClusterStaticIdentitySpec defines the specifications for AWSClusterStaticIdentity.

                    Field Description
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec
                    AWSClusterIdentitySpec

                    (Members of AWSClusterIdentitySpec are embedded into this type.)

                    secretRef
                    string

                    Reference to a secret containing the credentials. The secret should contain the following data keys: AccessKeyID: AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE SecretAccessKey: wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY SessionToken: Optional

                    AWSClusterStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSCluster)

                    AWSClusterStatus defines the observed state of AWSCluster.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool
                    networkStatus
                    NetworkStatus
                    failureDomains
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
                    bastion
                    Instance
                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions

                    AWSClusterTemplate

                    AWSClusterTemplate is the schema for Amazon EC2 based Kubernetes Cluster Templates.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterTemplateSpec


                    template
                    AWSClusterTemplateResource

                    AWSClusterTemplateResource

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterTemplateSpec)

                    AWSClusterTemplateResource defines the desired state of AWSClusterTemplateResource.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.ObjectMeta
                    (Optional)

                    Standard object’s metadata. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata

                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSClusterSpec


                    network
                    NetworkSpec

                    NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                    region
                    string

                    The AWS Region the cluster lives in.

                    partition
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Partition is the AWS security partition being used. Defaults to “aws”

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the bastion host. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    controlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneLoadBalancer is optional configuration for customizing control plane behavior.

                    secondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer
                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    SecondaryControlPlaneLoadBalancer is an additional load balancer that can be used for the control plane.

                    An example use case is to have a separate internal load balancer for internal traffic, and a separate external load balancer for external traffic.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupOrg.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system used to look up machine images when a machine does not specify an AMI. When set, this will be used for all cluster machines unless a machine specifies a different ImageLookupBaseOS.

                    bastion
                    Bastion
                    (Optional)

                    Bastion contains options to configure the bastion host.

                    identityRef
                    AWSIdentityReference

                    IdentityRef is a reference to an identity to be used when reconciling the managed control plane. If no identity is specified, the default identity for this controller will be used.

                    s3Bucket
                    S3Bucket
                    (Optional)

                    S3Bucket contains options to configure a supporting S3 bucket for this cluster - currently used for nodes requiring Ignition (https://coreos.github.io/ignition/) for bootstrapping (requires BootstrapFormatIgnition feature flag to be enabled).

                    AWSClusterTemplateSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterTemplate)

                    AWSClusterTemplateSpec defines the desired state of AWSClusterTemplate.

                    Field Description
                    template
                    AWSClusterTemplateResource

                    AWSIdentityKind (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSIdentityReference)

                    AWSIdentityKind defines allowed AWS identity types.

                    AWSIdentityReference

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec, AWSClusterSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, RosaControlPlaneSpec)

                    AWSIdentityReference specifies a identity.

                    Field Description
                    name
                    string

                    Name of the identity.

                    kind
                    AWSIdentityKind

                    Kind of the identity.

                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                    AWSLoadBalancerSpec defines the desired state of an AWS load balancer.

                    Field Description
                    name
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Name sets the name of the classic ELB load balancer. As per AWS, the name must be unique within your set of load balancers for the region, must have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and cannot begin or end with a hyphen. Once set, the value cannot be changed.

                    scheme
                    ELBScheme
                    (Optional)

                    Scheme sets the scheme of the load balancer (defaults to internet-facing)

                    crossZoneLoadBalancing
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    CrossZoneLoadBalancing enables the classic ELB cross availability zone balancing.

                    With cross-zone load balancing, each load balancer node for your Classic Load Balancer distributes requests evenly across the registered instances in all enabled Availability Zones. If cross-zone load balancing is disabled, each load balancer node distributes requests evenly across the registered instances in its Availability Zone only.

                    Defaults to false.

                    subnets
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    Subnets sets the subnets that should be applied to the control plane load balancer (defaults to discovered subnets for managed VPCs or an empty set for unmanaged VPCs)

                    healthCheckProtocol
                    ELBProtocol
                    (Optional)

                    HealthCheckProtocol sets the protocol type for ELB health check target default value is ELBProtocolSSL

                    healthCheck
                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAPISpec
                    (Optional)

                    HealthCheck sets custom health check configuration to the API target group.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups sets the security groups used by the load balancer. Expected to be security group IDs This is optional - if not provided new security groups will be created for the load balancer

                    additionalListeners
                    []AdditionalListenerSpec
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalListeners sets the additional listeners for the control plane load balancer. This is only applicable to Network Load Balancer (NLB) types for the time being.

                    ingressRules
                    []IngressRule
                    (Optional)

                    IngressRules sets the ingress rules for the control plane load balancer.

                    loadBalancerType
                    LoadBalancerType

                    LoadBalancerType sets the type for a load balancer. The default type is classic.

                    disableHostsRewrite
                    bool

                    DisableHostsRewrite disabled the hair pinning issue solution that adds the NLB’s address as 127.0.0.1 to the hosts file of each instance. This is by default, false.

                    preserveClientIP
                    bool

                    PreserveClientIP lets the user control if preservation of client ips must be retained or not. If this is enabled 6443 will be opened to 0.0.0.0/0.

                    AWSMachine

                    AWSMachine is the schema for Amazon EC2 machines.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSMachineSpec


                    providerID
                    string

                    ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                    instanceID
                    string

                    InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                    instanceMetadataOptions
                    InstanceMetadataOptions
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions is the metadata options for the EC2 instance.

                    ami
                    AMIReference

                    AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                    iamInstanceProfile
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                    publicIP
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                    elasticIpPool
                    ElasticIPPool
                    (Optional)

                    ElasticIPPool is the configuration to allocate Public IPv4 address (Elastic IP/EIP) from user-defined pool.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                    subnet
                    AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                    securityGroupOverrides
                    map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroupRole]string
                    (Optional)

                    SecurityGroupOverrides is an optional set of security groups to use for the node. This is optional - if not provided security groups from the cluster will be used.

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    rootVolume
                    Volume
                    (Optional)

                    RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                    nonRootVolumes
                    []Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                    networkInterfaces
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                    uncompressedUserData
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                    cloudInit
                    CloudInit
                    (Optional)

                    CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                    ignition
                    Ignition
                    (Optional)

                    Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                    spotMarketOptions
                    SpotMarketOptions
                    (Optional)

                    SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                    placementGroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupName specifies the name of the placement group in which to launch the instance.

                    placementGroupPartition
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupPartition is the partition number within the placement group in which to launch the instance. This value is only valid if the placement group, referred in PlacementGroupName, was created with strategy set to partition.

                    tenancy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                    privateDnsName
                    PrivateDNSName
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    capacityReservationId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityReservationID specifies the target Capacity Reservation into which the instance should be launched.

                    status
                    AWSMachineStatus

                    AWSMachineProviderConditionType (string alias)

                    AWSMachineProviderConditionType is a valid value for AWSMachineProviderCondition.Type.

                    AWSMachineSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSMachine, AWSMachineTemplateResource)

                    AWSMachineSpec defines the desired state of an Amazon EC2 instance.

                    Field Description
                    providerID
                    string

                    ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                    instanceID
                    string

                    InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                    instanceMetadataOptions
                    InstanceMetadataOptions
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions is the metadata options for the EC2 instance.

                    ami
                    AMIReference

                    AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                    iamInstanceProfile
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                    publicIP
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                    elasticIpPool
                    ElasticIPPool
                    (Optional)

                    ElasticIPPool is the configuration to allocate Public IPv4 address (Elastic IP/EIP) from user-defined pool.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                    subnet
                    AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                    securityGroupOverrides
                    map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroupRole]string
                    (Optional)

                    SecurityGroupOverrides is an optional set of security groups to use for the node. This is optional - if not provided security groups from the cluster will be used.

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    rootVolume
                    Volume
                    (Optional)

                    RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                    nonRootVolumes
                    []Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                    networkInterfaces
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                    uncompressedUserData
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                    cloudInit
                    CloudInit
                    (Optional)

                    CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                    ignition
                    Ignition
                    (Optional)

                    Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                    spotMarketOptions
                    SpotMarketOptions
                    (Optional)

                    SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                    placementGroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupName specifies the name of the placement group in which to launch the instance.

                    placementGroupPartition
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupPartition is the partition number within the placement group in which to launch the instance. This value is only valid if the placement group, referred in PlacementGroupName, was created with strategy set to partition.

                    tenancy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                    privateDnsName
                    PrivateDNSName
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    capacityReservationId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityReservationID specifies the target Capacity Reservation into which the instance should be launched.

                    AWSMachineStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSMachine)

                    AWSMachineStatus defines the observed state of AWSMachine.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Ready is true when the provider resource is ready.

                    interruptible
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Interruptible reports that this machine is using spot instances and can therefore be interrupted by CAPI when it receives a notice that the spot instance is to be terminated by AWS. This will be set to true when SpotMarketOptions is not nil (i.e. this machine is using a spot instance).

                    addresses
                    []Cluster API api/v1beta1.MachineAddress

                    Addresses contains the AWS instance associated addresses.

                    instanceState
                    InstanceState
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceState is the state of the AWS instance for this machine.

                    failureReason
                    Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                    (Optional)

                    FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    failureMessage
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                    (Optional)

                    Conditions defines current service state of the AWSMachine.

                    AWSMachineTemplate

                    AWSMachineTemplate is the schema for the Amazon EC2 Machine Templates API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSMachineTemplateSpec


                    template
                    AWSMachineTemplateResource
                    status
                    AWSMachineTemplateStatus

                    AWSMachineTemplateResource

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplateSpec)

                    AWSMachineTemplateResource describes the data needed to create am AWSMachine from a template.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.ObjectMeta
                    (Optional)

                    Standard object’s metadata. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata

                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSMachineSpec

                    Spec is the specification of the desired behavior of the machine.



                    providerID
                    string

                    ProviderID is the unique identifier as specified by the cloud provider.

                    instanceID
                    string

                    InstanceID is the EC2 instance ID for this machine.

                    instanceMetadataOptions
                    InstanceMetadataOptions
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions is the metadata options for the EC2 instance.

                    ami
                    AMIReference

                    AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider. If both the AWSCluster and the AWSMachine specify the same tag name with different values, the AWSMachine’s value takes precedence.

                    iamInstanceProfile
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    IAMInstanceProfile is a name of an IAM instance profile to assign to the instance

                    publicIP
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIP specifies whether the instance should get a public IP. Precedence for this setting is as follows: 1. This field if set 2. Cluster/flavor setting 3. Subnet default

                    elasticIpPool
                    ElasticIPPool
                    (Optional)

                    ElasticIPPool is the configuration to allocate Public IPv4 address (Elastic IP/EIP) from user-defined pool.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instance. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator. It is possible to specify either IDs of Filters. Using Filters will cause additional requests to AWS API and if tags change the attached security groups might change too.

                    subnet
                    AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    Subnet is a reference to the subnet to use for this instance. If not specified, the cluster subnet will be used.

                    securityGroupOverrides
                    map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroupRole]string
                    (Optional)

                    SecurityGroupOverrides is an optional set of security groups to use for the node. This is optional - if not provided security groups from the cluster will be used.

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    rootVolume
                    Volume
                    (Optional)

                    RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                    nonRootVolumes
                    []Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                    networkInterfaces
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    NetworkInterfaces is a list of ENIs to associate with the instance. A maximum of 2 may be specified.

                    uncompressedUserData
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    UncompressedUserData specify whether the user data is gzip-compressed before it is sent to ec2 instance. cloud-init has built-in support for gzip-compressed user data user data stored in aws secret manager is always gzip-compressed.

                    cloudInit
                    CloudInit
                    (Optional)

                    CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                    ignition
                    Ignition
                    (Optional)

                    Ignition defined options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used.

                    spotMarketOptions
                    SpotMarketOptions
                    (Optional)

                    SpotMarketOptions allows users to configure instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                    placementGroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupName specifies the name of the placement group in which to launch the instance.

                    placementGroupPartition
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupPartition is the partition number within the placement group in which to launch the instance. This value is only valid if the placement group, referred in PlacementGroupName, was created with strategy set to partition.

                    tenancy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                    privateDnsName
                    PrivateDNSName
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    capacityReservationId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityReservationID specifies the target Capacity Reservation into which the instance should be launched.

                    AWSMachineTemplateSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplate)

                    AWSMachineTemplateSpec defines the desired state of AWSMachineTemplate.

                    Field Description
                    template
                    AWSMachineTemplateResource

                    AWSMachineTemplateStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineTemplate)

                    AWSMachineTemplateStatus defines a status for an AWSMachineTemplate.

                    Field Description
                    capacity
                    Kubernetes core/v1.ResourceList
                    (Optional)

                    Capacity defines the resource capacity for this machine. This value is used for autoscaling from zero operations as defined in: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api/blob/main/docs/proposals/20210310-opt-in-autoscaling-from-zero.md

                    AWSMachineTemplateWebhook

                    AWSMachineTemplateWebhook implements a custom validation webhook for AWSMachineTemplate. Note: we use a custom validator to access the request context for SSA of AWSMachineTemplate.

                    AWSManagedCluster

                    AWSManagedCluster is the Schema for the awsmanagedclusters API

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSManagedClusterSpec


                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    status
                    AWSManagedClusterStatus

                    AWSManagedClusterSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedCluster)

                    AWSManagedClusterSpec defines the desired state of AWSManagedCluster

                    Field Description
                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    AWSManagedClusterStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedCluster)

                    AWSManagedClusterStatus defines the observed state of AWSManagedCluster

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Ready is when the AWSManagedControlPlane has a API server URL.

                    failureDomains
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
                    (Optional)

                    FailureDomains specifies a list fo available availability zones that can be used

                    AWSResourceReference

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, AWSLaunchTemplate, AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSLaunchTemplate, AWSMachinePoolSpec)

                    AWSResourceReference is a reference to a specific AWS resource by ID or filters. Only one of ID or Filters may be specified. Specifying more than one will result in a validation error.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ID of resource

                    filters
                    []Filter
                    (Optional)

                    Filters is a set of key/value pairs used to identify a resource They are applied according to the rules defined by the AWS API: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Filtering.html

                    AWSRoleSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterRoleIdentitySpec)

                    AWSRoleSpec defines the specifications for all identities based around AWS roles.

                    Field Description
                    roleARN
                    string

                    The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume.

                    sessionName
                    string

                    An identifier for the assumed role session

                    durationSeconds
                    int32

                    The duration, in seconds, of the role session before it is renewed.

                    inlinePolicy
                    string

                    An IAM policy as a JSON-encoded string that you want to use as an inline session policy.

                    policyARNs
                    []string

                    The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as the role.

                    AZSelectionScheme (string alias)

                    (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                    AZSelectionScheme defines the scheme of selecting AZs.

                    AdditionalListenerSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec)

                    AdditionalListenerSpec defines the desired state of an additional listener on an AWS load balancer.

                    Field Description
                    port
                    int64

                    Port sets the port for the additional listener.

                    protocol
                    ELBProtocol

                    Protocol sets the protocol for the additional listener. Currently only TCP is supported.

                    healthCheck
                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAdditionalSpec
                    (Optional)

                    HealthCheck sets the optional custom health check configuration to the API target group.

                    AllowedNamespaces

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterIdentitySpec)

                    AllowedNamespaces is a selector of namespaces that AWSClusters can use this ClusterPrincipal from. This is a standard Kubernetes LabelSelector, a label query over a set of resources. The result of matchLabels and matchExpressions are ANDed.

                    Field Description
                    list
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    An nil or empty list indicates that AWSClusters cannot use the identity from any namespace.

                    selector
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.LabelSelector
                    (Optional)

                    An empty selector indicates that AWSClusters cannot use this AWSClusterIdentity from any namespace.

                    Bastion

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                    Bastion defines a bastion host.

                    Field Description
                    enabled
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Enabled allows this provider to create a bastion host instance with a public ip to access the VPC private network.

                    disableIngressRules
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    DisableIngressRules will ensure there are no Ingress rules in the bastion host’s security group. Requires AllowedCIDRBlocks to be empty.

                    allowedCIDRBlocks
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    AllowedCIDRBlocks is a list of CIDR blocks allowed to access the bastion host. They are set as ingress rules for the Bastion host’s Security Group (defaults to 0.0.0.0/0).

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType will use the specified instance type for the bastion. If not specified, Cluster API Provider AWS will use t3.micro for all regions except us-east-1, where t2.micro will be the default.

                    ami
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    AMI will use the specified AMI to boot the bastion. If not specified, the AMI will default to one picked out in public space.

                    BuildParams

                    BuildParams is used to build tags around an aws resource.

                    Field Description
                    Lifecycle
                    ResourceLifecycle

                    Lifecycle determines the resource lifecycle.

                    ClusterName
                    string

                    ClusterName is the cluster associated with the resource.

                    ResourceID
                    string

                    ResourceID is the unique identifier of the resource to be tagged.

                    Name
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Name is the name of the resource, it’s applied as the tag “Name” on AWS.

                    Role
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Role is the role associated to the resource.

                    Additional
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    Any additional tags to be added to the resource.

                    CNIIngressRule

                    CNIIngressRule defines an AWS ingress rule for CNI requirements.

                    Field Description
                    description
                    string
                    protocol
                    SecurityGroupProtocol
                    fromPort
                    int64
                    toPort
                    int64

                    CNIIngressRules ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.CNIIngressRule alias)

                    (Appears on:CNISpec)

                    CNIIngressRules is a slice of CNIIngressRule.

                    CNISpec

                    (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                    CNISpec defines configuration for CNI.

                    Field Description
                    cniIngressRules
                    CNIIngressRules

                    CNIIngressRules specify rules to apply to control plane and worker node security groups. The source for the rule will be set to control plane and worker security group IDs.

                    ClassicELBAttributes

                    (Appears on:LoadBalancer)

                    ClassicELBAttributes defines extra attributes associated with a classic load balancer.

                    Field Description
                    idleTimeout
                    time.Duration

                    IdleTimeout is time that the connection is allowed to be idle (no data has been sent over the connection) before it is closed by the load balancer.

                    crossZoneLoadBalancing
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    CrossZoneLoadBalancing enables the classic load balancer load balancing.

                    ClassicELBHealthCheck

                    (Appears on:LoadBalancer)

                    ClassicELBHealthCheck defines an AWS classic load balancer health check.

                    Field Description
                    target
                    string
                    interval
                    time.Duration
                    timeout
                    time.Duration
                    healthyThreshold
                    int64
                    unhealthyThreshold
                    int64

                    ClassicELBListener

                    (Appears on:LoadBalancer)

                    ClassicELBListener defines an AWS classic load balancer listener.

                    Field Description
                    protocol
                    ELBProtocol
                    port
                    int64
                    instanceProtocol
                    ELBProtocol
                    instancePort
                    int64

                    CloudInit

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                    CloudInit defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where CloudInit is used.

                    Field Description
                    insecureSkipSecretsManager
                    bool

                    InsecureSkipSecretsManager, when set to true will not use AWS Secrets Manager or AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store to ensure privacy of userdata. By default, a cloud-init boothook shell script is prepended to download the userdata from Secrets Manager and additionally delete the secret.

                    secretCount
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    SecretCount is the number of secrets used to form the complete secret

                    secretPrefix
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SecretPrefix is the prefix for the secret name. This is stored temporarily, and deleted when the machine registers as a node against the workload cluster.

                    secureSecretsBackend
                    SecretBackend
                    (Optional)

                    SecureSecretsBackend, when set to parameter-store will utilize the AWS Systems Manager Parameter Storage to distribute secrets. By default or with the value of secrets-manager, will use AWS Secrets Manager instead.

                    EKSAMILookupType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AMIReference)

                    EKSAMILookupType specifies which AWS AMI to use for a AWSMachine and AWSMachinePool.

                    ELBProtocol (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, AdditionalListenerSpec, ClassicELBListener, Listener, TargetGroupSpec)

                    ELBProtocol defines listener protocols for a load balancer.

                    ELBScheme (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, LoadBalancer)

                    ELBScheme defines the scheme of a load balancer.

                    ElasticIPPool

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, VPCSpec)

                    ElasticIPPool allows configuring a Elastic IP pool for resources allocating public IPv4 addresses on public subnets.

                    Field Description
                    publicIpv4Pool
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIpv4Pool sets a custom Public IPv4 Pool used to create Elastic IP address for resources created in public IPv4 subnets. Every IPv4 address, Elastic IP, will be allocated from the custom Public IPv4 pool that you brought to AWS, instead of Amazon-provided pool. The public IPv4 pool resource ID starts with ‘ipv4pool-ec2’.

                    publicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder
                    PublicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIpv4PoolFallBackOrder defines the fallback action when the Public IPv4 Pool has been exhausted, no more IPv4 address available in the pool.

                    When set to ‘amazon-pool’, the controller check if the pool has available IPv4 address, when pool has reached the IPv4 limit, the address will be claimed from Amazon-pool (default).

                    When set to ‘none’, the controller will fail the Elastic IP allocation when the publicIpv4Pool is exhausted.

                    Filter

                    (Appears on:AWSResourceReference)

                    Filter is a filter used to identify an AWS resource.

                    Field Description
                    name
                    string

                    Name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.

                    values
                    []string

                    Values includes one or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive.

                    GCTask (string alias)

                    GCTask defines a task to be executed by the garbage collector.

                    HTTPTokensState (string alias)

                    (Appears on:InstanceMetadataOptions)

                    HTTPTokensState describes the state of InstanceMetadataOptions.HTTPTokensState

                    IPAMPool

                    (Appears on:IPv6, VPCSpec)

                    IPAMPool defines the IPAM pool to be used for VPC.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    ID is the ID of the IPAM pool this provider should use to create VPC.

                    name
                    string

                    Name is the name of the IPAM pool this provider should use to create VPC.

                    netmaskLength
                    int64

                    The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you want to allocate to VPC from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. Defaults to /16 for IPv4 if not specified.

                    IPv6

                    (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                    IPv6 contains ipv6 specific settings for the network.

                    Field Description
                    cidrBlock
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CidrBlock is the CIDR block provided by Amazon when VPC has enabled IPv6. Mutually exclusive with IPAMPool.

                    poolId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PoolID is the IP pool which must be defined in case of BYO IP is defined. Must be specified if CidrBlock is set. Mutually exclusive with IPAMPool.

                    egressOnlyInternetGatewayId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    EgressOnlyInternetGatewayID is the id of the egress only internet gateway associated with an IPv6 enabled VPC.

                    ipamPool
                    IPAMPool
                    (Optional)

                    IPAMPool defines the IPAMv6 pool to be used for VPC. Mutually exclusive with CidrBlock.

                    Ignition

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec)

                    Ignition defines options related to the bootstrapping systems where Ignition is used. For more information on Ignition configuration, see https://coreos.github.io/butane/specs/

                    Field Description
                    version
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Version defines which version of Ignition will be used to generate bootstrap data.

                    storageType
                    IgnitionStorageTypeOption
                    (Optional)

                    StorageType defines how to store the boostrap user data for Ignition. This can be used to instruct Ignition from where to fetch the user data to bootstrap an instance.

                    When omitted, the storage option will default to ClusterObjectStore.

                    When set to “ClusterObjectStore”, if the capability is available and a Cluster ObjectStore configuration is correctly provided in the Cluster object (under .spec.s3Bucket), an object store will be used to store bootstrap user data.

                    When set to “UnencryptedUserData”, EC2 Instance User Data will be used to store the machine bootstrap user data, unencrypted. This option is considered less secure than others as user data may contain sensitive informations (keys, certificates, etc.) and users with ec2:DescribeInstances permission or users running pods that can access the ec2 metadata service have access to this sensitive information. So this is only to be used at ones own risk, and only when other more secure options are not viable.

                    proxy
                    IgnitionProxy
                    (Optional)

                    Proxy defines proxy settings for Ignition. Only valid for Ignition versions 3.1 and above.

                    tls
                    IgnitionTLS
                    (Optional)

                    TLS defines TLS settings for Ignition. Only valid for Ignition versions 3.1 and above.

                    IgnitionCASource (string alias)

                    (Appears on:IgnitionTLS)

                    IgnitionCASource defines the source of the certificate authority to use for Ignition.

                    IgnitionNoProxy (string alias)

                    (Appears on:IgnitionProxy)

                    IgnitionNoProxy defines the list of domains to not proxy for Ignition.

                    IgnitionProxy

                    (Appears on:Ignition)

                    IgnitionProxy defines proxy settings for Ignition.

                    Field Description
                    httpProxy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    HTTPProxy is the HTTP proxy to use for Ignition. A single URL that specifies the proxy server to use for HTTP and HTTPS requests, unless overridden by the HTTPSProxy or NoProxy options.

                    httpsProxy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    HTTPSProxy is the HTTPS proxy to use for Ignition. A single URL that specifies the proxy server to use for HTTPS requests, unless overridden by the NoProxy option.

                    noProxy
                    []IgnitionNoProxy
                    (Optional)

                    NoProxy is the list of domains to not proxy for Ignition. Specifies a list of strings to hosts that should be excluded from proxying.

                    Each value is represented by: - An IP address prefix (1.2.3.4) - An IP address prefix in CIDR notation (1.2.3.48) - A domain name - A domain name matches that name and all subdomains - A domain name with a leading . matches subdomains only - A special DNS label (*), indicates that no proxying should be done

                    An IP address prefix and domain name can also include a literal port number (1.2.3.4:80).

                    IgnitionStorageTypeOption (string alias)

                    (Appears on:Ignition)

                    IgnitionStorageTypeOption defines the different storage types for Ignition.

                    IgnitionTLS

                    (Appears on:Ignition)

                    IgnitionTLS defines TLS settings for Ignition.

                    Field Description
                    certificateAuthorities
                    []IgnitionCASource
                    (Optional)

                    CASources defines the list of certificate authorities to use for Ignition. The value is the certificate bundle (in PEM format). The bundle can contain multiple concatenated certificates. Supported schemes are http, https, tftp, s3, arn, gs, and data (RFC 2397) URL scheme.

                    IngressRule

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, NetworkSpec)

                    IngressRule defines an AWS ingress rule for security groups.

                    Field Description
                    description
                    string

                    Description provides extended information about the ingress rule.

                    protocol
                    SecurityGroupProtocol

                    Protocol is the protocol for the ingress rule. Accepted values are “-1” (all), “4” (IP in IP),“tcp”, “udp”, “icmp”, and “58” (ICMPv6), “50” (ESP).

                    fromPort
                    int64

                    FromPort is the start of port range.

                    toPort
                    int64

                    ToPort is the end of port range.

                    cidrBlocks
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    List of CIDR blocks to allow access from. Cannot be specified with SourceSecurityGroupID.

                    ipv6CidrBlocks
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    List of IPv6 CIDR blocks to allow access from. Cannot be specified with SourceSecurityGroupID.

                    sourceSecurityGroupIds
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    The security group id to allow access from. Cannot be specified with CidrBlocks.

                    sourceSecurityGroupRoles
                    []SecurityGroupRole
                    (Optional)

                    The security group role to allow access from. Cannot be specified with CidrBlocks. The field will be combined with source security group IDs if specified.

                    natGatewaysIPsSource
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    NatGatewaysIPsSource use the NAT gateways IPs as the source for the ingress rule.

                    IngressRules ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.IngressRule alias)

                    (Appears on:SecurityGroup)

                    IngressRules is a slice of AWS ingress rules for security groups.

                    Instance

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterStatus, AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus, AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus, AutoScalingGroup, AutoScalingGroup)

                    Instance describes an AWS instance.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string
                    instanceState
                    InstanceState

                    The current state of the instance.

                    type
                    string

                    The instance type.

                    subnetId
                    string

                    The ID of the subnet of the instance.

                    imageId
                    string

                    The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance.

                    sshKeyName
                    string

                    The name of the SSH key pair.

                    securityGroupIds
                    []string

                    SecurityGroupIDs are one or more security group IDs this instance belongs to.

                    userData
                    string

                    UserData is the raw data script passed to the instance which is run upon bootstrap. This field must not be base64 encoded and should only be used when running a new instance.

                    iamProfile
                    string

                    The name of the IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable.

                    addresses
                    []Cluster API api/v1beta1.MachineAddress

                    Addresses contains the AWS instance associated addresses.

                    privateIp
                    string

                    The private IPv4 address assigned to the instance.

                    publicIp
                    string

                    The public IPv4 address assigned to the instance, if applicable.

                    enaSupport
                    bool

                    Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.

                    ebsOptimized
                    bool

                    Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.

                    rootVolume
                    Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the root storage volume.

                    nonRootVolumes
                    []Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                    networkInterfaces
                    []string

                    Specifies ENIs attached to instance

                    tags
                    map[string]string

                    The tags associated with the instance.

                    availabilityZone
                    string

                    Availability zone of instance

                    spotMarketOptions
                    SpotMarketOptions

                    SpotMarketOptions option for configuring instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                    placementGroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupName specifies the name of the placement group in which to launch the instance.

                    placementGroupPartition
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    PlacementGroupPartition is the partition number within the placement group in which to launch the instance. This value is only valid if the placement group, referred in PlacementGroupName, was created with strategy set to partition.

                    tenancy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Tenancy indicates if instance should run on shared or single-tenant hardware.

                    volumeIDs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    IDs of the instance’s volumes

                    instanceMetadataOptions
                    InstanceMetadataOptions
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions is the metadata options for the EC2 instance.

                    privateDnsName
                    PrivateDNSName
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    publicIPOnLaunch
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    PublicIPOnLaunch is the option to associate a public IP on instance launch

                    capacityReservationId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityReservationID specifies the target Capacity Reservation into which the instance should be launched.

                    InstanceMetadataOptions

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance, AWSLaunchTemplate)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions describes metadata options for the EC2 instance.

                    Field Description
                    httpEndpoint
                    InstanceMetadataState

                    Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances.

                    If you specify a value of disabled, you cannot access your instance metadata.

                    Default: enabled

                    httpPutResponseHopLimit
                    int64

                    The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel.

                    Default: 1

                    httpTokens
                    HTTPTokensState

                    The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests.

                    If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or without a session token on your request. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid session token, the version 2.0 role credentials are returned.

                    If the state is required, you must send a session token with any instance metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are not available.

                    Default: optional

                    instanceMetadataTags
                    InstanceMetadataState

                    Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS).

                    Default: disabled

                    InstanceMetadataState (string alias)

                    (Appears on:InstanceMetadataOptions)

                    InstanceMetadataState describes the state of InstanceMetadataOptions.HttpEndpoint and InstanceMetadataOptions.InstanceMetadataTags

                    InstanceState (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineStatus, Instance)

                    InstanceState describes the state of an AWS instance.

                    Listener

                    (Appears on:LoadBalancer)

                    Listener defines an AWS network load balancer listener.

                    Field Description
                    protocol
                    ELBProtocol
                    port
                    int64
                    targetGroup
                    TargetGroupSpec

                    LoadBalancer

                    (Appears on:NetworkStatus)

                    LoadBalancer defines an AWS load balancer.

                    Field Description
                    arn
                    string

                    ARN of the load balancer. Unlike the ClassicLB, ARN is used mostly to define and get it.

                    name
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The name of the load balancer. It must be unique within the set of load balancers defined in the region. It also serves as identifier.

                    dnsName
                    string

                    DNSName is the dns name of the load balancer.

                    scheme
                    ELBScheme

                    Scheme is the load balancer scheme, either internet-facing or private.

                    availabilityZones
                    []string

                    AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones in the VPC attached to the load balancer.

                    subnetIds
                    []string

                    SubnetIDs is an array of subnets in the VPC attached to the load balancer.

                    securityGroupIds
                    []string

                    SecurityGroupIDs is an array of security groups assigned to the load balancer.

                    listeners
                    []ClassicELBListener

                    ClassicELBListeners is an array of classic elb listeners associated with the load balancer. There must be at least one.

                    healthChecks
                    ClassicELBHealthCheck

                    HealthCheck is the classic elb health check associated with the load balancer.

                    attributes
                    ClassicELBAttributes

                    ClassicElbAttributes defines extra attributes associated with the load balancer.

                    tags
                    map[string]string

                    Tags is a map of tags associated with the load balancer.

                    elbListeners
                    []Listener

                    ELBListeners is an array of listeners associated with the load balancer. There must be at least one.

                    elbAttributes
                    map[string]*string

                    ELBAttributes defines extra attributes associated with v2 load balancers.

                    loadBalancerType
                    LoadBalancerType

                    LoadBalancerType sets the type for a load balancer. The default type is classic.

                    LoadBalancerAttribute (string alias)

                    LoadBalancerAttribute defines a set of attributes for a V2 load balancer.

                    LoadBalancerType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec, LoadBalancer)

                    LoadBalancerType defines the type of load balancer to use.

                    NetworkSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec)

                    NetworkSpec encapsulates all things related to AWS network.

                    Field Description
                    vpc
                    VPCSpec
                    (Optional)

                    VPC configuration.

                    subnets
                    Subnets
                    (Optional)

                    Subnets configuration.

                    cni
                    CNISpec
                    (Optional)

                    CNI configuration

                    securityGroupOverrides
                    map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroupRole]string
                    (Optional)

                    SecurityGroupOverrides is an optional set of security groups to use for cluster instances This is optional - if not provided new security groups will be created for the cluster

                    additionalControlPlaneIngressRules
                    []IngressRule
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalControlPlaneIngressRules is an optional set of ingress rules to add to the control plane

                    nodePortIngressRuleCidrBlocks
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    NodePortIngressRuleCidrBlocks is an optional set of CIDR blocks to allow traffic to nodes’ NodePort services. If none are specified here, all IPs are allowed to connect.

                    NetworkStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterStatus, AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus, AWSManagedControlPlaneStatus)

                    NetworkStatus encapsulates AWS networking resources.

                    Field Description
                    securityGroups
                    map[sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroupRole]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SecurityGroup

                    SecurityGroups is a map from the role/kind of the security group to its unique name, if any.

                    apiServerElb
                    LoadBalancer

                    APIServerELB is the Kubernetes api server load balancer.

                    secondaryAPIServerELB
                    LoadBalancer

                    SecondaryAPIServerELB is the secondary Kubernetes api server load balancer.

                    natGatewaysIPs
                    []string

                    NatGatewaysIPs contains the public IPs of the NAT Gateways

                    PrivateDNSName

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance, AWSLaunchTemplate)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    Field Description
                    enableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    EnableResourceNameDNSAAAARecord indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records.

                    enableResourceNameDnsARecord
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    EnableResourceNameDNSARecord indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

                    hostnameType
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The type of hostname to assign to an instance.

                    PublicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder (string alias)

                    (Appears on:ElasticIPPool)

                    PublicIpv4PoolFallbackOrder defines the list of available fallback action when the PublicIpv4Pool is exhausted. ‘none’ let the controllers return failures when the PublicIpv4Pool is exhausted - no more IPv4 available. ‘amazon-pool’ let the controllers to skip the PublicIpv4Pool and use the Amazon pool, the default.

                    ResourceLifecycle (string alias)

                    (Appears on:BuildParams)

                    ResourceLifecycle configures the lifecycle of a resource.

                    RouteTable

                    RouteTable defines an AWS routing table.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    S3Bucket

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec)

                    S3Bucket defines a supporting S3 bucket for the cluster, currently can be optionally used for Ignition.

                    Field Description
                    controlPlaneIAMInstanceProfile
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneIAMInstanceProfile is a name of the IAMInstanceProfile, which will be allowed to read control-plane node bootstrap data from S3 Bucket.

                    nodesIAMInstanceProfiles
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    NodesIAMInstanceProfiles is a list of IAM instance profiles, which will be allowed to read worker nodes bootstrap data from S3 Bucket.

                    presignedURLDuration
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    PresignedURLDuration defines the duration for which presigned URLs are valid.

                    This is used to generate presigned URLs for S3 Bucket objects, which are used by control-plane and worker nodes to fetch bootstrap data.

                    When enabled, the IAM instance profiles specified are not used.

                    name
                    string

                    Name defines name of S3 Bucket to be created.

                    bestEffortDeleteObjects
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    BestEffortDeleteObjects defines whether access/permission errors during object deletion should be ignored.

                    SecretBackend (string alias)

                    (Appears on:CloudInit, AWSIAMConfigurationSpec, AWSIAMConfigurationSpec)

                    SecretBackend defines variants for backend secret storage.

                    SecurityGroup

                    (Appears on:NetworkStatus)

                    SecurityGroup defines an AWS security group.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    ID is a unique identifier.

                    name
                    string

                    Name is the security group name.

                    ingressRule
                    IngressRules
                    (Optional)

                    IngressRules is the inbound rules associated with the security group.

                    tags
                    Tags

                    Tags is a map of tags associated with the security group.

                    SecurityGroupProtocol (string alias)

                    (Appears on:CNIIngressRule, IngressRule)

                    SecurityGroupProtocol defines the protocol type for a security group rule.

                    SecurityGroupRole (string alias)

                    (Appears on:IngressRule)

                    SecurityGroupRole defines the unique role of a security group.

                    SpotMarketOptions

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance, AWSLaunchTemplate, AWSLaunchTemplate)

                    SpotMarketOptions defines the options available to a user when configuring Machines to run on Spot instances. Most users should provide an empty struct.

                    Field Description
                    maxPrice
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    MaxPrice defines the maximum price the user is willing to pay for Spot VM instances

                    SubnetSchemaType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                    SubnetSchemaType specifies how given network should be divided on subnets in the VPC depending on the number of AZs.

                    SubnetSpec

                    SubnetSpec configures an AWS Subnet.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    ID defines a unique identifier to reference this resource. If you’re bringing your subnet, set the AWS subnet-id here, it must start with subnet-.

                    When the VPC is managed by CAPA, and you’d like the provider to create a subnet for you, the id can be set to any placeholder value that does not start with subnet-; upon creation, the subnet AWS identifier will be populated in the ResourceID field and the id field is going to be used as the subnet name. If you specify a tag called Name, it takes precedence.

                    resourceID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ResourceID is the subnet identifier from AWS, READ ONLY. This field is populated when the provider manages the subnet.

                    cidrBlock
                    string

                    CidrBlock is the CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC.

                    ipv6CidrBlock
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    IPv6CidrBlock is the IPv6 CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC. A subnet can have an IPv4 and an IPv6 address. IPv6 is only supported in managed clusters, this field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                    availabilityZone
                    string

                    AvailabilityZone defines the availability zone to use for this subnet in the cluster’s region.

                    isPublic
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    IsPublic defines the subnet as a public subnet. A subnet is public when it is associated with a route table that has a route to an internet gateway.

                    isIpv6
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    IsIPv6 defines the subnet as an IPv6 subnet. A subnet is IPv6 when it is associated with a VPC that has IPv6 enabled. IPv6 is only supported in managed clusters, this field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                    routeTableId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    RouteTableID is the routing table id associated with the subnet.

                    natGatewayId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    NatGatewayID is the NAT gateway id associated with the subnet. Ignored unless the subnet is managed by the provider, in which case this is set on the public subnet where the NAT gateway resides. It is then used to determine routes for private subnets in the same AZ as the public subnet.

                    tags
                    Tags

                    Tags is a collection of tags describing the resource.

                    zoneType
                    ZoneType
                    (Optional)

                    ZoneType defines the type of the zone where the subnet is created.

                    The valid values are availability-zone, local-zone, and wavelength-zone.

                    Subnet with zone type availability-zone (regular) is always selected to create cluster resources, like Load Balancers, NAT Gateways, Contol Plane nodes, etc.

                    Subnet with zone type local-zone or wavelength-zone is not eligible to automatically create regular cluster resources.

                    The public subnet in availability-zone or local-zone is associated with regular public route table with default route entry to a Internet Gateway.

                    The public subnet in wavelength-zone is associated with a carrier public route table with default route entry to a Carrier Gateway.

                    The private subnet in the availability-zone is associated with a private route table with the default route entry to a NAT Gateway created in that zone.

                    The private subnet in the local-zone or wavelength-zone is associated with a private route table with the default route entry re-using the NAT Gateway in the Region (preferred from the parent zone, the zone type availability-zone in the region, or first table available).

                    parentZoneName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ParentZoneName is the zone name where the current subnet’s zone is tied when the zone is a Local Zone.

                    The subnets in Local Zone or Wavelength Zone locations consume the ParentZoneName to select the correct private route table to egress traffic to the internet.

                    Subnets ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/api/v1beta2.SubnetSpec alias)

                    (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                    Subnets is a slice of Subnet.

                    Tags (map[string]string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSClusterSpec, AWSMachineSpec, BuildParams, SecurityGroup, SubnetSpec, VPCSpec, AWSIAMRoleSpec, BootstrapUser, AWSIAMRoleSpec, BootstrapUser, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, OIDCIdentityProviderConfig, AWSManagedControlPlaneSpec, OIDCIdentityProviderConfig, RosaControlPlaneSpec, AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec, AutoScalingGroup, FargateProfileSpec, AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec, AutoScalingGroup, FargateProfileSpec, RosaMachinePoolSpec)

                    Tags defines a map of tags.

                    TargetGroupAttribute (string alias)

                    TargetGroupAttribute defines attribute key values for V2 Load Balancer Attributes.

                    TargetGroupHealthCheck

                    (Appears on:TargetGroupSpec)

                    TargetGroupHealthCheck defines health check settings for the target group.

                    Field Description
                    protocol
                    string
                    path
                    string
                    port
                    string
                    intervalSeconds
                    int64
                    timeoutSeconds
                    int64
                    thresholdCount
                    int64
                    unhealthyThresholdCount
                    int64

                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAPISpec

                    (Appears on:AWSLoadBalancerSpec)

                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAPISpec defines the optional health check settings for the API target group.

                    Field Description
                    intervalSeconds
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual target.

                    timeoutSeconds
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means a failed health check.

                    thresholdCount
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The number of consecutive health check successes required before considering a target healthy.

                    unhealthyThresholdCount
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering a target unhealthy.

                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAdditionalSpec

                    (Appears on:AdditionalListenerSpec)

                    TargetGroupHealthCheckAdditionalSpec defines the optional health check settings for the additional target groups.

                    Field Description
                    protocol
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The protocol to use to health check connect with the target. When not specified the Protocol will be the same of the listener.

                    port
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks for additional target groups. When not specified this value will be set for the same of listener port.

                    path
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The destination for health checks on the targets when using the protocol HTTP or HTTPS, otherwise the path will be ignored.

                    intervalSeconds
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual target.

                    timeoutSeconds
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means a failed health check.

                    thresholdCount
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The number of consecutive health check successes required before considering a target healthy.

                    unhealthyThresholdCount
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering a target unhealthy.

                    TargetGroupSpec

                    (Appears on:Listener)

                    TargetGroupSpec specifies target group settings for a given listener. This is created first, and the ARN is then passed to the listener.

                    Field Description
                    name
                    string

                    Name of the TargetGroup. Must be unique over the same group of listeners.

                    port
                    int64

                    Port is the exposed port

                    protocol
                    ELBProtocol
                    vpcId
                    string
                    targetGroupHealthCheck
                    TargetGroupHealthCheck

                    HealthCheck is the elb health check associated with the load balancer.

                    VPCSpec

                    (Appears on:NetworkSpec)

                    VPCSpec configures an AWS VPC.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    ID is the vpc-id of the VPC this provider should use to create resources.

                    cidrBlock
                    string

                    CidrBlock is the CIDR block to be used when the provider creates a managed VPC. Defaults to 10.0.0.0/16. Mutually exclusive with IPAMPool.

                    secondaryCidrBlocks
                    []VpcCidrBlock
                    (Optional)

                    SecondaryCidrBlocks are additional CIDR blocks to be associated when the provider creates a managed VPC. Defaults to none. Mutually exclusive with IPAMPool. This makes sense to use if, for example, you want to use a separate IP range for pods (e.g. Cilium ENI mode).

                    ipamPool
                    IPAMPool

                    IPAMPool defines the IPAMv4 pool to be used for VPC. Mutually exclusive with CidrBlock.

                    ipv6
                    IPv6
                    (Optional)

                    IPv6 contains ipv6 specific settings for the network. Supported only in managed clusters. This field cannot be set on AWSCluster object.

                    internetGatewayId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    InternetGatewayID is the id of the internet gateway associated with the VPC.

                    carrierGatewayId
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    CarrierGatewayID is the id of the internet gateway associated with the VPC, for carrier network (Wavelength Zones).

                    tags
                    Tags

                    Tags is a collection of tags describing the resource.

                    availabilityZoneUsageLimit
                    int

                    AvailabilityZoneUsageLimit specifies the maximum number of availability zones (AZ) that should be used in a region when automatically creating subnets. If a region has more than this number of AZs then this number of AZs will be picked randomly when creating default subnets. Defaults to 3

                    availabilityZoneSelection
                    AZSelectionScheme

                    AvailabilityZoneSelection specifies how AZs should be selected if there are more AZs in a region than specified by AvailabilityZoneUsageLimit. There are 2 selection schemes: Ordered - selects based on alphabetical order Random - selects AZs randomly in a region Defaults to Ordered

                    emptyRoutesDefaultVPCSecurityGroup
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    EmptyRoutesDefaultVPCSecurityGroup specifies whether the default VPC security group ingress and egress rules should be removed.

                    By default, when creating a VPC, AWS creates a security group called default with ingress and egress rules that allow traffic from anywhere. The group could be used as a potential surface attack and it’s generally suggested that the group rules are removed or modified appropriately.

                    NOTE: This only applies when the VPC is managed by the Cluster API AWS controller.

                    privateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSHostnameTypeOnLaunch is the type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be based on the instance IPv4 address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name). For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID (resource-name).

                    elasticIpPool
                    ElasticIPPool
                    (Optional)

                    ElasticIPPool contains specific configuration to allocate Public IPv4 address (Elastic IP) from user-defined pool brought to AWS for core infrastructure resources, like NAT Gateways and Public Network Load Balancers for the API Server.

                    subnetSchema
                    SubnetSchemaType
                    (Optional)

                    SubnetSchema specifies how CidrBlock should be divided on subnets in the VPC depending on the number of AZs. PreferPrivate - one private subnet for each AZ plus one other subnet that will be further sub-divided for the public subnets. PreferPublic - have the reverse logic of PreferPrivate, one public subnet for each AZ plus one other subnet that will be further sub-divided for the private subnets. Defaults to PreferPrivate

                    Volume

                    (Appears on:AWSMachineSpec, Instance, AWSLaunchTemplate, AWSLaunchTemplate)

                    Volume encapsulates the configuration options for the storage device.

                    Field Description
                    deviceName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Device name

                    size
                    int64

                    Size specifies size (in Gi) of the storage device. Must be greater than the image snapshot size or 8 (whichever is greater).

                    type
                    VolumeType
                    (Optional)

                    Type is the type of the volume (e.g. gp2, io1, etc…).

                    iops
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    IOPS is the number of IOPS requested for the disk. Not applicable to all types.

                    throughput
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    Throughput to provision in MiB/s supported for the volume type. Not applicable to all types.

                    encrypted
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Encrypted is whether the volume should be encrypted or not.

                    encryptionKey
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    EncryptionKey is the KMS key to use to encrypt the volume. Can be either a KMS key ID or ARN. If Encrypted is set and this is omitted, the default AWS key will be used. The key must already exist and be accessible by the controller.

                    VolumeType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:Volume)

                    VolumeType describes the EBS volume type. See: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volume-types.html

                    VpcCidrBlock

                    (Appears on:VPCSpec)

                    VpcCidrBlock defines the CIDR block and settings to associate with the managed VPC. Currently, only IPv4 is supported.

                    Field Description
                    ipv4CidrBlock
                    string

                    IPv4CidrBlock is the IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the managed VPC.

                    ZoneType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:SubnetSpec)

                    ZoneType defines listener AWS Availability Zone type.

                    ASGStatus (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolStatus, AutoScalingGroup)

                    ASGStatus is a status string returned by the autoscaling API.

                    AWSFargateProfile

                    AWSFargateProfile is the Schema for the awsfargateprofiles API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    FargateProfileSpec


                    clusterName
                    string

                    ClusterName is the name of the Cluster this object belongs to.

                    profileName
                    string

                    ProfileName specifies the profile name.

                    subnetIDs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup.

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    roleName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for this fargate pool If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                    selectors
                    []FargateSelector

                    Selectors specify fargate pod selectors.

                    status
                    FargateProfileStatus

                    AWSLaunchTemplate

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    AWSLaunchTemplate defines the desired state of AWSLaunchTemplate.

                    Field Description
                    name
                    string

                    The name of the launch template.

                    iamInstanceProfile
                    string

                    The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile associated with the IAM role for the instance. The instance profile contains the IAM role.

                    ami
                    AMIReference
                    (Optional)

                    AMI is the reference to the AMI from which to create the machine instance.

                    imageLookupFormat
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ImageLookupFormat is the AMI naming format to look up the image for this machine It will be ignored if an explicit AMI is set. Supports substitutions for {{.BaseOS}} and {{.K8sVersion}} with the base OS and kubernetes version, respectively. The BaseOS will be the value in ImageLookupBaseOS or ubuntu (the default), and the kubernetes version as defined by the packages produced by kubernetes/release without v as a prefix: 1.13.0, 1.12.5-mybuild.1, or 1.17.3. For example, the default image format of capa-ami-{{.BaseOS}}-?{{.K8sVersion}}-* will end up searching for AMIs that match the pattern capa-ami-ubuntu-?1.18.0-* for a Machine that is targeting kubernetes v1.18.0 and the ubuntu base OS. See also: https://golang.org/pkg/text/template/

                    imageLookupOrg
                    string

                    ImageLookupOrg is the AWS Organization ID to use for image lookup if AMI is not set.

                    imageLookupBaseOS
                    string

                    ImageLookupBaseOS is the name of the base operating system to use for image lookup the AMI is not set.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType is the type of instance to create. Example: m4.xlarge

                    rootVolume
                    Volume
                    (Optional)

                    RootVolume encapsulates the configuration options for the root volume

                    nonRootVolumes
                    []Volume
                    (Optional)

                    Configuration options for the non root storage volumes.

                    sshKeyName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    SSHKeyName is the name of the ssh key to attach to the instance. Valid values are empty string (do not use SSH keys), a valid SSH key name, or omitted (use the default SSH key name)

                    versionNumber
                    int64

                    VersionNumber is the version of the launch template that is applied. Typically a new version is created when at least one of the following happens: 1) A new launch template spec is applied. 2) One or more parameters in an existing template is changed. 3) A new AMI is discovered.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an array of references to security groups that should be applied to the instances. These security groups would be set in addition to any security groups defined at the cluster level or in the actuator.

                    spotMarketOptions
                    SpotMarketOptions

                    SpotMarketOptions are options for configuring AWSMachinePool instances to be run using AWS Spot instances.

                    instanceMetadataOptions
                    InstanceMetadataOptions
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceMetadataOptions defines the behavior for applying metadata to instances.

                    privateDnsName
                    PrivateDNSName
                    (Optional)

                    PrivateDNSName is the options for the instance hostname.

                    AWSMachinePool

                    AWSMachinePool is the Schema for the awsmachinepools API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSMachinePoolSpec


                    providerID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderID is the ARN of the associated ASG

                    minSize
                    int32

                    MinSize defines the minimum size of the group.

                    maxSize
                    int32

                    MaxSize defines the maximum size of the group.

                    availabilityZones
                    []string

                    AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                    availabilityZoneSubnetType
                    AZSubnetType
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZoneSubnetType specifies which type of subnets to use when an availability zone is specified.

                    subnets
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    Subnets is an array of subnet configurations

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider.

                    awsLaunchTemplate
                    AWSLaunchTemplate

                    AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template and version to use when an instance is launched.

                    mixedInstancesPolicy
                    MixedInstancesPolicy

                    MixedInstancesPolicy describes how multiple instance types will be used by the ASG.

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList are the identification IDs of machine instances provided by the provider. This field must match the provider IDs as seen on the node objects corresponding to a machine pool’s machine instances.

                    defaultCoolDown
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes before another scaling activity can start. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                    defaultInstanceWarmup
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance is considered to have finished initializing and resource consumption to become stable after it enters the InService state. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                    refreshPreferences
                    RefreshPreferences
                    (Optional)

                    RefreshPreferences describes set of preferences associated with the instance refresh request.

                    capacityRebalance
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Enable or disable the capacity rebalance autoscaling group feature

                    suspendProcesses
                    SuspendProcessesTypes

                    SuspendProcesses defines a list of processes to suspend for the given ASG. This is constantly reconciled. If a process is removed from this list it will automatically be resumed.

                    status
                    AWSMachinePoolStatus

                    AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolStatus)

                    AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus defines the status of the AWSMachinePoolInstance.

                    Field Description
                    instanceID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceID is the identification of the Machine Instance within ASG

                    version
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Version defines the Kubernetes version for the Machine Instance

                    AWSMachinePoolSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePool)

                    AWSMachinePoolSpec defines the desired state of AWSMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    providerID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderID is the ARN of the associated ASG

                    minSize
                    int32

                    MinSize defines the minimum size of the group.

                    maxSize
                    int32

                    MaxSize defines the maximum size of the group.

                    availabilityZones
                    []string

                    AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                    availabilityZoneSubnetType
                    AZSubnetType
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZoneSubnetType specifies which type of subnets to use when an availability zone is specified.

                    subnets
                    []AWSResourceReference
                    (Optional)

                    Subnets is an array of subnet configurations

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to an instance, in addition to the ones added by default by the AWS provider.

                    awsLaunchTemplate
                    AWSLaunchTemplate

                    AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template and version to use when an instance is launched.

                    mixedInstancesPolicy
                    MixedInstancesPolicy

                    MixedInstancesPolicy describes how multiple instance types will be used by the ASG.

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList are the identification IDs of machine instances provided by the provider. This field must match the provider IDs as seen on the node objects corresponding to a machine pool’s machine instances.

                    defaultCoolDown
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes before another scaling activity can start. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                    defaultInstanceWarmup
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance is considered to have finished initializing and resource consumption to become stable after it enters the InService state. If no value is supplied by user a default value of 300 seconds is set

                    refreshPreferences
                    RefreshPreferences
                    (Optional)

                    RefreshPreferences describes set of preferences associated with the instance refresh request.

                    capacityRebalance
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Enable or disable the capacity rebalance autoscaling group feature

                    suspendProcesses
                    SuspendProcessesTypes

                    SuspendProcesses defines a list of processes to suspend for the given ASG. This is constantly reconciled. If a process is removed from this list it will automatically be resumed.

                    AWSMachinePoolStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePool)

                    AWSMachinePoolStatus defines the observed state of AWSMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Ready is true when the provider resource is ready.

                    replicas
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    Replicas is the most recently observed number of replicas

                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                    (Optional)

                    Conditions defines current service state of the AWSMachinePool.

                    instances
                    []AWSMachinePoolInstanceStatus
                    (Optional)

                    Instances contains the status for each instance in the pool

                    launchTemplateID
                    string

                    The ID of the launch template

                    launchTemplateVersion
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The version of the launch template

                    failureReason
                    Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                    (Optional)

                    FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    failureMessage
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the Machine and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of Machines can be added as events to the Machine object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    asgStatus
                    ASGStatus

                    AWSManagedMachinePool

                    AWSManagedMachinePool is the Schema for the awsmanagedmachinepools API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec


                    eksNodegroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    EKSNodegroupName specifies the name of the nodegroup in AWS corresponding to this MachinePool. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed machine pool.

                    availabilityZones
                    []string

                    AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                    availabilityZoneSubnetType
                    AZSubnetType
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZoneSubnetType specifies which type of subnets to use when an availability zone is specified.

                    subnetIDs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    roleAdditionalPolicies
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the node group role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                    roleName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for the node group. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                    amiVersion
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    AMIVersion defines the desired AMI release version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version for the Kubernetes version will be used

                    amiType
                    ManagedMachineAMIType
                    (Optional)

                    AMIType defines the AMI type

                    labels
                    map[string]string
                    (Optional)

                    Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                    taints
                    Taints
                    (Optional)

                    Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                    diskSize
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    DiskSize specifies the root disk size

                    instanceType
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                    scaling
                    ManagedMachinePoolScaling
                    (Optional)

                    Scaling specifies scaling for the ASG behind this pool

                    remoteAccess
                    ManagedRemoteAccess
                    (Optional)

                    RemoteAccess specifies how machines can be accessed remotely

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList are the provider IDs of instances in the autoscaling group corresponding to the nodegroup represented by this machine pool

                    capacityType
                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityType specifies the capacity type for the ASG behind this pool

                    updateConfig
                    UpdateConfig
                    (Optional)

                    UpdateConfig holds the optional config to control the behaviour of the update to the nodegroup.

                    awsLaunchTemplate
                    AWSLaunchTemplate
                    (Optional)

                    AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template to use to create the managed node group. If AWSLaunchTemplate is specified, certain node group configuraions outside of launch template are prohibited (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html).

                    status
                    AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus

                    AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePool)

                    AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec defines the desired state of AWSManagedMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    eksNodegroupName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    EKSNodegroupName specifies the name of the nodegroup in AWS corresponding to this MachinePool. If you don’t specify a name then a default name will be created based on the namespace and name of the managed machine pool.

                    availabilityZones
                    []string

                    AvailabilityZones is an array of availability zones instances can run in

                    availabilityZoneSubnetType
                    AZSubnetType
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZoneSubnetType specifies which type of subnets to use when an availability zone is specified.

                    subnetIDs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    roleAdditionalPolicies
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleAdditionalPolicies allows you to attach additional polices to the node group role. You must enable the EKSAllowAddRoles feature flag to incorporate these into the created role.

                    roleName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for the node group. If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                    amiVersion
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    AMIVersion defines the desired AMI release version. If no version number is supplied then the latest version for the Kubernetes version will be used

                    amiType
                    ManagedMachineAMIType
                    (Optional)

                    AMIType defines the AMI type

                    labels
                    map[string]string
                    (Optional)

                    Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                    taints
                    Taints
                    (Optional)

                    Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                    diskSize
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    DiskSize specifies the root disk size

                    instanceType
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                    scaling
                    ManagedMachinePoolScaling
                    (Optional)

                    Scaling specifies scaling for the ASG behind this pool

                    remoteAccess
                    ManagedRemoteAccess
                    (Optional)

                    RemoteAccess specifies how machines can be accessed remotely

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList are the provider IDs of instances in the autoscaling group corresponding to the nodegroup represented by this machine pool

                    capacityType
                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType
                    (Optional)

                    CapacityType specifies the capacity type for the ASG behind this pool

                    updateConfig
                    UpdateConfig
                    (Optional)

                    UpdateConfig holds the optional config to control the behaviour of the update to the nodegroup.

                    awsLaunchTemplate
                    AWSLaunchTemplate
                    (Optional)

                    AWSLaunchTemplate specifies the launch template to use to create the managed node group. If AWSLaunchTemplate is specified, certain node group configuraions outside of launch template are prohibited (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html).

                    AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePool)

                    AWSManagedMachinePoolStatus defines the observed state of AWSManagedMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool

                    Ready denotes that the AWSManagedMachinePool nodegroup has joined the cluster

                    replicas
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    Replicas is the most recently observed number of replicas.

                    launchTemplateID
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The ID of the launch template

                    launchTemplateVersion
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The version of the launch template

                    failureReason
                    Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                    (Optional)

                    FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the MachinePool and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the Machine’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of MachinePools can be added as events to the MachinePool object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    failureMessage
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the MachinePool and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the MachinePool’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of MachinePools can be added as events to the MachinePool object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                    (Optional)

                    Conditions defines current service state of the managed machine pool

                    AZSubnetType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec, AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    AZSubnetType is the type of subnet to use when an availability zone is specified.

                    Value Description

                    "all"

                    AZSubnetTypeAll is all subnets in an availability zone.

                    "private"

                    AZSubnetTypePrivate is a private subnet.

                    "public"

                    AZSubnetTypePublic is a public subnet.

                    AutoScalingGroup

                    AutoScalingGroup describes an AWS autoscaling group.

                    Field Description
                    id
                    string

                    The tags associated with the instance.

                    tags
                    Tags
                    name
                    string
                    desiredCapacity
                    int32
                    maxSize
                    int32
                    minSize
                    int32
                    placementGroup
                    string
                    subnets
                    []string
                    defaultCoolDown
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    defaultInstanceWarmup
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    capacityRebalance
                    bool
                    mixedInstancesPolicy
                    MixedInstancesPolicy
                    Status
                    ASGStatus
                    instances
                    []Instance
                    currentlySuspendProcesses
                    []string

                    BlockDeviceMapping

                    BlockDeviceMapping specifies the block devices for the instance. You can specify virtual devices and EBS volumes.

                    Field Description
                    deviceName
                    string

                    The device name exposed to the EC2 instance (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh).

                    ebs
                    EBS
                    (Optional)

                    You can specify either VirtualName or Ebs, but not both.

                    EBS

                    (Appears on:BlockDeviceMapping)

                    EBS can be used to automatically set up EBS volumes when an instance is launched.

                    Field Description
                    encrypted
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Encrypted is whether the volume should be encrypted or not.

                    volumeSize
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The size of the volume, in GiB. This can be a number from 1-1,024 for standard, 4-16,384 for io1, 1-16,384 for gp2, and 500-16,384 for st1 and sc1. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size.

                    volumeType
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The volume type For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html)

                    FargateProfileSpec

                    (Appears on:AWSFargateProfile)

                    FargateProfileSpec defines the desired state of FargateProfile.

                    Field Description
                    clusterName
                    string

                    ClusterName is the name of the Cluster this object belongs to.

                    profileName
                    string

                    ProfileName specifies the profile name.

                    subnetIDs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    SubnetIDs specifies which subnets are used for the auto scaling group of this nodegroup.

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags is an optional set of tags to add to AWS resources managed by the AWS provider, in addition to the ones added by default.

                    roleName
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    RoleName specifies the name of IAM role for this fargate pool If the role is pre-existing we will treat it as unmanaged and not delete it on deletion. If the EKSEnableIAM feature flag is true and no name is supplied then a role is created.

                    selectors
                    []FargateSelector

                    Selectors specify fargate pod selectors.

                    FargateProfileStatus

                    (Appears on:AWSFargateProfile)

                    FargateProfileStatus defines the observed state of FargateProfile.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool

                    Ready denotes that the FargateProfile is available.

                    failureReason
                    Cluster API errors.MachineStatusError
                    (Optional)

                    FailureReason will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the FargateProfile and will contain a succinct value suitable for machine interpretation.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the FargateProfile’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of FargateProfiles can be added as events to the FargateProfile object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    failureMessage
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the FargateProfile and will contain a more verbose string suitable for logging and human consumption.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the FargateProfile’s spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required. Examples of terminal errors would be invalid combinations of settings in the spec, values that are unsupported by the controller, or the responsible controller itself being critically misconfigured.

                    Any transient errors that occur during the reconciliation of FargateProfiles can be added as events to the FargateProfile object and/or logged in the controller’s output.

                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                    (Optional)

                    Conditions defines current state of the Fargate profile.

                    FargateSelector

                    (Appears on:FargateProfileSpec)

                    FargateSelector specifies a selector for pods that should run on this fargate pool.

                    Field Description
                    labels
                    map[string]string

                    Labels specifies which pod labels this selector should match.

                    namespace
                    string

                    Namespace specifies which namespace this selector should match.

                    InstancesDistribution

                    (Appears on:MixedInstancesPolicy)

                    InstancesDistribution to configure distribution of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances.

                    Field Description
                    onDemandAllocationStrategy
                    OnDemandAllocationStrategy
                    spotAllocationStrategy
                    SpotAllocationStrategy
                    onDemandBaseCapacity
                    int64
                    onDemandPercentageAboveBaseCapacity
                    int64

                    ManagedMachineAMIType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    ManagedMachineAMIType specifies which AWS AMI to use for a managed MachinePool.

                    Value Description

                    "AL2023_ARM_64_STANDARD"

                    Al2023Arm64 is the AL2023 Arm AMI type.

                    "AL2023_x86_64_STANDARD"

                    Al2023x86_64 is the AL2023 x86-64 AMI type.

                    "AL2_ARM_64"

                    Al2Arm64 is the Arm AMI type.

                    "AL2_x86_64"

                    Al2x86_64 is the default AMI type.

                    "AL2_x86_64_GPU"

                    Al2x86_64GPU is the x86-64 GPU AMI type.

                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType (string alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityType specifies the capacity type to be used for the managed MachinePool.

                    Value Description

                    "onDemand"

                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityTypeOnDemand is the default capacity type, to launch on-demand instances.

                    "spot"

                    ManagedMachinePoolCapacityTypeSpot is the spot instance capacity type to launch spot instances.

                    ManagedMachinePoolScaling

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    ManagedMachinePoolScaling specifies scaling options.

                    Field Description
                    minSize
                    int32
                    maxSize
                    int32

                    ManagedRemoteAccess

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    ManagedRemoteAccess specifies remote access settings for EC2 instances.

                    Field Description
                    sshKeyName
                    string

                    SSHKeyName specifies which EC2 SSH key can be used to access machines. If left empty, the key from the control plane is used.

                    sourceSecurityGroups
                    []string

                    SourceSecurityGroups specifies which security groups are allowed access

                    public
                    bool

                    Public specifies whether to open port 22 to the public internet

                    MixedInstancesPolicy

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec, AutoScalingGroup)

                    MixedInstancesPolicy for an Auto Scaling group.

                    Field Description
                    instancesDistribution
                    InstancesDistribution
                    overrides
                    []Overrides

                    OnDemandAllocationStrategy (string alias)

                    (Appears on:InstancesDistribution)

                    OnDemandAllocationStrategy indicates how to allocate instance types to fulfill On-Demand capacity.

                    Overrides

                    (Appears on:MixedInstancesPolicy)

                    Overrides are used to override the instance type specified by the launch template with multiple instance types that can be used to launch On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances.

                    Field Description
                    instanceType
                    string

                    Processes

                    (Appears on:SuspendProcessesTypes)

                    Processes defines the processes which can be enabled or disabled individually.

                    Field Description
                    launch
                    bool
                    terminate
                    bool
                    addToLoadBalancer
                    bool
                    alarmNotification
                    bool
                    azRebalance
                    bool
                    healthCheck
                    bool
                    instanceRefresh
                    bool
                    replaceUnhealthy
                    bool
                    scheduledActions
                    bool

                    ROSACluster

                    ROSACluster is the Schema for the ROSAClusters API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    ROSAClusterSpec


                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    status
                    ROSAClusterStatus

                    ROSAClusterSpec

                    (Appears on:ROSACluster)

                    ROSAClusterSpec defines the desired state of ROSACluster.

                    Field Description
                    controlPlaneEndpoint
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.APIEndpoint
                    (Optional)

                    ControlPlaneEndpoint represents the endpoint used to communicate with the control plane.

                    ROSAClusterStatus

                    (Appears on:ROSACluster)

                    ROSAClusterStatus defines the observed state of ROSACluster.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Ready is when the ROSAControlPlane has a API server URL.

                    failureDomains
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.FailureDomains
                    (Optional)

                    FailureDomains specifies a list fo available availability zones that can be used

                    ROSAMachinePool

                    ROSAMachinePool is the Schema for the rosamachinepools API.

                    Field Description
                    metadata
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.ObjectMeta
                    Refer to the Kubernetes API documentation for the fields of the metadata field.
                    spec
                    RosaMachinePoolSpec


                    nodePoolName
                    string

                    NodePoolName specifies the name of the nodepool in Rosa must be a valid DNS-1035 label, so it must consist of lower case alphanumeric and have a max length of 15 characters.

                    version
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Version specifies the OpenShift version of the nodes associated with this machinepool. ROSAControlPlane version is used if not set.

                    availabilityZone
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZone is an optinal field specifying the availability zone where instances of this machine pool should run For Multi-AZ clusters, you can create a machine pool in a Single-AZ of your choice.

                    subnet
                    string
                    (Optional)
                    labels
                    map[string]string
                    (Optional)

                    Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                    taints
                    []RosaTaint
                    (Optional)

                    Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags are user-defined tags to be added on the underlying EC2 instances associated with this machine pool.

                    autoRepair
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    AutoRepair specifies whether health checks should be enabled for machines in the NodePool. The default is true.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                    autoscaling
                    RosaMachinePoolAutoScaling
                    (Optional)

                    Autoscaling specifies auto scaling behaviour for this MachinePool. required if Replicas is not configured

                    tuningConfigs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    TuningConfigs specifies the names of the tuning configs to be applied to this MachinePool. Tuning configs must already exist.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an optional set of security groups to associate with all node instances of the machine pool.

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList contain a ProviderID for each machine instance that’s currently managed by this machine pool.

                    nodeDrainGracePeriod
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    NodeDrainGracePeriod is grace period for how long Pod Disruption Budget-protected workloads will be respected during upgrades. After this grace period, any workloads protected by Pod Disruption Budgets that have not been successfully drained from a node will be forcibly evicted.

                    Valid values are from 0 to 1 week(10080m|168h) . 0 or empty value means that the MachinePool can be drained without any time limitation.

                    updateConfig
                    RosaUpdateConfig
                    (Optional)

                    UpdateConfig specifies update configurations.

                    status
                    RosaMachinePoolStatus

                    RefreshPreferences

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec)

                    RefreshPreferences defines the specs for instance refreshing.

                    Field Description
                    disable
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    Disable, if true, disables instance refresh from triggering when new launch templates are detected. This is useful in scenarios where ASG nodes are externally managed.

                    strategy
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The strategy to use for the instance refresh. The only valid value is Rolling. A rolling update is an update that is applied to all instances in an Auto Scaling group until all instances have been updated.

                    instanceWarmup
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The number of seconds until a newly launched instance is configured and ready to use. During this time, the next replacement will not be initiated. The default is to use the value for the health check grace period defined for the group.

                    minHealthyPercentage
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of capacity as a percentage in ASG that must remain healthy during an instance refresh. The default is 90.

                    maxHealthyPercentage
                    int64
                    (Optional)

                    The amount of capacity as a percentage in ASG that can be in service and healthy, or pending, to support your workload when replacing instances. The value is expressed as a percentage of the desired capacity of the ASG. Value range is 100 to 200. If you specify MaxHealthyPercentage , you must also specify MinHealthyPercentage , and the difference between them cannot be greater than 100. A larger range increases the number of instances that can be replaced at the same time.

                    RollingUpdate

                    (Appears on:RosaUpdateConfig)

                    RollingUpdate specifies MaxUnavailable & MaxSurge number of nodes during update.

                    Field Description
                    maxUnavailable
                    k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/intstr.IntOrString
                    (Optional)

                    MaxUnavailable is the maximum number of nodes that can be unavailable during the update. Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired nodes (ex: 10%). Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding down.

                    MaxUnavailable can not be 0 if MaxSurge is 0, default is 0. Both MaxUnavailable & MaxSurge must use the same units (absolute value or percentage).

                    Example: when MaxUnavailable is set to 30%, old nodes can be deleted down to 70% of desired nodes immediately when the rolling update starts. Once new nodes are ready, more old nodes be deleted, followed by provisioning new nodes, ensuring that the total number of nodes available at all times during the update is at least 70% of desired nodes.

                    maxSurge
                    k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/util/intstr.IntOrString
                    (Optional)

                    MaxSurge is the maximum number of nodes that can be provisioned above the desired number of nodes. Value can be an absolute number (ex: 5) or a percentage of desired nodes (ex: 10%). Absolute number is calculated from percentage by rounding up.

                    MaxSurge can not be 0 if MaxUnavailable is 0, default is 1. Both MaxSurge & MaxUnavailable must use the same units (absolute value or percentage).

                    Example: when MaxSurge is set to 30%, new nodes can be provisioned immediately when the rolling update starts, such that the total number of old and new nodes do not exceed 130% of desired nodes. Once old nodes have been deleted, new nodes can be provisioned, ensuring that total number of nodes running at any time during the update is at most 130% of desired nodes.

                    RosaMachinePoolAutoScaling

                    (Appears on:DefaultMachinePoolSpec, RosaMachinePoolSpec)

                    RosaMachinePoolAutoScaling specifies scaling options.

                    Field Description
                    minReplicas
                    int
                    maxReplicas
                    int

                    RosaMachinePoolSpec

                    (Appears on:ROSAMachinePool)

                    RosaMachinePoolSpec defines the desired state of RosaMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    nodePoolName
                    string

                    NodePoolName specifies the name of the nodepool in Rosa must be a valid DNS-1035 label, so it must consist of lower case alphanumeric and have a max length of 15 characters.

                    version
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    Version specifies the OpenShift version of the nodes associated with this machinepool. ROSAControlPlane version is used if not set.

                    availabilityZone
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    AvailabilityZone is an optinal field specifying the availability zone where instances of this machine pool should run For Multi-AZ clusters, you can create a machine pool in a Single-AZ of your choice.

                    subnet
                    string
                    (Optional)
                    labels
                    map[string]string
                    (Optional)

                    Labels specifies labels for the Kubernetes node objects

                    taints
                    []RosaTaint
                    (Optional)

                    Taints specifies the taints to apply to the nodes of the machine pool

                    additionalTags
                    Tags
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalTags are user-defined tags to be added on the underlying EC2 instances associated with this machine pool.

                    autoRepair
                    bool
                    (Optional)

                    AutoRepair specifies whether health checks should be enabled for machines in the NodePool. The default is true.

                    instanceType
                    string

                    InstanceType specifies the AWS instance type

                    autoscaling
                    RosaMachinePoolAutoScaling
                    (Optional)

                    Autoscaling specifies auto scaling behaviour for this MachinePool. required if Replicas is not configured

                    tuningConfigs
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    TuningConfigs specifies the names of the tuning configs to be applied to this MachinePool. Tuning configs must already exist.

                    additionalSecurityGroups
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    AdditionalSecurityGroups is an optional set of security groups to associate with all node instances of the machine pool.

                    providerIDList
                    []string
                    (Optional)

                    ProviderIDList contain a ProviderID for each machine instance that’s currently managed by this machine pool.

                    nodeDrainGracePeriod
                    Kubernetes meta/v1.Duration
                    (Optional)

                    NodeDrainGracePeriod is grace period for how long Pod Disruption Budget-protected workloads will be respected during upgrades. After this grace period, any workloads protected by Pod Disruption Budgets that have not been successfully drained from a node will be forcibly evicted.

                    Valid values are from 0 to 1 week(10080m|168h) . 0 or empty value means that the MachinePool can be drained without any time limitation.

                    updateConfig
                    RosaUpdateConfig
                    (Optional)

                    UpdateConfig specifies update configurations.

                    RosaMachinePoolStatus

                    (Appears on:ROSAMachinePool)

                    RosaMachinePoolStatus defines the observed state of RosaMachinePool.

                    Field Description
                    ready
                    bool

                    Ready denotes that the RosaMachinePool nodepool has joined the cluster

                    replicas
                    int32
                    (Optional)

                    Replicas is the most recently observed number of replicas.

                    conditions
                    Cluster API api/v1beta1.Conditions
                    (Optional)

                    Conditions defines current service state of the managed machine pool

                    failureMessage
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    FailureMessage will be set in the event that there is a terminal problem reconciling the state and will be set to a descriptive error message.

                    This field should not be set for transitive errors that a controller faces that are expected to be fixed automatically over time (like service outages), but instead indicate that something is fundamentally wrong with the spec or the configuration of the controller, and that manual intervention is required.

                    id
                    string

                    ID is the ID given by ROSA.

                    RosaTaint

                    (Appears on:RosaMachinePoolSpec)

                    RosaTaint represents a taint to be applied to a node.

                    Field Description
                    key
                    string

                    The taint key to be applied to a node.

                    value
                    string
                    (Optional)

                    The taint value corresponding to the taint key.

                    effect
                    Kubernetes core/v1.TaintEffect

                    The effect of the taint on pods that do not tolerate the taint. Valid effects are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute.

                    RosaUpdateConfig

                    (Appears on:RosaMachinePoolSpec)

                    RosaUpdateConfig specifies update configuration

                    Field Description
                    rollingUpdate
                    RollingUpdate
                    (Optional)

                    RollingUpdate specifies MaxUnavailable & MaxSurge number of nodes during update.

                    SpotAllocationStrategy (string alias)

                    (Appears on:InstancesDistribution)

                    SpotAllocationStrategy indicates how to allocate instances across Spot Instance pools.

                    SuspendProcessesTypes

                    (Appears on:AWSMachinePoolSpec)

                    SuspendProcessesTypes contains user friendly auto-completable values for suspended process names.

                    Field Description
                    all
                    bool
                    processes
                    Processes

                    Tags (map[string]string alias)

                    Tags is a mapping for tags.

                    Taint

                    Taint defines the specs for a Kubernetes taint.

                    Field Description
                    effect
                    TaintEffect

                    Effect specifies the effect for the taint

                    key
                    string

                    Key is the key of the taint

                    value
                    string

                    Value is the value of the taint

                    TaintEffect (string alias)

                    (Appears on:Taint)

                    TaintEffect is the effect for a Kubernetes taint.

                    Taints ([]sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api-provider-aws/v2/exp/api/v1beta2.Taint alias)

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    Taints is an array of Taints.

                    UpdateConfig

                    (Appears on:AWSManagedMachinePoolSpec)

                    UpdateConfig is the configuration options for updating a nodegroup. Only one of MaxUnavailable and MaxUnavailablePercentage should be specified.

                    Field Description
                    maxUnavailable
                    int
                    (Optional)

                    MaxUnavailable is the maximum number of nodes unavailable at once during a version update. Nodes will be updated in parallel. The maximum number is 100.

                    maxUnavailablePercentage
                    int
                    (Optional)

                    MaxUnavailablePercentage is the maximum percentage of nodes unavailable during a version update. This percentage of nodes will be updated in parallel, up to 100 nodes at once.


                    Reference

                    Table of feature gates and their corresponding environment variables

                    Feature GateEnvironment VariableDefault
                    EKSCAPA_EKStrue
                    EKSEnableIAMCAPA_EKS_IAMfalse
                    EKSAllowAddRolesCAPA_EKS_ADD_ROLESflase
                    EKSFargateEXP_EKS_FARGATEflase
                    MachinePoolEXP_MACHINE_POOLfalse
                    EventBridgeInstanceStateEVENT_BRIDGE_INSTANCE_STATEflase
                    AutoControllerIdentityCreatorAUTO_CONTROLLER_IDENTITY_CREATORtrue
                    BootstrapFormatIgnitionEXP_BOOTSTRAP_FORMAT_IGNITIONfalse
                    ExternalResourceGCEXP_EXTERNAL_RESOURCE_GCfalse
                    AlternativeGCStrategyEXP_ALTERNATIVE_GC_STRATEGYfalse
                    TagUnmanagedNetworkResourcesTAG_UNMANAGED_NETWORK_RESOURCEStrue
                    ROSAEXP_ROSAfalse

                    Glossary

                    Table of Contents

                    A | B | C | D | E | H | I | K | L| M | N | O | P | R | S | T | W

                    A


                    Add-ons

                    Services beyond the fundamental components of Kubernetes.

                    • Core Add-ons: Addons that are required to deploy a Kubernetes-conformant cluster: DNS, kube-proxy, CNI.
                    • Additional Add-ons: Addons that are not required for a Kubernetes-conformant cluster (e.g. metrics/Heapster, Dashboard).

                    B


                    Bootstrap

                    The process of turning a server into a Kubernetes node. This may involve assembling data to provide when creating the server that backs the Machine, as well as runtime configuration of the software running on that server.

                    Bootstrap cluster

                    A temporary cluster that is used to provision a Target Management cluster.

                    Bootstrap provider

                    Refers to a provider that implements a solution for the bootstrap process. Bootstrap provider’s interaction with Cluster API is based on what is defined in the Cluster API contract.

                    See CABPK.

                    C


                    CAEP

                    Cluster API Enhancement Proposal - patterned after KEP. See template

                    CAPI

                    Core Cluster API

                    CAPA

                    Cluster API Provider AWS

                    CABPK

                    Cluster API Bootstrap Provider Kubeadm

                    CABPOCNE

                    Cluster API Bootstrap Provider Oracle Cloud Native Environment (OCNE)

                    CACPOCNE

                    Cluster API Control Plane Provider Oracle Cloud Native Environment (OCNE)

                    CAPC

                    Cluster API Provider CloudStack

                    CAPD

                    Cluster API Provider Docker

                    CAPDO

                    Cluster API Provider DigitalOcean

                    CAPG

                    Cluster API Google Cloud Provider

                    CAPH

                    Cluster API Provider Hetzner

                    CAPHV

                    Cluster API Provider Hivelocity

                    CAPIBM

                    Cluster API Provider IBM Cloud

                    CAPIM

                    Cluster API Provider In Memory

                    CAPIO

                    Cluster API Operator

                    CAPL

                    Cluster API Provider Akamai (Linode)

                    CAPM3

                    Cluster API Provider Metal3

                    CAPN

                    Cluster API Provider Nested

                    CAPX

                    Cluster API Provider Nutanix

                    CAPKK

                    Cluster API Provider KubeKey

                    CAPK

                    Cluster API Provider Kubevirt

                    CAPO

                    Cluster API Provider OpenStack

                    CAPOSC

                    Cluster API Provider Outscale

                    CAPOCI

                    Cluster API Provider Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI)

                    CAPT

                    Cluster API Provider Tinkerbell

                    CAPV

                    Cluster API Provider vSphere

                    CAPVC

                    Cluster API Provider vcluster

                    CAPVCD

                    Cluster API Provider VMware Cloud Director

                    CAPZ

                    Cluster API Provider Azure

                    CAIPAMIC

                    Cluster API IPAM Provider In Cluster

                    Cloud provider

                    Or Cloud service provider

                    Refers to an information technology (IT) company that provides computing resources (e.g. AWS, Azure, Google, etc.).

                    Cluster

                    A full Kubernetes deployment. See Management Cluster and Workload Cluster.

                    ClusterClass

                    A collection of templates that define a topology (control plane and workers) to be used to continuously reconcile one or more Clusters. See ClusterClass

                    Cluster API

                    Or Cluster API project

                    The Cluster API sub-project of the SIG-cluster-lifecycle. It is also used to refer to the software components, APIs, and community that produce them.

                    See Core Cluster API, CAPI

                    Cluster API Runtime

                    The Cluster API execution model, a set of controllers cooperating in managing the Kubernetes cluster lifecycle.

                    Cluster Infrastructure

                    or Kubernetes Cluster Infrastructure

                    Defines the infrastructure that supports a Kubernetes cluster, like e.g. VPC, security groups, load balancers, etc. Please note that in the context of managed Kubernetes some of those components are going to be provided by the corresponding abstraction for a specific Cloud provider (EKS, OKE, AKS etc), and thus Cluster API should not take care of managing a subset or all those components.

                    Contract

                    Or Cluster API contract

                    Defines a set of rules a provider is expected to comply with in order to interact with Cluster API. Those rules can be in the form of CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) fields and/or expected behaviors to be implemented.

                    Control plane

                    The set of Kubernetes services that form the basis of a cluster. See also https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/#kubernetes-control-plane There are two variants:

                    • Self-provisioned: A Kubernetes control plane consisting of pods or machines wholly managed by a single Cluster API deployment.
                    • External or Managed: A control plane offered and controlled by some system other than Cluster API (e.g., GKE, AKS, EKS, IKS).

                    Control plane provider

                    Refers to a provider that implements a solution for the management of a Kubernetes control plane. Control plane provider’s interaction with Cluster API is based on what is defined in the Cluster API contract.

                    See KCP.

                    Core Cluster API

                    With “core” Cluster API we refer to the common set of API and controllers that are required to run any Cluster API provider.

                    Please note that in the Cluster API code base, side by side of “core” Cluster API components there is also a limited number of in-tree providers: CABPK, KCP, CAPD, CAPIM

                    See Cluster API, CAPI.

                    Core provider

                    Refers to a provider that implements Cluster API core controllers

                    See Cluster API, CAPI.

                    Core controllers

                    The set of controllers in Core Cluster API.

                    See Cluster API, CAPI.

                    D


                    Default implementation

                    A feature implementation offered as part of the Cluster API project and maintained by the CAPI core team; For example KCP is a default implementation for a control plane provider.

                    E


                    External patch

                    Patch generated by an external component using Runtime SDK. Alternative to inline patch.

                    External patch extension

                    A runtime extension that implements a topology mutation hook.

                    H


                    Horizontal Scaling

                    The ability to add more machines based on policy and well-defined metrics. For example, add a machine to a cluster when CPU load average > (X) for a period of time (Y).

                    Host

                    see Server

                    I


                    Infrastructure provider

                    Refers to a provider that implements provisioning of infrastructure/computational resources required by the Cluster or by Machines (e.g. VMs, networking, etc.). Infrastructure provider’s interaction with Cluster API is based on what is defined in the Cluster API contract.

                    Clouds infrastructure providers include AWS, Azure, or Google; while VMware, MAAS, or metal3.io can be defined as bare metal providers. When there is more than one way to obtain resources from the same infrastructure provider (e.g. EC2 vs. EKS in AWS) each way is referred to as a variant.

                    For a complete list of providers see Provider Implementations.

                    Inline patch

                    A patch defined inline in a ClusterClass. An alternative to an external patch.

                    In-place mutable fields

                    Fields which changes would only impact Kubernetes objects or/and controller behaviour but they won’t mutate in any way provider infrastructure nor the software running on it. In-place mutable fields are propagated in place by CAPI controllers to avoid the more elaborated mechanics of a replace rollout. They include metadata, MinReadySeconds, NodeDrainTimeout, NodeVolumeDetachTimeout and NodeDeletionTimeout but are not limited to be expanded in the future.

                    Instance

                    see Server

                    Immutability

                    A resource that does not mutate. In Kubernetes we often state the instance of a running pod is immutable or does not change once it is run. In order to make a change, a new pod is run. In the context of Cluster API we often refer to a running instance of a Machine as being immutable, from a Cluster API perspective.

                    IPAM provider

                    Refers to a provider that allows Cluster API to interact with IPAM solutions. IPAM provider’s interaction with Cluster API is based on the IPAddressClaim and IPAddress API types.

                    K


                    Kubernetes-conformant

                    Or Kubernetes-compliant

                    A cluster that passes the Kubernetes conformance tests.

                    k/k

                    Refers to the main Kubernetes git repository or the main Kubernetes project.

                    KCP

                    Kubeadm Control plane Provider

                    L


                    Lifecycle hook

                    A Runtime Hook that allows external components to interact with the lifecycle of a Cluster.

                    See Implementing Lifecycle Hooks

                    M


                    Machine

                    Or Machine Resource

                    The Custom Resource for Kubernetes that represents a request to have a place to run kubelet.

                    See also: Server

                    Manage a cluster

                    Perform create, scale, upgrade, or destroy operations on the cluster.

                    Managed Kubernetes

                    Managed Kubernetes refers to any Kubernetes cluster provisioning and maintenance abstraction, usually exposed as an API, that is natively available in a Cloud provider. For example: EKS, OKE, AKS, GKE, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, DOKS, and many more throughout the Kubernetes Cloud Native ecosystem.

                    Managed Topology

                    See Topology

                    Management cluster

                    The cluster where one or more Infrastructure Providers run, and where resources (e.g. Machines) are stored. Typically referred to when you are provisioning multiple workload clusters.

                    Multi-tenancy

                    Multi tenancy in Cluster API defines the capability of an infrastructure provider to manage different credentials, each one of them corresponding to an infrastructure tenant.

                    Please note that up until v1alpha3 this concept had a different meaning, referring to the capability to run multiple instances of the same provider, each one with its own credentials; starting from v1alpha4 we are disambiguating the two concepts.

                    See also Support multiple instances.

                    N


                    Node pools

                    A node pool is a group of nodes within a cluster that all have the same configuration.

                    O


                    Operating system

                    Or OS

                    A generically understood combination of a kernel and system-level userspace interface, such as Linux or Windows, as opposed to a particular distribution.

                    P


                    Patch

                    A set of instructions describing modifications to a Kubernetes object. Examples include JSON Patch and JSON Merge Patch.

                    Pivot

                    Pivot is a process for moving the provider components and declared cluster-api resources from a Source Management cluster to a Target Management cluster.

                    The pivot process is also used for deleting a management cluster and could also be used during an upgrade of the management cluster.

                    Provider

                    Or Cluster API provider

                    This term was originally used as abbreviation for Infrastructure provider, but currently it is used to refer to any project that can be deployed and provides functionality to the Cluster API management Cluster.

                    See Bootstrap provider, Control plane provider, Core provider, Infrastructure provider, IPAM provider Runtime extension provider.

                    Provider components

                    Refers to the YAML artifact published as part of the release process for providers; it usually includes Custom Resource Definitions (CRDs), Deployments (to run the controller manager), RBAC, etc.

                    In some cases, the same expression is used to refer to the instances of above components deployed in a management cluster.

                    See Provider repository

                    Provider repository

                    Refers to the location where the YAML for provider components are hosted; usually a provider repository hosts many version of provider components, one for each released version.

                    R


                    Runtime Extension

                    An external component which is part of a system built on top of Cluster API that can handle requests for a specific Runtime Hook.

                    See Runtime SDK

                    Runtime Extension provider

                    Refers to a provider that implements one or more runtime extensions. Runtime Extension provider’s interaction with Cluster API are based on the Open API spec for runtime hooks.

                    Runtime Hook

                    A single, well identified, extension point allowing applications built on top of Cluster API to hook into specific moments of the Cluster API Runtime, e.g. BeforeClusterUpgrade, TopologyMutationHook.

                    See Runtime SDK

                    Runtime SDK

                    A developer toolkit required to build Runtime Hooks and Runtime Extensions.

                    See Runtime SDK

                    S


                    Scaling

                    Unless otherwise specified, this refers to horizontal scaling.

                    Stacked control plane

                    A control plane node where etcd is colocated with the Kubernetes API server, and is running as a static pod.

                    Server

                    The infrastructure that backs a Machine Resource, typically either a cloud instance, virtual machine, or physical host.

                    T


                    Topology

                    A field in the Cluster object spec that allows defining and managing the shape of the Cluster’s control plane and worker machines from a single point of control. The Cluster’s topology is based on a ClusterClass. Sometimes it is also referred as a managed topology.

                    See ClusterClass

                    Topology Mutation Hook

                    A Runtime Hook that allows external components to generate patches for customizing Kubernetes objects that are part of a Cluster topology.

                    See Topology Mutation

                    W


                    Workload Cluster

                    A cluster created by a ClusterAPI controller, which is not a bootstrap cluster, and is meant to be used by end-users, as opposed to by CAPI tooling.

                    WorkerClass

                    A collection of templates that define a set of worker nodes in the cluster. A ClusterClass contains zero or more WorkerClass definitions.

                    See ClusterClass

                    Ports used by CAPA

                    NamePort NumberDescription
                    metricsPort that exposes the metrics. This can be customized by setting the --metrics-bind-addr flag when starting the manager. The default is to only listen on localhost:8080
                    webhook9443Webhook server port. To disable this set --webhook-port flag to 0.
                    health9440Port that exposes the health endpoint. This can be customized by setting the --health-addr flag when starting the manager.
                    profilerExpose the pprof profiler. By default is not configured. Can set the --profiler-address flag. e.g. --profiler-address 6060

                    Jobs

                    This document intends to provide an overview over our jobs running via Prow, GitHub actions and Google Cloud Build.

                    Builds and Tests running on the main branch

                    NOTE: To see which test jobs execute which tests or e2e tests, you can click on the links which lead to the respective test overviews in [test-grid].

                    Presubmits

                    Prow Presubmits:

                    Postsubmits

                    Prow Postsubmits:

                    Periodics

                    Prow Periodics:

                    CAPA Version Support

                    Release Versioning

                    CAPA follows the semantic versionining specification:

                    MAJOR version release for incompatible API changes, MINOR version release for backwards compatible feature additions, and PATCH version release for only bug fixes.

                    Example versions:

                    • Minor release: v0.1.0
                    • Patch release: v0.1.1
                    • Major release: v1.0.0

                    Compatibility with Cluster API Versions

                    CAPA’s versions are compatible with the following versions of Cluster API

                    API VersionCluster API v1alpha3 (v0.3)Cluster API v1alpha4 (v0.4)
                    AWS Provider v1alpha3 (v0.6)
                    AWS Provider v1alpha4 (v0.7)

                    CAPA v1beta1 versions are not released in lock-step with Cluster API releases. Multiple CAPA minor releases can use the same Cluster API minor release.

                    For compatibility, check the release notes here to see which v1beta1 Cluster API version each CAPA version is compatible with.

                    For example:

                    • CAPA v1.0.x, v1.1.x, v1.2.x is compatible with Cluster API v1.0.x
                    • CAPA v1.3.x is compatible with Cluster API v1.1.x

                    End-of-Life Timeline

                    CAPA team maintains branches for v1.x (v1beta1), v0.7 (v1alpha4), and v0.6 (v1alpha3).

                    CAPA branches follow their compatible Cluster API branch EOL date.

                    API VersionBranchSupported Until
                    v1alpha4release-0.72022-04-06
                    v1alpha3release-0.62022-02-23

                    Compatibility with Kubernetes Versions

                    CAPA API versions support all Kubernetes versions that is supported by its compatible Cluster API version:

                    API VersionsCAPI v1alpha3 (v0.3)CAPI v1alpha4 (v0.4)CAPI v1beta1 (v1.x)
                    CAPA v1alpha3 (v0.6)
                    CAPA v1alpha4 (v0.7)
                    CAPA v1beta1 (v1.x)

                    (See Kubernetes support matrix of Cluster API versions).

                    Contributing guidelines

                    Sign the CLA

                    Kubernetes projects require that you sign a Contributor License Agreement (CLA) before we can accept your pull requests. Please see https://git.k8s.io/community/CLA.md for more info

                    Contributing A Patch

                    1. Submit an issue describing your proposed change to the repo in question.
                    2. The repo owners will respond to your issue promptly.
                    3. If your proposed change is accepted, and you haven’t already done so, sign a Contributor License Agreement (see details above).
                    4. Fork the desired repo, develop and test your code changes.

                    See the developer guide on how to setup your development environment. 5. Submit a pull request.

                    Contributer Ladder

                    We broadly follow the requirements from the Kubernetes Community Membership.

                    When making changes to OWNER_ALIASES please check that the sig-cluster-lifecycle-leads, cluster-api-admins and cluster-api-maintainers are correct.

                    Becoming a reviewer

                    If you would like to become a reviewer, then please ask one of the current maintainers.

                    We generally try to follow the requirements for a reviewer from upstream Kubernetes. But if you feel that you don’t full meet the requirements then reach out to us, they are not set in stone.

                    A reviewer can get PRs automatically assigned for review, and can /lgtm PRs.

                    To become a reviewer, ensure you are a member of the kubernetes-sigs Github organisation following https://github.com/kubernetes/org/issues/new/choose.

                    The steps to add someone as a reviewer are:

                    • Add the GitHub alias to the cluster-api-aws-reviewers section of OWNERS_ALIASES
                    • Create a PR with the change that is held (i.e. by using /hold)
                    • Announce the change within the CAPA slack channel and as a PSA in the next CAPA office hours
                    • After 7 days of lazy consensus or after the next CAPA office hours (whichever is longer) the PR can be merged

                    Becoming a maintainer

                    If you have made significant contributions to Cluster API Provider AWS, a maintainer may nominate you to become a maintainer for the project.

                    We generally follow the requirements for a approver from upstream Kubernetes. However, if you don’t fully meet the requirements then a quorum of maintainers may still propose you if they feel you will make significant contributions.

                    Maintainers are able to approve PRs, as well as participate in release processes and have write access to the repo. As a maintainer you will be expected to run the office hours, especially if no else wants to.

                    Maintainers require membership of the Kubernetes Github organisation via https://github.com/kubernetes/org/issues/new/choose

                    The steps to add someone as a reviewer are:

                    • Add the GitHub alias to the cluster-api-aws-maintainers and remove them from cluster-api-aws-reviewers sections of OWNERS_ALIASES
                    • Create a PR with the change that is held (i.e. by using /hold)
                    • Announce the change within the CAPA slack channel and as a PSA in the next CAPA office hours
                    • After 7 days of lazy consensus or after the next CAPA office hours (whichever is longer) the PR can be merged
                    • Open PR to add Github username to cluster-api-provider-aws-maintainers to https://github.com/kubernetes/org/blob/main/config/kubernetes-sigs/sig-cluster-lifecycle/teams.yaml
                    • Open PR to add Github username to https://github.com/kubernetes/test-infra/blob/master/config/jobs/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-aws/OWNERS
                    • Open PR to add Github username to https://github.com/kubernetes/k8s.io/blob/main/k8s.gcr.io/images/k8s-staging-cluster-api-aws/OWNERS
                    • Open PR to add Google ID to the k8s-infra-staging-cluster-api-aws@kubernetes.io Google group in https://github.com/kubernetes/k8s.io/blob/main/groups/groups.yaml

                    Becoming a admin

                    After a period of time one of the existing CAPA or CAPI admins may propose you to become an admin of the CAPA project.

                    Admins have GitHub admin access to perform tasks on the repo.

                    The steps to add someone as an admin are:

                    • Add the GitHub alias to the cluster-api-aws-admins section of OWNERS_ALIASES
                    • Create a PR with the change that is held (i.e. by using /hold)
                    • Announce the change within the CAPA slack channel and as a PSA in the next CAPA office hours
                    • After 7 days of lazy consensus or after the next CAPA office hours (whichever is longer) the PR can be merged
                    • Open PR to add Github username to cluster-api-provider-aws-admins to https://github.com/kubernetes/org/blob/main/config/kubernetes-sigs/sig-cluster-lifecycle/teams.yaml

                    Cluster API Provider AWS Roadmap

                    This roadmap is a constant work in progress, subject to frequent revision. Dates are approximations.

                    v1.5.x (v1beta1) - April/May 2022

                    v1.6.x (v1beta1) - June/July 2022

                    v2.0.x (v1beta2) - End of 2022

                    TBD